catalog of hawaiian earthquakes, 1823–1959world wide web minerals information is available...

U.S. Department of the InteriorU.S. Geological Survey

Catalog of Hawaiian Earthquakes, 1823–1959

U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1623

Availability of Publications of the U.S. Geological Survey

Order U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) publications from the offices listed below. Detailed ordering instructions, along with prices of the last offerings, are given in the current-year issues of the catalog “New Publications of the U.S. Geological Survey.”

Books, Maps, and Other Publications

By Mail

Books, maps, and other publications are available by mail from—

USGS Information ServicesBox 25286, Federal CenterDenver, CO 80225

Publications include Professional Papers, Bulletins, Water- Supply Papers, Techniques of Water-Resources Investigations, Circulars, Fact Sheets, publications of general interest, single copies of permanent USGS catalogs, and topographic and thematic maps.

Over the Counter

Books, maps, and other publications of the U.S. Geological Survey are available over the counter at the following USGS Earth Science Information Centers (ESIC’s), all of which are authorized agents of the Superintendent of Documents:

• Anchorage, Alaska—Rm. 101, 4230 University Dr.• Denver, Colorado—Bldg. 810, Federal Center• Menlo Park, California—Rm. 3128, Bldg. 3,

345 Middlefield Rd.• Reston, Virginia—Rm. 1C402, USGS National Center,

12201 Sunrise Valley Dr.• Salt Lake City, Utah—2222 West, 2300 South (books and

maps available for inspection only)• Spokane, Washington—Rm. 135, U.S. Post Office

Building, 904 West Riverside Ave.• Washington, D.C.—Rm. 2650, Main Interior Bldg.,

18th and C Sts., NW.

Maps only may be purchased over the counter at the following USGS office:

• Rolla, Missouri—1400 Independence Rd.

Electronically

Some USGS publications, including the catalog “New Publica-tions of the U.S. Geological Survey” are also available elec-tronically on the USGS’s World Wide Web home page athttp://www.usgs.gov

Preliminary Determination of Epicenters

Subscriptions to the periodical “Preliminary Determination of Epicenters” can be obtained only from the Superintendent of

Documents. Check or money order must be payable to the Superintendent of Documents. Order by mail from—

Superintendent of DocumentsGovernment Printing OfficeWashington, DC 20402

Information Periodicals

Many Information Periodicals products are available through the systems or formats listed below:

Printed Products

Printed copies of the Minerals Yearbook and the Mineral Com-modity Summaries can be ordered from the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing Office (address above). Printed copies of Metal Industry Indicators and Mineral Indus-try Surveys can be ordered from the Center for Disease Control and Prevention, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Pittsburgh Research Center, P.O. Box 18070, Pitts-burgh, PA 15236–0070.

Mines FaxBack: Return fax service

1. Use the touch-tone handset attached to your fax machine’s telephone jack. (ISDN [digital] telephones cannot be used with fax machines.)2. Dial (703) 648–4999.3. Listen to the menu options and punch in the number of your selection, using the touch-tone telephone.4. After completing your selection, press the start button on your fax machine.

CD-ROM

A disc containing chapters of the Minerals Yearbook (1993–95), the Mineral Commodity Summaries (1995–97), a statisti-cal compendium (1970–90), and other publications is updated three times a year and sold by the Superintendent of Docu-ments, Government Printing Office (address above).

World Wide Web

Minerals information is available electronically athttp://minerals.er.usgs.gov/minerals/

Subscription to the catalog “New Publications of the U.S. Geological Survey”

Those wishing to be placed on a free subscription list for the catalog “New Publications of the U.S. Geological Survey” should write to—

U.S. Geological Survey903 National CenterReston, VA 20192

U.S. Department of the InteriorU.S. Geological Survey

Catalog of Hawaiian Earthquakes, 1823–1959

By Fred W. Klein and Thomas L. Wright

U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1623

U.S. Department of the InteriorBruce Babbitt, Secretary

U.S. Geological SurveyCharles G. Groat, Director

Any use of trade, product, or firm names in this publicationis for descriptive purposes only and does not imply endorsementby the U.S. Government.

United States Government Printing Office: 2000

For additional copies please contact:

USGS Information ServicesBox 25286Denver, CO 80225

For more information about the USGS and its products:

Telephone: 1–888–ASK–USGSWorld Wide Web: http://www.usgs.gov/

Text edited by George A. HavachLayout and design by Sara BooreManuscript approved for publication, April 26, 2000

Library of Congress Cataloging-in-Publication Data

Klein, Fred W.Catalog of Hawaiian earthquakes, 1823-1959 / by Fred W. Klein and Thomas L. Wright.

p. cm. — (U.S. Geological Survey professional paper ; 1623)Includes bibliographical references.ISBN 0-607-94328-9 (alk. paper)1. Earthquakes—Hawaii—History—19th century. 2. Earthquakes—Hawaii—20th century

I. Wright, Thomas L. (Thomas Llewellyn), 1935- II. Title. III. Series.

QE535.2.U6 K53 2000551.22’09969’09034--dc21

00-034102

ContentsAbstract.......................................................................................................................................................Introduction..............................................................................................................................................Scope and Sources of Data....................................................................................................................

Records of the Honolulu Magnetic Observatory............................................................................Seismogram Microfilm Records..................................................................................................

History of Seismology at the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory....................................................Records of the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory............................................................................The Lyman Diary, 1833–1917.............................................................................................................Newspaper Reports, 1856–1959.......................................................................................................HVO Felt-Report Postcards................................................................................................................Other Earthquake Reports.................................................................................................................

Construction of the Earthquake Catalog..............................................................................................Definition of Geographic Regions and the Assignment of Earthquakes to Them....................Calculation of Earthquake Magnitude.............................................................................................

Derivation of the Magnitude Scale for HMO Seismograms....................................................Magnitudes from the Milne Seismometer, 1903–21.................................................................Milne-Shaw Intermediate Period, 1921–59...............................................................................Horizontal and Vertical Short Period..........................................................................................

Magnitude Determination for Earthquakes Not Recorded in Honolulu.....................................HVO Magnitude Data, 1928–57..........................................................................................................HVO Magnitude Data, 1912–17..........................................................................................................HVO Magnitude Data, 1917–27..........................................................................................................Magnitudes Based on Area of Felt Intensities..........................................................................Magnitudes Based on Maximum Intensity................................................................................Adoption of a “Preferred” Magnitude.......................................................................................

Earthquake Swarms...........................................................................................................................Errors and Uncertainties...................................................................................................................

Location and Magnitude Profile of the 1933–59 Catalog....................................................................Acknowledgments..................................................................................................................................References Cited.....................................................................................................................................Appendixes:

Appendix 1. Files Available on the Accompanying CD–ROM............................................................Appendix 2. Calculation of a “Characteristic” Amplitude for HVO Earthquake Classes..............Appendix 3. Errors and Uncertainties..................................................................................................Appendix 4. Table 13...............................................................................................................................

1112344

1010121212141818181920202023242424252526262929

33343436

2

8

111519

2122 25

2728

1.

2.

3.

4.5.6.

7.8.

9.

10.

FiguresChart Showing History of Instrumentation and Reporting of Earthquakes at the HonoluluMagnetic Observatory and the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory...............................................Chart Comparing Intensity and Amplitude Scales Used by the Hawaiian VolcanoObservatory......................................................................................................................................Chart Showing Publication History of Hawaiian Newspapers and Other Sources ofInformation for Felt Earthquakes on Hawaii................................................................................Maps Showing Geographic Regions Defined for Earthquakes in Hawaii.................................Plot Used for Empirical Calibration of Milne Seismometer........................................................Nomogram for Determining Magnitude of Earthquakes Recorded at the HawaiianVolcano Observatory During the Period 1928–57........................................................................Plots Comparing Magnitudes for Earthquakes During the Period 1933–59...................................Plot of Maximum Intensity Versus Magnitude for Hawaiian Earthquakes..............................Map of the Island of Hawaii, Showing Locations of All Earthquakes of M≥3 During Two27-Year Periods Beneath the Island and Adjacent Ocean.........................................................Plots Showing Magnitude Distribution of Hawaiian Earthquakes............................................

TablesHistory of Instrumentation and Reporting of Earthquakes at the Honolulu MagneticObservatory......................................................................................................................................History of Instrumentation and Reporting of Earthquakes at the Hawaiian VolcanoObservatory......................................................................................................................................Cancani Scale of Seismic Intensity...............................................................................................Early (1932–57) Classification of Earthquake Magnitudes at the Hawaiian VolcanoObservatory......................................................................................................................................Beginning and Ending Dates of Publication of Hawaiian Newspapers...................................Hawaiian Volcano Observatory Intensity Scale Used on Postcards After 1933......................Explanation of Column Headings Used in Our Catalog................................................................“Lyman” Scale of Seismic Intensity...............................................................................................Synonymy Relating the Geographic Regions Defined in Figure 4 to the Abbreviationsin Our Catalog...................................................................................................................................Station Constants from the January 1957 Film Record................................................................Magnitude Types and Codes Used to Identify Them, with Associated Uncertainties.............Numbers of Cataloged Earthquakes, by Magnitude...................................................................All Earthquakes of M≥4.0 During the Period 1903–59................................................................Column Headings and Formatting for ASCII Catalog Data...........................................................

3

79

911131314

161823283633

1.

2.

3.4.

5.6.7.8.

9.

10.11.12.13.14.

Catalog of Hawaiian Earthquakes, 1823–1959By Fred W. Klein and Thomas L. Wright

Introduction

A catalog of earthquakes registered by the seismic networkmaintained by the U.S. Geological Survey’s Hawaiian VolcanoObservatory (HVO) is currently available in computer form,dating from the fourth quarter of 1959 (Hawaiian Volcano Ob-servatory, unpub. data, 1998). The beginning date of October 1,1959, for the modern catalog is somewhat arbitrary, represent-ing a time after which the local network was sufficient to givean accurate representation of hypocenter and magnitude using acomputer-based earthquake-location program. Our catalog ex-tends the documentation of Hawaiian earthquakes backwardfrom October 1, 1959, to an early written earthquake account,of an event in 1823 that occurred just before the first visit ofmissionaries to the Island of Hawaii.

Knowledge of the seismicity of the Hawaiian Islands overthe longest possible timespan supports the following goals: (1)evaluation of the seismic hazard for different parts of the Ha-waiian Islands and (2) an improved understanding of howHawaii’s active volcanoes work. The relation of seismic releaseto eruptions, the interaction of one volcano with another, and thetectonics of a volcanic chain formed over a hotspot depend onknowledge of the long-term patterns of seismic release expressedby earthquake magnitudes, depth, and epicentral locations.

Our catalog builds on an earlier catalog and comprehen-sive analysis by Wyss and Koyanagi (1992), who listed eventsfrom 1833 to 1939 with a maximum intensity of V or more(generally in Hilo) and thus deal mostly with magnitudes of 51/2

or larger. They determined approximate magnitudes and loca-tions from isoseismal maps for 20 of the larger earthquakesfrom 1868 to 1950. Their sources were primarily felt reports.We relied heavily on their catalog and methods, but we greatlyexpanded our catalog to cover all reported events, primarilythose instrumentally recorded.

Going backward in time, the uncertainties in interpretingthe critical earthquake parameters increase; to interpret olderearthquake data, there is an essential contribution from (1)modern earthquake patterns established using an adequate seis-mic network and their relation to volcanic activity, and (2) in-ferences made as to the behavior of fault zones and deeperseismicity not directly tied to volcanic activity. Interpretation isrequired both because the observations from seismometers andpeople are sparse and because many of the original data arelost. Our purposes in this report are to outline the methodologythat we used to extend our catalog backward in time and tomake this earthquake data available for use by interested per-sons. Interpretations based on our catalog that address the twofundamental goals listed above are beyond the scope of thepresent report but will be the subject of future reports that makeuse of this catalog.

The text of this report emphasizes the sources of earth-quake data and the methods we have employed to create thiscatalog. A companion CD–ROM contains all of the files for-matted for use on VAX or UNIX workstations or desktop (PCor Macintosh) computers. A list of files on the CD–ROM is in-cluded in appendix 1. We anticipate that additional and revisedfiles will become available in the future and will be added tothose on the CD–ROM.

Scope and Sources of Data

We have consulted all of the reports of Hawaiian earth-quakes that we could find, including published and unpub-lished data generated by HVO, published data from theseismometer(s) housed at the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey’s

Abstract

We have prepared a catalog of more than 17,000 earth-quakes located in the Hawaiian Islands, principally on the Is-land of Hawaii, from 1823 through the third quarter of 1959,ending at the beginning date for the modern computer-basedearthquake catalog. We have estimated the magnitude of allearthquakes for which seismograms or published amplitudesexist, which is more than 80 percent of the earthquakes wecataloged. We have compiled instrumental amplitudes from theHonolulu Magnetic Observatory (1903–59) and the HawaiianVolcano Observatory (HVO) (1912–59) and combined thesedata with published felt reports for the entire time period, in-cluding newspaper accounts from 1856 to 1959 and unpub-lished felt reports sent to HVO from 1932 to 1941 and 1951 to1958. We have devised means to assign location and magnitudefor all events with at least a published distance from HVO, orthose events that were widely felt. Locations for most of thesmall, and many large, earthquakes before 1950 are crude esti-mates because only one or a few stations with poor timing wereused. We have expanded the determination of magnitude andintensity to levels lower than previously reported for this periodin Hawaii—magnitudes about 5, intensities of greater than orequal to V. This catalog is designed to expand our ability toevaluate seismic hazard in Hawaii and also to greatly expandour knowledge of Hawaiian seismic rhythms as they relate toeruption cycles at Kilauea and Mauna Loa and to subcrustalearthquake patterns related to the tectonic evolution of the Ha-waiian chain. This report attempts no interpretation but doesprovide a catalog of earthquake data heretofore unavailable inother than narrative accounts. We also evaluate the datasources and errors associated with them as a constraint on in-terpretations made from our catalog’s listing of locations andmagnitudes.

1

Honolulu Magnetic Observatory (HMO), a diary of earth-quakes felt in Hilo, Hawaii, by the Lyman family, and earth-quakes reported as felt in Hawaiian newspapers. Finally, wehave incorporated (and, in some cases, refined) magnitude andintensity determinations for the larger earthquakes published inthe compilations of Furumoto and others (1972), Cox (1986),and Wyss and Koyanagi (1992). The scope and limitations ofeach source of earthquake data are discussed in the followingparagraphs.

Records of the Honolulu Magnetic Observatory

The first seismograph in Hawaii was installed on thegrounds of Oahu College (now Punahou School) in 1899 by thesurveyor W.D. Alexander (1899), and some of the earthquakerecords were subsequently published (Reid, 1905, 1906). Onceestablished, the magnetic observatory was run by the U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey as part of a network of magneticobservatories in the United States and Canada. The history of

2 Catalog of Hawaiian Ea

B BB

B BB BB BB

J J

B

B

B

B B

J JJ JJJJ JJ J

J

3 3

1

2 2 2

J

=

2 22 22 2

1/1/1900 1/1/1910 1/1/1920 1/1/1930

1/1/1900 1/1/1910 1/1/1920 1/1/1930

TIM

ELI

NE

DAT

A

D

Milne E-W Mi

Neumann-LaBarre horizontal (N

biannual quarterly

Unpub.—Station Bulletin

Film records

HVO: Seismic stations in use

Uwekahun

Hilea

Whitney vault

Halema

HiloKona

Felt timeslocations estimated

Cancani/mpudistance given

Pub./unpub.station bulletin

Weekly and MonthlyBulletins (ESPHVO)

Volcano Letter (VL)

U.

Honolulu Magnetic Observatory: Seismographs in use

Honolulu Magnetic Observ

HVO: Published earthquake data

Felt timeslocations estimated

HVO seismologists

HVO: Locationinformation

Lyman diary

H.O. Wood R. Finch A

R. WilsonA. Romberg

seismic instrumentation at the Honolulu station, taken from theJanuary–June 1935 microfilm record of Honolulu seismograms(see next subsection), is summarized in figure 1 and table 1.

The records of earthquakes recorded at HMO from April1903 through December 1927 are published in two series. Thefirst series, entitled “Results of Observations Made at the Coastand Geodetic Survey Magnetic Observatory near Honolulu,Hawaii,” were issued biannually, beginning in 1905–6 (Hazard,1910, 1911, 1912, 1913, 1916, 1918, 1920, 1922, 1924;McFarland, 1929). A short section in each report entitled“Earthquakes” gives data from the single-component Milneseismometer and, after 1921, from the two-component Milne-Shaw seismometer housed at the observatory. The report for1905–6 includes Milne data back to its time of installation inApril 1903. Data given for each earthquake are beginning andending times, times of long-wave motion and time of maxi-mum amplitude along with the maximum amplitude registered,and remarks on the possible source and character of the seis-mogram. In reports from 1919 and later, P- and S-wave arrivalsare specified.

B

J J

H H

F F

B

J J

B

B

B B

B

B

B

B

J J JJ J J J

1

5 5

5 5 5555 5

B

2 2 2

J J J

F

2 2

B

B

1/1/1940 1/1/1950 1/1/1960

1/1/1940 1/1/1950 1/1/1960

ATE

lne-Shaw two-component

Sprengnether vertical

-S before 11/1/46, E-W thereafter)

Houston Technical Laboratories vertical

Honolulu Station BulletinsUnpub.—times only

a vault

Naalehu

umau

Kamuela

Pahoa

Mauna Loa

Poor location info

Good location info

U.S. Geological Survey Quarterly summaries

S. Geological Survey Bulletins (yearly) Published

Unpub.

atory: Published earthquake data

Outlet

Postcard felt reports Postcard felt reports

Press-Ewing three-component

.E. Jones J.P. Eaton

H. Waesche

Desert

North Pit

Figure 1. History of instrumentation and reporting of earthquakes at the Honolulu Magnetic Observatory and the Hawaiian VolcanoObservatory (HVO).

rthquakes, 1823–1959

Period Description

April 1903 Milne seismometer belonging to the Seismological Committee of the British Association wastransferred from Oahu College to the C&GS Magnetic Observatory, located 3 km SW. ofEwa Beach. Note: Graph paper microfilmed showing that scaling is the same horizontallyand vertically.

February 1921 Milne-Shaw horizontal seimometers replaced older instrument, referred to in our catalog as“M-S (N-S)” and “M-S (E-W).” Note: Before February 1921, the boom of the Milneseismometer was displaced daily, producing a signal with about a 12-s period, decayingover time.

1926 Cooperative project begun with the University of Hawaii.April 1946 Neumann-LaBarre N-S seismometer installed, referred to in our catalog as “hor N-L.” Note:

Microfilm records are labeled “N-S short-period” through November 1, 1946, and “E-Wshort-period” thereafter. Evidently, the seismometer was rotated 90° at that time.

October 1946 Instruments relocated to a new C&GS Magnetic and Seismological Observatory at BarbersPoint.

September 1948 Visual recording seismograph installed as part of tsunami-warning system. Station becamecentral headquarters of the warning program.

October 1949– Experimental N-S short-period and long-period seismometersFebruary 1950 temporarily in stalled; discontinued when Sprengnether vertical

seismometer was installed.March 1950 Sprengnether vertical seismometer installed, referred to in our catalog as “vert.”November– Two short-period vertical seismometers installed: Wilson-Lamison

December 1954 (more sensitive) and Sprengnether (less sensitive).October 1956 Houston Technical Laboratories vertical seismometer installed, referred to in our catalog as

“vert.”January 1957 Neumann-LaBarre and Sprengnether seismometers discontinued. Note: Records for vertical

(Sprengnether) seismometer extend through January 1957, and records for vertical(Houston Technical Laboratories) seismometer begin in February 1957.

January 1958 Three-component Press-Ewing seismometer operated for Lamont Geological Observatory.June 1960 New observatory site occupied at Ewa Beach.

The Milne seismometer recorded at a low gain of about 6 to15 (Abe, 1988) on a paper strip at a rate of about 6 cm/h. Sensi-tivity and time resolution were thus very low. The seismometerwas also underdamped and rings for many minutes with its owndecay rate. These factors make the recognition of phases difficultand amplitude scaling imprecise. Small events appear as a thick-ening of the line or a small blip, and it is often impossible to dis-tinguish local from distant events. Some fine detail is also lost inthe microfilm process. We used the Milne records to estimate themagnitudes of events that were strongly felt. We could not iden-tify new earthquakes that were not reported elsewhere.

Beginning at the end of 1914 (Humphreys, 1914) and ex-tending through the end of 1924 (Humphreys, 1924), informa-tion from the biannual reports was reprinted each month in theMonthly Weather Review as part of “Section V. Seismology.” Sofar as we can determine, these reports only duplicate informa-tion available from HMO.

From 1925 through 1927, the seismic data were publishedseparately in a series of quarterly reports of the U.S. Coast andGeodetic Survey entitled “Seismological Report” (Neumann,1926a, b, 1927, 1928a–c, 1929, 1930a, b, 1931; Neumann andService, 1926, 1927) These reports contain data from the entirenetwork of magnetic observatories, including the station at Ho-nolulu. These reports are more detailed than the earlier series,containing, in addition to the instrumental record, a sectioncovering noninstrumental, felt reports from places all over theworld. There are many entries for earthquakes felt in Hawaii,often from several different places in the Hawaiian Islands.

In 1928 the “Seismological Report” series was discontin-ued in favor of a publication series entitled “United StatesEarthquakes” (Heck and Bodle, 1930, 1931; Neumann, 1932,1934, 1935, 1936, 1937, 1938, 1940, 1941, 1942, 1943;

Scope and So

Neumann and Bodle, 1932; Bodle, 1944, 1945, 1946; Bodleand Murphy, 1947, 1948; Murphy, 1950; Murphy and Ulrich,1951, 1952; Murphy and Cloud, 1953, 1954, 1955, 1956, 1957;Brazee and Cloud, 1958, 1960; Eppley and Cloud, 1961). Un-fortunately for our catalog, this publication series treated onlythe larger earthquakes, estimating location, magnitude, and in-tensities but omitting the station data and felt reports used tomake these estimates that were found in earlier publications. Inperusing “United States Earthquakes,” we noted many incom-plete and possibly erroneous records. The national scope maynot have allowed time to research or confirm each felt report.

The U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, however, continuedto make available by private subscription mimeographed re-ports of Honolulu-station data. For 1928 and 1929, the data fol-lows the format of the “Seismological Report” but without thenoninstrumental data. In 1930, the mimeographed reports re-vert to the format of “United States Earthquakes,” and all detailis lost.

Seismogram Microfilm Records

Microfilm records of seismograms from the network ofgeomagnetic observatories, including the Honolulu stationHON, were made in the early 1980’s under the auspices of the“Historical Seismogram Filming Project,” headed by WillieLee of the U.S. Geological Survey (Glover and others, 1985;Lee and others, 1988). The Honolulu film records cover all orparts of the years 1903–22, and 1933–63. The film recordsfrom 1933 onward are critical to our data base because no is-sues of the Honolulu Station Bulletin were published for thisperiod of time.

Table 1. History of instrumentation and reporting of earthquakes at the Honolulu Magnetic Observatory

3urces of Data

The Milne-Shaw seismograms provide better informationthan the published bulletins. Depending on the size of theevent, we can estimate distance, measure amplitude and periodof the maximums of the seismogram (essential for determiningmagnitude), and note the dominant frequency of the initial ar-rival as a clue to the earthquake’s depth. The film records forboth the Milne and Milne-Shaw seismograms are also impor-tant because they show that some earthquakes on the Island ofHawaii are present on the station HON film record at the ap-propriate time but were not clear enough to warrant inclusionin the published Honolulu Station Bulletin. This allows us toassign a Honolulu magnitude near the threshold magnitude ofthe respective instruments. For many events, we read the noiseat periods of 1 to 3 s to establish a maximum magnitude.Timeline data outlining the reporting history are summarized infigure 1.

The “Historical Seismogram Filming Project” demon-strates the great importance of preserving seismic records forfuture generations. As long as we know the characteristics ofthe seismometer recording the earthquake traces, we can applymodern knowledge to old records. As the time of this writing,the records generated on smoked paper at HVO are deteriorat-ing, even in humidity-controlled storage, such that they arevery difficult to separate from each other. Our catalog would beconsiderably improved had we been able to look at originaltraces or recover original measurements.

History of Seismology at theHawaiian Volcano Observatory

Thomas Jaggar, at the time of the founding of HVO in1912, was able to establish a seismic program that in manyways was ahead of its time. Seismology in 1912 was only inthe formative stages in the United States; installation of the firstseismographs in the Western Hemisphere at Berkeley andMount Hamilton, Calif., had taken place only 15 years earlier(J.P. Eaton, written commun., 1986), and the classic work ofBeno Gutenberg and Charles Richter (1945) was more than twodecades in the future. Jaggar was able to acquire a Bosch-Omori seismometer, the most advanced of its time, which heinstalled in the basement of the new observatory. He called thisroom the “Whitney Laboratory of Seismology.” Significant im-provements in the seismic network occurred in 1913–22, 1927–28, 1938, 1948, 1950–54, and 1957–58, as summarized infigure 1 and table 2.

Seismology at HVO depended critically on having a pro-fessionally trained seismologist on the staff (see staff profilesin Takahashi and Wright, 1987). This was the case for only twoperiods before the U.S. Geological Survey assumed control ofHVO in 1948. H.O. Wood came with Jaggar in 1912 and left in1917. Wood trained as a seismologist at Harvard. Wood’s Sta-tion Bulletin (see below) is one of the most thorough earth-quake records for the time. Had it been continued, the HVOrecord would rank among the best seismic catalogs produced inthe first half of the 20th century.

Ruy Finch served well as a seismologist from 1919 to1926. R.M. Wilson admirably filled the role of seismologist


from 1926 to 1928, although we remember him primarily as atopographic engineer. From his many short articles in the Vol-cano Letter, he appears to be a prime mover in the installationand calibration of the “Hawaiian type” mechanical seismo-graph. Austin Jones was the second staff scientist with formaltraining as a seismologist. Jones arrived in 1931 and left in1935; he wrote many interpretative articles and improved seis-mic reporting. Hugh Waesche succeeded Jones, reporting seis-mic data from 1935 to 1941. Ruy Finch returned to the staff in1940 and remained there until 1951.

The quality of HVO instrumentation progressed over theyears, largely owing to the ability to build and modify instru-ments provided by a trained machinist on staff. However, thereporting of seismic data was erratic at times when HVO waswithout a trained seismologist, particularly during the periodbetween Wood’s departure and Jones’ arrival, and during theperiod after Waesche’s departure. By 1948, HVO was far be-hind the standards of the seismological profession.

The revitalization of seismology at HVO began in 1953,with the arrival of Jerry Eaton, a young seismologist trained atBerkeley. He was able to take advantage of new technologiesavailable to seismology to greatly expand the number of sta-tions in HVO’s network. By the end of his 10-year tenure, atrue seismic network was in place. Beginning in 1957, HVOwas assigning magnitudes based on recordings of the classicWood-Anderson seismometer. By 1958, HVO no longer re-ported the qualitative earthquake size classes begun in the Vol-cano Letter in 1932. The size class was greatly inferior tomagnitude because it only measured the amplitude on a low-gain mechanical seismometer and, unlike magnitude, was not aproperty of the earthquake size alone. Further information onthe development of the seismic network at HVO was summa-rized by Klein and Koyanagi (1980).

Records of the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory

Our primary catalog of data from 1912 through 1959comes from determinations made by HVO. Earthquakes werefirst recorded in the weekly and monthly bulletins and specialreports published by HVO, now reprinted and bound in threevolumes (Bevens and others, 1988), supplemented by materialpublished for the seismic buildup to the Mauna Loa eruption of1914 (Wood, 1915a), and much later for (1) the period 1912–13 (Jaggar, 1947, p. 5–88) and (2) May 1924, encompassingdetailed observations from the explosive eruption ofHalemaumau (Jaggar, 1947, p. 214–259). Systematic reportingin the bulletin series begins with the week ending April 11,1912 (Jaggar, 1947, p. 9), and ends with the month of July1929 (Bevens and others, 1988, v. 3, p. 1217). Information onearthquakes felt at Kilauea’s summit before the founding ofHVO was summarized by Jaggar (Bevens and others, 1988, v.1, p. 17–49, 1912) and Wood (Bevens and others, 1988, v. 1, p.117–118; 1917b, charts 1, 2).

Instrumental estimates of earthquake locations were madeafter the arrival of the Bosch-Omori seismometer in July 1912(Jaggar, 1947, p. 22–23). By October, some earthquakes wereassigned distances, presumably based on a reading of s-p time,


Table 2. History of instrumentation and reporting of earthquakes at the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory

5

A. Network history

Site Date Instrumentation References

1/12 Founding of HVO.

Whitney vault19°25′53″ N.,

155°15′40″ W.

7/1/121913

1913

10/28

1961

Station established.Omori: 100-kg long-period; mechanical

recording; in use 1913–18; not used.Bosch-Omori: two-component having

pendulum with mechanical recording;T0=15 s, V =115; damping ratios, 7.8/1 N-Sand 4.9/1 E-W; ε=0.5 critical; recordingspeed, ?; in use 1913–61; by 1950, periodchanged to 7.7 s.

Jaggar vertical: short-period, T 0=0.4 s, V =250,vertical with mechanical recording; in use1929–41.

Station discontinued.

Jaggar (1947, p. 22–23).

Wood (1915b).

Finch and Macdonald (1953).Fiske and others (1987) ; Volcano

Letter , no. 464, p. 1–4.

Hilo19°43′11″ N.,

155°05′20″ W.

1919

9/21

9/27

10/50

7/58

10/58

Station established.Romberg: one-component short-period

vertical; V =25; operated at St. Mary'sschool; in use 1919–21.

Romberg: one-component small-mass long-period; M=30 kg, T 0=7.0 s, V =70, ε=2.6/1;paper speed, 23.5 mm/min; operated atBrothers' school.

Hawaiian type: two-component long-period;M=70 kg, T 0=6 s, V =120, ε∼2.6/1; paperspeed, 30 mm/min

Loucks-Omori: two-component long-period;M=100 kg, T 0=3 s, V =175 (Hilo only; allothers had V =200), ε=critical; paper speed,30 mm/min; operated at St. Joseph's school;removed, 10/58.

Wood-Anderson: two-component; V = 2,080,T0=0.8 s, ε=0.7 critical ; removed, 10/92.

HVO–1: vertical, electromagnetic; T0= 0.5 s;galvanometer period, 0.5 s, overdamped;V =20,000 at period of 0.25 s.

Bevens and others (1988, v. 2, p. 1065,v. 3, p. 1033).

Klein and Koyanagi (1980).

Klein and Koyanagi (1980).

Kona19°30′47″ N.,

155°55′07″ W.

3/4/22

6/28

Station established.Romberg: one-component long-period; see

Hilo; replaced 6/28.Hawaiian type: long-period; T 0=7.3 s, V =115;

operated intermittently until 12/60.

Fiske and others (1987) ; VolcanoLetter , no. 183.

Finch and Macdonald (1953).

Hilea19°08′19″ N.,

155°32′12″ W.

Pre-7/24

5/27

Station established.Romberg: one-component; see Hilo.

Station discontinued.

Bevens and others (1988, v. 3, p. 588).Bevens and others (1988, v. 3, p. 970,

989).

Uwekahuna Museum19°25′26″ N.,

155°17′36″ W.

12/27 Imamura strong-motion seismometer; T0= 3.0 s,V =15.

Fiske and others (1987); VolcanoLetter , no. 197; Volcano Letter, no.268, photograph.

Halemaumau19°24′26″ N.,

155°16′59″ W.

9/28 Romberg: one-component; see Hilo, 9/21. Fiske and others (1987); VolcanoLetter , no. 197

Waikii19°51′35″ N.,

155°39′36″ W.

1/32? Station established ; in use until 9/34(?). Macdonald and Eaton (1957, table 1,p. 22).

Mauna Loa truck trail19°29′32″ N.,

155°23′29″ W.

10/381938–39

6/53

4/57

Seismic station established.Hawaiian-type: see Hilo, 9/27; phantom

telephone circuit tested to tie time toWhitney vault.

Loucks-Omori: see Hilo, 10/50 ; replaced, 4/57.HVO–2 : ; vertical; electromagnetic; T0= 0.8 s,

response similar to HVO–1; hardwired forrecording at HVO.

Fiske and others (1987) ; VolcanoLetter , no. 464, p. 1.

Eaton and Krivoy (1963a).

Haleakala20°46′00″ N.,

156°15′00″ W.

1940

8/53

5/575/57

Station established.Hawaiian-type: see Hilo, 1927.Loucks-Omori: see Hilo, 10/50 ; replaced, 5/57.HVO–1: see Hilo, 10/58.Wood-Anderson: see Hilo, 10/58.

Eaton and Krivoy (1963a); Finch andMacdonald (1953).

Scope and Sources of Data

6 Catalog of Hawaiian Earthquakes, 1823–1959

HNP hq basement(see Whitney)

1941 Station established.Jaggar: vertical: see Whitney, 10/28 ; in use

until 1948.

Uwekahuna vault19°25′26″ N.,155°17′36″ W.

1/48

11/53

4/57

4/57

Station established.Jaggar: vertical; see Whitney, 10/28; in use,

1948–57Sprengnether: vertical and E-W; galva-

nometer, 1.5 s; T 0=0.5 s, V =1,500 at 0.5 s,ε=2 times critical; discontinued, 10/92.

Press-Ewing: three-component electro-magnetic; T0=15 s ; galvanometer, 90 s.

HVO–1: see Hilo, 10/58

Finch and Macdonald (1951, p. 106).


Pahoa19°29′39″ N.,154°56′47″ W.

4/1/54

1/58

Station established.

Loucks-Omori: see Hilo, 10/50.HVO–1: see Hilo, 10/58; discontinued, 7/61.



Kamuela (Waimea)20°01′20″ N.,155°40′18″ W.

6/9/54

1959(?)

Station established.

Loucks-Omori: see Hilo, 10/50; locallyrecorded; discontinued, 1/62.



Naalehu19°03′48″ N.,155°35′10″ W.

9/1/54

1959(?)

Station established.Loucks-Omori: see Hilo, 10/50HVO–2: see Mauna Loa, 4/57; locally

recorded; discontinued, 12/60.


Outlet19°23′24″ N.,155°16′56″ W.

195412/55

6/57

Vault built.HVO–2 (developmental): T 0=1.0 s, V = 10,000.HVO–2: see Mauna Loa, 4/57.

Finch and Macdonald (1953).


Barbers Point, Oahu 6/57 HVO–1: see Hilo, 10/50; paper records sentback to HVO.

Desert19°20′12″ N.,155°23′20″ W.

9/57 Station established.HVO–2: see Mauna Loa, 4/57. Eaton and Krivoy (1963a).

North Pit Halemaumau19°24′54″ N.,155°17′00″ W.

7/58 Station established.HVO–2: see Mauna Loa, 4/57. Eaton and Krivoy (1963a).

B. Staffing and changes in procedure

Date Seismologist/procedure References

1/12 Founding of HVO----------------------------------------------------------------------- Jaggar (1947, p. 5–88, 205–259) ; Bevens and others(1988).

7/12–6/17 Harry Wood---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Takahashi and Wright (1987).6/18–9/19 Arnold Romberg -------------------------------------------------------------------------- Bevens and others (1988, v. 2, p. 787).1919–26 Ruy Finch------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Takahashi and Wright (1987).7/26–10/28 Ronald M. Wilson ----------------------------------------------------------------------- Fiske and others (1987) ; Volcano Letter, no. 235.11/26 Radio time corrections applied to Kona station---------------------- Fiske and others (1987) ; Volcano Letter, no. 98.9/31–6/35 Austin Jones -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fiske and others (1987); Volcano Letter, no. 351, p.

2; Volcano Letter, no. 371.2/32 Jones formalizes earthquake-size classification --------------------- Fiske and others (1987) ; Volcano Letter, no. 371, p.

2.3/35–12/41 Seismographs at Uwekahuna and Halemaumau used to

refine locations local to Kilauea.Fiske and others (1987) ; Volcano Letter, no. 421.

7/35–3/41 Hugh Waesche ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Fiske and others (1987) ; Volcano Letter, no. 435, p.2.

12/36–12/38 Recording speed and summit network timing im-proved atWhitney vault.

Fiske and others (1987) ; Volcano Letter, no. 464, p.1–4.

1952 Synchronized time signal at Whitney, Uwekahuna, andHalemaumau stations.

Klein and Koyanagi (1980, p. 4).

9/53–12/62 Jerry Eaton ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Takahashi and Wright (1987).1957 First routine computation of local earthquake mag-nitude. Eaton and Fraser (1957a).1958 Common recording of four high-gain summit-area stations

at HVO July; Jones magnitude classifi-cationabandoned.


10/1/59 Systematic notebooks of accurate P and S times form thebasis for the existing computer catalog.

– – –

Site Date Instrumentation References

Table 2. History of instrumentation and reporting of earthquakes at the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory—Continued

Table 2. History of instrumentation and reporting of earthquakes at the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory—Continued

C. Publication history

Date Publication series References

1/12 Founding of HVO; publication of weekly and monthlysummaries.

Jaggar (1947, p. 5–88, 205–259) ; Bevens and others(1988, v. 1).

1/1/25 The Volcano Letter begins publication------------------------------------ Fiske and others (1987).7/29 Weekly and monthly summaries discontinued----------------------- Bevens and others (1988, v. 3).1948–55 U.S. Geological Survey Bulletins covering volcanic and

seismic activity for the year.Finch and Macdonald (1951); Macdonald and

Wentworth (1954); Macdonald (1955); Macdonaldand Eaton (1955, 1957, 1964).

12/31/55 The Volcano Letter ceases publication------------------------------------ Fiske and others (1987) ; Volcano Letter, no.529–530.

1/1/56 HVO quarterly summaries begin ---------------------------------------------- Macdonald and Eaton, 1956

applied to traveltime tables developed in Germany (Jaggar,1947, p. 45). The direction of motion on the two componentssometimes permitted guesses about the earthquake location de-duced from one station and felt reports.

Intensities based on amplitudes were expressed as a frac-tion of the amplitude at which an earthquake would becomeperceptible to the senses (minimum perceptible unit or “mpu”).In December 1912, Wood began reporting intensities in termsof the Cancani scale (Jaggar, 1947, p. 59), a logarithmic scalewith 12 levels based on the acceleration of earthquake motionas viewed on the seismic record (table 3). Level IV, with accel-erations of 10 to 25 mm/s/s, corresponds to 1.0 to 2.5 mpu.Cancani ratings of V and above were thus likely to be felt.Wood continued reporting mpu and Cancani readings throughthe end of 1914. These intensities reflect the strength of groundshaking at the recording site and must be combined with dis-tance to infer a magnitude.

Figure 2, which summarizes our understanding of the vari-ous “intensity” scales used at HVO, is a logarithmic diagram ofboth ground motion amplitude and acceleration combined. Thevarious scales will be discussed where appropriate in the text.The first scales used were based on amplitude of the Bosch-Omori seismometer. The anchor of the early scales is the feltthreshold, defined as 1.0 mpu and the intensity III-IV Cancaniboundary. This corresponds to 12.5 mm peak to peak of ampli-tude on the Bosch-Omori seismogram at a period of 0.5 s. Theperiod of oscillation does not enter directly into this diagram, andthe diagram is a mixture of acceleration and displacement meas-ures. Correspondence of the different scales is thus approximate.

Beginning in 1915, Wood established a bimonthly publica-tion devoted exclusively to earthquake data (Wood, 1915b). Hecalled it the Systematic Report of the Whitney Laboratory ofSeismology, and it was patterned after the earthquake bulletinsof other seismological laboratories. Only four bimonthly issueswere published, even though Wood stayed on the HVO staffthrough the summer of 1917. During this time earthquake re-porting in HVO’s weekly bulletins (Bevens and others, 1988)was greatly curtailed. Curious as to why the earthquake report-ing had died off, we sought to discover whether Wood had leftany unpublished records. Remarkably, we found the missingdata from September 1915 through June 1917 in the H.O.Wood archives at the California Institute of Technology (Wood,1917a), thereby almost doubling the time during which hisquantitative reporting of HVO earthquake data was available.

Scope and So

Wood left HVO in July 1917. With his departure, reportingof earthquake data was much less satisfactory. Most eventshave a time, no distance, and a terminology to describe earth-quake size (for example, small, feeble, slight) that is not en-tirely consistent with similar terminology formalized in the1930’s (see below). Earthquakes listed from the second half of1917 through the end of 1919 generally have no distance esti-mated. Thus, we had to guess their locations from associatedvolcanic activity (for example, Mauna Loa eruption, drainingof Halemaumau lava lake) or from felt reports. Beginning in1920, distances are given for some events, presumably as a re-sult of the installation of an additional station at Hilo in 1919.Sporadic reporting of distance and location remains the case af-ter two more stations were installed, Kona in March 1922 andHilea (Kau) sometime before July 1924. Distances were esti-mated from uncertain s-p intervals, and locations relied only onapproximate station distances because of the absence of accu-rate relative timing. The weekly and monthly bulletins describevolcanic activity in great detail, particularly the activity ofHalemaumau lava lake up to its demise in 1924, and the differ-ent Kilauea and Mauna Loa eruptions that occurred during itstime of publication. The volcanic detail is an invaluable aid tolocating earthquakes that are temporally associated with volca-nic activity.

A second HVO publication began in 1925, the VolcanoLetter, also published at weekly, monthly, or quarterly inter-vals, and has been reprinted in a single volume (Fiske and oth-ers, 1987). The two publications overlapped through the lastMonthly Bulletin (Bevens and others, 1988) published for July1929. The Volcano Letter had a different emphasis, gearedmore to broad volcanologic topics than to detailed monitoringdata. During the period of overlap, the Volcano Letter some-times gave additional felt information for earthquakes tabulatedin the weekly and monthly bulletins, but otherwise it did notadd to the monitoring data. After July 1929, the Volcano Letterdid not immediately pick up the monitoring focus of the earlierpublication. This difference showed up immediately for the bigearthquake swarm at Hualalai in September and October 1929,where the summary of what actually occurred seismically hasto be pieced together from many different tabulations. Over thenext few years, earthquake data were embedded in the narrativeassociated with a subsection of each Volcano Letter, beginningwith “Kilauea Report No. 677” covering the first week of 1925.These reports were short and commonly listed only the number

7urces of Data

10000

1000

100

10

60000

0.1

1

10

100

1000

0.1

1

10

100

1000

LOG

DO

UB

LE A

MP

LIT

UD

E (

HV

O B

OS

CH

-OM

OR

I SE

ISM

OM

ET

ER

) LOG

DO

UB

LE A

MP

LITU

DE

(HV

O B

OS

CH

-OM

OR

I SE

ISM

OM

ET

ER

)

Volcano Lettersize class Cancani

I

II

III

IV

V

VI

VII

I

II

III

IV

V

VI

VII

I instrumental

II very slight

III slight

IV sensiblemediocre

Vrather strong

VIstrong

VIvery strong

VIIIruinous

noise?

tremor

very feeble

feeble

slight

moderate(heavy)

strong (veryheavy)

log acceleration (milligals at 0.5 period)

Min

imum

per

cept

ible

uni

t (m

pu)

= 1

/10

Can

cani

acc

eler

atio

n in

mm

/sec

/sec

0.1

1.0

10.0

Pro

trac

ted

Comparative noninstrumental (felt) intensities

SmartHardHeavy

Severe

Slight

DistinctModerate

Decided

Comparative instrumental intensities

intensity above which the HVO"ordinary" (strong motion)seismograph is triggered

intensity above which Bosch-Omoriseismographs are dismantled

feltnot felt

Displacement Acceleration

Rossi-Forel (RF)

ModifiedMercalli

(MM)Lyman

(Wyss andKoyanagi, 1992,

p. 42)

of events during the week, with times and distances given for avery small number of the total events.

In June 1932, the reporting of earthquakes became moresystematic, with a separate section devoted to them and withmore information on actual location (narrative description;rarely latitude and longitude), and greater consistency in thereporting of the size of events. The impetus to improved re-porting was the arrival on the HVO staff of another trainedseismologist, the first since Wood left in 1917. Ironically, thisimprovement in reporting coincided with drastic funding cutsthat forced the Volcano Letter to change from a weekly to amonthly publication (Fiske and others, 1987; Volcano Letter,no. 385).

Austin E. Jones arrived in September 1931 (Fiske and oth-ers, 1987; Volcano Letter, no. 351, p. 2) and immediately bus-ied himself with summarizing the seismicity for the year(Fiske and others, 1987; Volcano Letter, no. 371). He also for-malized the reporting of earthquake classes, related directly toamplitude ranges of signals on the Bosch-Omori seismometer,as listed in table 4. He used the weighted numbers of earth-quakes in each class to calculate weekly indices of seismicity.After July 1932, there is increased reporting of location interms of latitude and longitude; beginning in 1934, latitudeand longitude are routinely estimated. Jones’ last report was in


June 1935 (Fiske and others, 1987; Volcano Letter, no. 424),but the earthquake reporting continued in much the same man-ner (fig. 1).

Jones was the first of HVO’s seismologists to attempt toquantify the interpretation of seismic data. In addition to for-malizing the reporting of seismicity, he attempted to track seis-micity associated with eruptions of Kilauea and Mauna Loa(Jones, 1934, 1935a, 1935c) and was the first person to derivetraveltime curves applicable to the Island of Hawaii (Jones,1935b). Finally, Jones was the first to identify different types ofearthquakes and tremor (Jones, 1938). Unfortunately, Jones’best efforts were severely compromised by the absence of anadequate local network and the lack of common timing for theseismometers at different locations. Short-lived efforts to tieseveral stations together by means of telephone lines were at-tempted in 1931 by Jones and in 1938 by Waesche, but neithereffort was sustained for long.

Earthquake reporting in the Volcano Letter changes towardthe end of 1941 for unspecified reasons. The reporting of lati-tude and longitude is discontinued beginning in the third quar-ter of 1941 (Fiske and others, 1987; Volcano Letter, no. 473)although narrative descriptions of location continued. At theend of the fourth quarter of 1941 (Fiske and others, 1987; Vol-cano Letter, no. 474), reporting of earthquake data dropped off

Figure 2. Comparison of intensity and amplitude scales used by the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory (HVO).


Amplitudeclass

Weight Bosch-Omoriamplitude (mm)

Qualitative description

Tremor (t) 1/4 <0.5 Can barely be seen on the seismograph records ; when continuous, theunit is the minute of duration.

Very feeble (vf) 1/2 .5–4 Not felt or only very rarely felt by very few persons in especially favorablepositions, generally lying down.

Feeble (f) 1 4–11 Not felt or felt by few persons in favorable positions. Upper range of feebleis intensity I on the Rossi-Forel and modified Mercalli scales.

Slight (s) 2 11–25 Felt by many persons at rest. Hanging objects may swing. Inten-sity II onthe Rossi-Forel and modified Mercalli scales.

Moderate (m) 3 25–60 Felt generally, by persons in or out of doors. Hanging objects swing.Intensity III on the Rossi-Forel and modified Mercalli scales.

Strong (st) 4 >60 Felt by everyone or nearly everyone. Objects swing. Dishes, doors, andwindows rattle. Minor damage may result. Intensity IV or larger on theRossi-Forel and modified Mercalli scales.

Intensity Description Minimumacceleration

Maximumacceleration

mpu

I Instrumental -------------------------- 0.0 2.5 0–0.25II Very slight ------------------------------ 2.5 5.0 .25–0.5III Slight --------------------------------------- 5.0 10.0 .5–1.0IV Sensible, mediocre ---------------- 10.0 25.0 1.0–2.5V Rather strong ------------------------- 25.0 50.0 2.5–5.0VI Strong-------------------------------------- 50.0 100.0 5.0–10.0VII Very strong ----------------------------- 100.0 250.0 10.0–25.0VIII Ruinous ---------------------------------- 250.0 500.0 25.0–50.0IX Disastrous ------------------------------- 500.0 1000.0 50.0–100.0X Very disastrous ---------------------- 1,000.0 2,500.0 100.0–250.0XI Catastrophic --------------------------- 2,500.0 5,000.0 250.0–500.0XII Great catastrophe ------------------ 5,000.0 10,000.0 500.0–1,000.0

further. Although the number of earthquakes reported seemscomparable to earlier periods, many events have only the timegiven with no indication of location whatsoever. This situationcontinued through 1953.

Following the arrival of Jerry Eaton, HVO’s third trainedseismologist, on September 15, 1953, earthquake reportingagain became more quantitative. The Volcano Letter ceasedpublication at the end of 1955, its last issue covering the sec-ond half of the year (Fiske and others, 1987; Volcano Letter,nos. 529–530). Meanwhile, a new series had begun, entitled“Hawaii Volcanoes During [Year],” beginning with 1948–49,also ending in 1955 (Finch and Macdonald, 1951; Finch andMacdonald, 1953; Macdonald and Wentworth, 1954;Macdonald, 1955; Macdonald and Eaton, 1955, 1957, 1964);these issues were published as U.S. Geological Survey Bulle-tins. They largely duplicate information published in the Vol-cano Letter, though with some differences noted below in thesubsection entitled “Errors and Uncertainties.”

Eaton greatly advanced the conduct of seismology atHVO, including (1) more sophisticated discrimination of earth-quake “families” based on their seismic signatures and (2) deri-vation of greatly improved traveltime curves related to a morerealistic velocity structure for the Island of Hawaii. These top-ics are discussed and illustrated in Eaton’s report on the 1955

Scope and So

eruption of Kilauea (Macdonald and Eaton, 1964, p. 113–140and associated figures).

Beginning in 1956, HVO began publishing quarterly re-ports, retaining the qualitative classification of earthquake sizeinitiated by Austin Jones. The first “local” magnitudes were as-signed, beginning in 19571; and by 1958, magnitudes were as-signed to all events, and the terms used by Jones to classifyearthquake size were no longer reported. Reporting of localmagnitudes (M

L) was based on the installation of Wood-Ander-

son torsion seismometers in Hilo. The instrumentation andmagnitude calculation emulated that begun by Richter at theCalifornia Institute of Technology in the 1930’s (see Richter,1958). These quarterly “summaries” have a higher size thresh-old (M~2.5) and report fewer events than previously.

Quarterly reports were continuous through the third quar-ter of 1959 (Eaton and Fraser, 1956a, b, 1957a–d, 1958a, b;Macdonald and Eaton, 1956a, b; Eaton and Krivoy, 1958a, b,1963a–c) and from the fourth quarter of 1961 to the present.

1 HVO is listed as a source of magnitude estimates for six large events in1954–56, reported in the revised history of seismicity in the United States (Sto-ver and Coffmann, 1993). It is unclear how these estimates were obtained andreported because they do not appear in any HVO publication series coveringthis period.

Table 3. Cancani scale of seismic intensity

[Maximum and minimum accelerations in millimeters per second squared. Minimum perceptible unit (mpu) is directly related to Cancani scale,with 1.0 mpu, occurring at the Cancani intensity III-IV boundary, defined as the intensity above which an earthquake is perceptible (felt)]

Table 4. Early (1932–57) classification of earthquake magnitudes at the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory

[Weight was used to calculate a seismicity index for the week. From Volcano Letter, no. 371]

9urces of Data

The paired Kilauea eruptions of 1959 and 1960 produced sucha backlog of seismic records that formal publication did nottake place for 2 years. Seismograms from the last three quartersof 1960 and the first three quarters of 1961 were subsequentlyread, and earthquake locations were directly entered into acomputer data base along with the data from unpublished com-pilations for the fourth quarter of 1959 and the first quarter of1960. Our catalog thus fills in the data from before the begin-ning of the present computer catalog in October 1959.

The Lyman Diary, 1833–1917

Sarah Lyman and her daughter Isabella Lyman, membersof a large early missionary family living on the Island of Ha-waii, kept a diary of earthquakes felt at their homes in Hilo,covering the period 1833–1917. The diary has recently been re-printed with a commentary (Wyss and others, 1992). This is aninvaluable reference for the early seismic history, particularlyin the days before any instrumentation was available to recordearthquakes. Comparison with contemporary newspaper re-ports (see below) and instrumental data shows that the Lymandiary is not a complete record of events felt in Hilo. The mostlikely explanation for events reported as being felt in Hilo butmissing from the Lyman compilation is that Sarah or IsabellaLyman were not at home. Unfortunately, their travels are notdocumented in the diary. There are some events recorded in thediary for which there is no corroborative newspaper or otherdocumentation. We assume that these events were either localto Hilo (which is shown by modern records to have a low butpersistent record of seismic activity) or were near the thresholdmagnitude of events that would be widely felt and thereforenewsworthy.

Newspaper Reports, 1856–1959

Newspaper mention of earthquakes is critical to our database for several reasons. Before instrumental records wereavailable, the newspapers are the sole source of information,with the exception of the Lyman diary (see above), for any butthe very largest earthquakes. Even after the installation of seis-mometers in 1903 and 1912, newspaper reports expand the in-formation on where, and with what effect, earthquakes werefelt. Felt information is essential for recreating intensity mapsfor the larger events (for example, Wyss and Koyanagi, 1992)and refining locations for events less widely felt. Figure 3 andtable 5 list the newspapers we have consulted, since continuousreporting began in 1856. Of those listed, we have not yet beenable to access the Kona Echo, published in Japanese over muchof its history and in English for a limited number of years.Newspaper information is abstracted in the “Location/felt” col-umn of our catalog. Newspaper accounts are distinguishedfrom other felt reports by preceding the information with“Warshauer notes:” (see section below entitled “Acknowledg-ments”). Fuller description of events, including detailed dam-age reports, are included in the abstract field of the bibliographicfile and in quotations in Wyss and Koyanagi (1992).


The newspapers continue to be of use after HVO begansystematic recording and publication of information on earth-quakes. We have found instances where newspapers reportedearthquakes as felt that were not reported by HVO. In a few in-stances, newspaper dates or times differ markedly from thosereported by HVO or HMO, a result of recording errors that can becorrected from the newspaper accounts. We make judgments tochoose as correct the information that is most corroborated.

One of the most complete and interesting newspapersources was the Pacific Commercial Advertiser’s monthly me-teorologic reports (1900–4), succeeded in 1905 by weekly re-ports published under various titles. Correspondents wereemployed at several places on the more populous Hawaiian Is-lands to report rainfall and temperature data, as well as makingnote of unusual weather conditions such as storms that did sig-nificant damage. Folded into these accounts were reports of feltearthquakes. Some of these reports match events reported in theLyman diary or at HMO; for others, the meteorologic reportsare the only record. These reports end in 1911, very close to thefounding of HVO.

Newspaper accounts, like the HVO reporting, tend to beuneven, especially for events not felt over an entire island orover more than one island. The founding of HVO led newspa-pers in both Hilo and Honolulu to accept, over certain periodsof time, reports directly from HVO, probably reducing theirtendency to gather and publish felt reports independently ofwhat was being recorded by HVO. However, in one peculiarcircumstance, a newspaper actually gives more informationthan was published by HVO. In 1941, the Hilo Tribune-Heraldpublished a weekly column entitled “Volcano Report.” These col-umns, obtained directly from HVO, contain distances and felt in-formation not reported in the Volcano Letter for these dates.

Times of earthquakes as reported in newspaper accountsare quite variable relative to the precise times reported by HVOand HMO, for two principal reasons. The first reason is that thenewspapers are not charged with recording exact times, relyingon their own experience or that of their correspondents. Oftenthe accounts say an earthquake occurred “about” a certain time.The second reason is the use of “plantation time.”2 Accordingto this practice, peculiar to Hawaii, each plantation or ranchhad the option of keeping its own time, separate and independ-ent from adjacent plantations. Each of these times could differ,in turn, from the time recorded in the larger cities. Thus, it ishard to know what time is being used when someone calls anewspaper to report an earthquake. We have assumed thatwidely reported events with felt times that differ by as much ashalf an hour are most likely the same event. If an instrumentalrecord is available we use that time; otherwise an arbitrary timewithin the range reported is used. After the attack on Pearl Har-bor in December 1941, Hawaii went briefly on “war time,”equivalent to our current daylight-saving time, exactly 1 hourlater than Hawaii standard time (H.s.t.). Both HVO and HMOcontinued to report earthquakes in Hawaii standard time, ex-plaining why some newspaper times during this period differby one hour from the observatory times.

2 The description of plantation time was provided by Doak Cox.


0

1

2

3

4

5

6

1/1/1

HA

WA

IIAN

NE

WS

PAP

ER

S

Table 5. Beginning and ending dates of publication of Hawaiian newspapers

[Do., ditto]

DATE

B BB B

J J JJ J

H H

F F

P P

BBB BBB

J J

H

F FF F

1 1

3

850 1/1/1860 1/1/1870 1/1/1880 1/1/1890 1/1/00 1/1/10 1/1/20 1/1/30 1/1/40 1/1/50

Maui News

Hilo Daily TribuneHilo Tribune

Hawaii Herald (Hilo)

Hilo Tribune-Herald

Hawaii Post (Hilo)

Daily Post Herald (Hilo)Hawaii Daily Post (Hilo)

Hawaiian Star (Honolulu)

Honolulu Star-Bulletin

Honolulu Advertiser

Hawaiian Gazette (Honolulu)

Evening Bulletin (Honolulu)

Kona Echo

Pacific Commercial Advertiser (Honolulu)

Place of publication Dates of publication Full name Abbreviation incatalog

Honolulu 7/2/1856–3/30/1921 Pacific Commercial Advertiser ------------------ PCADo. 1/1/1865–11/29/1918 Hawaiian Gazette ----------------------------------------- HGDo. 3/28/1893–6/29/1912 Hawaiian Star----------------------------------------------- HSDo. 5/16/1895–6/29/1912 Evening Bulletin ----------------------------------------- HEB

Hilo 11/23/1895–6/27/1917 Hilo Tribune ------------------------------------------------- HTDo. 8/13/1896–2/22/1923 Hawaii Herald ---------------------------------------------- HHDo. 11/1/1916–9/25/1917 Hawaii Post --------------------------------------------------- HP

Holualoa 2/3/1897–1951 Kona Echo ---------------------------------------------------- KEWailuku, Maui 2/17/1900–present Maui News ---------------------------------------------------- MNHilo 7/1/1917–2/18/1923 Hilo Daily Tribune--------------------------------------- HDT

Do. 9/26/1917–12/1/1917 Hawaii Daily Post----------------------------------------- HDPDo. 12/3/1917–2/17/1923 Daily Post Herald ----------------------------------------- DPHDo. 2/19/1923–3/1/1964 Hilo Tribune-Herald ------------------------------------ HTH

Honolulu 7/1/1912–present Honolulu Star-Bulletin------------------------------- HSBDo. 3/31/1921–present Honolulu Advertiser------------------------------------ HA

Figure 3. Publication history of Hawaiian newspapers and other sources of information for felt earthquakes in Hawaii.

11Scope and Sources of Data

HVO Felt-Report Postcards

HVO used various means to try to increase its receipt offelt information. In 1913, after a large earthquake felt through-out the island chain, Thomas Jaggar issued a newspaper pleafor the public to send HVO detailed information on how theearthquake of October 25, 1913, had been experienced (PacificCommercial Advertiser, 1913; reprinted in Bevens and others,1988, v. 2, p. 64). The form provided had a list of questionsthat could apply to any earthquake which was felt. There is nopublished evidence that this plea was heeded.

Beginning in 1932, HVO distributed postcards to personssituated at various locations on the Island of Hawaii, with anabbreviated version of Jaggar’s questionnaire including, in dif-ferent versions, an intensity scale (table 6) and (or) a checklistof factors used to estimate intensity. Postcards filled in with in-formation on felt earthquakes have been saved at HVO andwere consulted by us. Whereas the Volcano Letter reportswhere an earthquake was felt, the postcards provide relative in-tensities for those locations.3 They provide a check on the HVOlocation and provide data with which isoseismal maps may beprepared for widely felt events. Our use of postcard informa-tion is cited in the “Comment” column of our catalog with thedesignation “HVO, unpub.”

We mapped the HVO postcard intensities into modifiedMercalli intensities for comparison with other intensity sources(table 6). The lower postcard intensities are defined solely interms of the number of persons feeling the event rather than theseverity of the event used by other scales, making the postcardintensities useful but imprecise.

Other Earthquake Reports

The earliest accounts of earthquakes are contained inmagazines or newspapers that were circulated within more spe-cific groups. Some of these early papers include those pub-lished locally, such as The Friend, the Sandwich IslandsGazette, The Polynesian, and at least one, the Missionary Her-ald, published in London and Boston for the missionary com-munity. Surprisingly and unpredictably, these journals containimportant narrative information on certain events, particularlyin association with trips made to the Island of Hawaii. Laternewspapers, such as the Hilo Tribune-Herald or the PacificCommercial Advertiser, were directed at the entire population.Other sources are early diaries, not as complete as the Lyman

3 We acknowledge Amy Greenwell of Captain Cook, Kona, for her unusu-ally complete and accurate information, which contributes directly to our evalu-ation of seismic intensity. She reported every earthquake felt in Kona from1951 to the late 1950’s, relying not only on herself but also on her many ac-quaintances in the local community. She faithfully records where the earth-quake was felt and by how many, what type of structure the person(s) feeling itwas in, and whether persons were asleep or awake. She also describes the typeof earthquake motion, discriminating rapid “jolts” from much longer and gen-tler motions, both occurring over a range of strengths. Finally, for the largerevents, she gives the relative strength of an earthquake as perceived at variouslocations along the mid-Kona coast. If all correspondents had been as assidu-ous in their reporting, valid macroseismic (contoured intensity) maps couldhave been produced for all widely felt events.


diary but nonetheless a source of information for larger feltearthquakes. Entries from the diary of the Greenwell family,long-time residents of the Kona section of the Island of Hawaii,were provided to us by Jean Greenwell, a descendant whoworks closely with the Kona Historical Society.

The Volcano House, founded in 1865 as a hotel on theedge of Kilauea Caldera, kept a register in which travelers re-corded their observations on volcanic activity. The register hasbeen transcribed (Bevens and transcriber, 1988) and is availablefor viewing in Hawaii Volcanoes National Park. It containssome references to earthquakes, although these references arescattered throughout the volumes and record only those earth-quakes felt in the immediate vicinity.

Some earthquake accounts are scattered through books andarticles about the volcanic activity of Kilauea and Mauna Loa(for example, Dana, 1888; Hitchcock, 1909), as well as pub-lished reports of specific eruptions or earthquakes. The Bulletinof the Seismological Society of America, published as amonthly journal beginning in 1911, included a section entitled“Seismological Notes” as part of each issue. All information onHawaiian events appears to be drawn from other sources and sodoes not add any information. Unfortunately, inaccuracies inlocations and times of events seemed to have crept into thesesummaries. Therefore, it is best to use the original instrumentalreports from HMO and HVO when they are available.

We include as a separate file on the CD–ROM a bibliogra-phy of all published reports of earthquakes and earthquakeswarms, drawn from the Hawaii bibliographic data base, re-cently made available (Wright and Takahashi, 1998).

Construction of the Earthquake Catalog

Our master earthquake catalogs have as many as 26 col-umns, formatted so as to print legibly on 8.5- by 11-in. paper inlandscape mode. We have divided them into four files: (1) pre-April 1903, the date of installation of the first seismometer onOahu; (2) April 1903 to February 1921, when the one-compo-nent Milne seismometer was replaced by the two-componentMilne-Shaw seismometer; (3) February 1921 through 1932;and (4) 1933 to September 30, 1959, the time period for whichwe have continuous film records of seismograms generated onOahu. The column headings used in files 1 through 4 are listedin table 7. Table 13 (see app. 1) is the 1903–59, M≥4 portion ofthe entire catalog.

Published data from HMO, and from Wood’s publishedand unpublished HVO Station Bulletin, use Greenwich meantime (G.m.t.). Until June 8, 1947, Hawaii standard time was 101/2 hours earlier than Greenwich mean time; after that date, itbecame 10 hours earlier (Fiske and others, 1987; Volcano Let-ter, no. 496, p. 3). Hawaii standard time has been the time usedby HVO for all other published geologic and seismologic re-ports. We have corrected all times to Hawaiian standard time inour catalog.

Latitude and longitude are given for some events reportedin the Volcano Letter. For these events, no location informationis given in the “Comment” column of our catalog. Where lati-tude and longitude are not published but a precise narrative de-


1

DateTime Lat (dLat (mLong Long Regio

Publ. Pref.

Publ. Calc.

Slant

M (otM (otM (prM (prI (maxLocatComm

1A1987; Vo

Table 6. Hawaiian Volcano Observatory intensity scale used on postcards after 1933

HVO intensity Modified Mercalli equivalent Felt designation

I I Not felt.II II Felt by very few people.III III, IV Felt by several people.IV III, IV Felt by many people.V IV, V Felt generally.VI V Felt by nearly everyone.VII VI, VII Flight from houses; some damage.VIII VIII, IX Ruinous ; great terror, some people wounded, much damage.IX X, XI Disastrous; a few lives lost, general ruin.X XII Very disastrous ; great loss of life, utter ruin.

Greenwell diary descriptions

– – – II Windows rattle; slight, gentle.– – – III, IV Dogs bark; “a pretty good one”; a jar (III).– – – IV A jolt (IV).

Table 7. Explanation of column headings used in our catalog

13

File 1823–3/1903

File 24/1903–2/1921

File 32/1921–1932

File 41933–9/1959

Explanation

Date Date Date Local date.(HST) Time (HST) Time (HST) Time (HST) Local time (Hawaii standard time). 1

eg) Lat (deg) Lat (deg) Lat (deg) Latitude, in degrees N.in) Lat (min) Lat (min) Lat (min) Latitude, in minutes.

(deg) Long (deg) Long (deg) Long (deg) Longitude, in degrees W.(min) Long (min) Long (min) Long (min) Longitude, in minutes.n Region Region Region Geographic region assigned from

description.Depth Publ. Depth Publ. Depth Publ. Depth Published depth.Depth Pref. Depth Pref. Depth Pref. Depth Preferred depth indicated from felt

reports or other information.Dist. Publ. Dist. Publ. Dist. Publ. Dist. Published distance.Dist. Calc. Dist. Calc. Dist. Calc. Dist. Distance calculated from latitude

and longitude or from assumedlocation.

dist. Slant dist. Slant dist. Slant dist. Hypocentral distance calculatedfrom preferred depth and cal-culated distance.

– – – Mag. class (after July1912).

Mag. class Mag. class (before 1958). HVO size (magnitude) class.

– – – Pref. amp. ( after July1912).

Pref. amp. Pref. amp. ( before 1958). Amplitude used for calculation ofnomogram magnitude.

– – – M calc. (after July1912).

M calc. M calc. Magnitude calculated from HVO'spublished or inferred amplitudeand distance.

– – – Milne E-W M M-S E-W M M-S E-W Magnitude determined from Milneor Milne-Shaw E-W componentat HMO.

– – – – – – M M-S N-S M M-S N-S Magnitude determined from Milne-Shaw N-S compo-nent at HMO.

– – – – – – – – – M vertSPN (1950–57)HTL (1957–59)

Magnitude determined fromSprengnether or HoustonTechnical Laboratories verti-calseismometer at HMO.

– – – – – – – – – M hor (N-L) Magnitude calculated fromNeumann-LaBarre horizontalseismometer at HMO.

her) M (other) M (other) M (other) Magnitude from other source.her) source M (other) source M (other) source M (other) source Source of other magnitude.ef) M (pref) M (pref) M (pref) Preferred magnitude.ef) source M (pref) source M (pref) source M (pref) source Source of preferred magnitude.) I (max) I (max) I (max) Maximum intensity.

ion/felt report Location/felt report. Location/felt report Location/felt report Felt reports and their locations.ent Comment Comment Comment Bibliographic reference and (or)

author’s comments.

fter June 8, 1947, Hawaii standard time ( H.s.t.) = Greenwich mean time (G.m.t.) minus 10 hours. Before that date, H.s.t. = G.m.t. minus 10.5 hours (Fiske and others,lcano Letter , no. 496, p. 3).


Attribute used todescribe shaking

Approximate modifiedMercalli intensity

Severe ------------------------------------- VIIHeavy -------------------------------------- V–VIHard ---------------------------------------- V–VISmart --------------------------------------- V, IV–V 1

Decided ----------------------------------- IV–VModerate --------------------------------- III–IVDistinct------------------------------------ III–IVSlight --------------------------------------- II–IIIProtracted2 ------------------------------ II–V

1Interpreted by us from newspaper reports of events recorded in the Lyman diary.2Not used by us for intensity assignment because the range is too large.

scription of location is available, we have converted the de-scription to latitude and longitude, using Hawaii base maps,and entered the coordinates. Thus, inclusion of narrative loca-tions means that our derived coordinates were not explicitlygiven in the Volcano Letter. For each earthquake, we assign ageographic region based on latitude and longitude, or on thebasis of distance from the Whitney seismometer, supplementedby felt reports. For events where only the general area of Ha-waii rather than the specific region can be inferred, we use thebroad regional names. Definition of earthquake regions is dis-cussed below.

Depths and epicentral distances are included when pub-lished. We default to a preferred depth of 9 km where none isgiven. For some events, we assigned depth on the basis of feltreports. Where this depth differs from a published depth, wefill in both the “Preferred depth” and “Published depth” col-umns in our catalog. There is some ambiguity regarding dis-tance in the earlier HVO reports. Where only distance and noreal location is given, we assumed that these values were de-rived from s-p time and so are hypocentral (that is, slant) dis-tances rather than epicentral distances, and we listed them assuch. Distance is to the seismometer measuring the amplitude,generally the Whitney laboratory at HVO. If distance is to an-other station, this difference is noted in the “Comment” col-umn of our catalog.

Magnitude class is that used in the published HVO reportsand is irrelevant for the period before 1912 and after 1957. Itappears that the classification using terms ranging from“tremor” to “strong,” formalized as noted above in 1931, mayapply back as far as 1928. We use this classification to calcu-late magnitudes for the period 1928–57 by the methods out-lined below. For data utilizing the Cancani scale and theminimum perceptible unit (1912–17), we had to devise differ-ent methodologies to estimate magnitude, as outlined below.Between 1917 and 1928 and before 1903, we made approxi-mate assignments of magnitude, calibrated to be consistentwith felt information. In this period, the familiar terms—for ex-ample, “feeble”—do not appear to refer to the same amplituderange as later, and additional terms—for example, “small”—are not used consistently enough to be able to define them interms of specific amplitude ranges.

We calculated magnitudes from HMO or HVO data, usingthe methods outlined below. Agreement is generally better thanthe error estimates listed in table 11. Where discrepancies oc-cur, we note these in the “Comment” column of our catalog.After 1930, earthquakes of M>6 commonly have an externallydetermined magnitude, for example, one determined at Ber-keley or Pasadena. Wyss and Koyanagi (1992) calculated themagnitudes for many large events from their isoseismal maps;we put these values in the “Other magnitude” column of ourcatalog and cite their source. Preferred magnitudes representour evaluation of the best source or averages derived from mul-tiple sources, using the criteria outlined below.

We derived intensities from felt reports and (or) HVO orHMO information. Where a single intensity is given, it repre-sents the maximum reported or observed. Most intensities arefrom HVO or Hilo, and the location and source are generallygiven. Magnitudes and intensities of the largest events (M≥5.5,


I≥V) are cross-referenced to, and rarely modified from, Wyssand Koyanagi (1992).

All intensities (I values) are modified Mercalli (MM)unless otherwise noted. Early HVO accounts commonly usedRossi-Forel (RF), which is about the same as MM below anintensity of V. Some early intensities are derived fromdescriptive words used in the Lyman diary. We generally followWyss and Koyanagi (1992) in the use of the “Lyman” scale toconvert their terms to intensities (table 8).

The “Comment” column of our catalog lists the primaryreferences from which the earthquake information is derived;our comments are enclosed in brackets, including discrepanciesin published magnitudes or intensities and their reconciliation.The “Location/felt report” column records duration and felt in-formation gathered from the references cited. Both columns areused to give information regarding the beginning and end oferuptions, the relation of earthquake swarms to eruptions, im-portant changes in the seismic network, and the like.

Definition of Geographic Regions and theAssignment of Earthquakes to Them

We have defined geographic regions for the Island of Ha-waii within which earthquakes are clustered, as shown in figure4. Mauna Loa and Kilauea, Hawaii’s two recently active volca-noes, are subdivided into several regions, on the basis of con-centrations of modern (post-1959) earthquakes associated withknown fault zones or tectonically active areas. Older, lessseismically active volcanoes are covered by a single region. Weappend the abbreviation “os” to indicate earthquakes whoseepicenters lie in the offshore part of a region.

Over much of the time period covered, the assignment ofan earthquake to a particular geographic region is based on re-cordings on a primitive network of one to three stations and sois subject to large error (see subsection below entitled “Errorsand Uncertainties”). Our regional assignment is made directlyfrom the latitude and longitude, or from felt reports where noother information is available. When only the distance fromHVO was given, we generally assigned the event to the mostactive region at that distance. We preferentially chose regions

rt

Table 8. “Lyman” scale of seismic intensity

[Approximate modified Mercalli intensity interpreted from Wyss and Koyanagi (1992,p. 42, table 8)]

hquakes, 1823–1959

18.5

19.0

19.5

20.0

20.5

21.0

21.5

22.0

22.5

18.5

19.0

19.5

20.0

20.5

21.0

21.5

22.0

22.5

160.5 160.0 159.5 159.0 158.5 158.0 157.5 157.0 156.5 156.0 155.5 155.0 154.5

160.5 160.0 159.5 159.0 158.5 158.0 157.5 157.0 156.5 156.0 155.5 155.0 154.5

Latit

ude

Longitude

ALE

MAU

OAH

MOL

MAE

See fig. 4B, C

Oahu

Niihau

Kauai

Molokai

Lanai

Kahoolawe

Maui

HawaiiIsland names in plain font, for example, Maui

Region names in bold caps, for example, MAU

A

MKO

LONGITUDE

LAT

ITU

DE

Niihau

Kauai

Oahu

Molokai

Lanai

Kahoolawe

Maui

Hawaii

See fig.4B, C

Island names in plain font, for example, Maui

Region names in bold font, for example, MAU

22.5

22.0

21.5

21.0

20.5

20.0

19.5

18.5

19.0

22.5

22.0

21.5

21.0

20.5

20.0

19.5

18.5

19.0

B

SFL = SF1-SF4

CALSWRKAO

HLE

SF4

LOI

OKO

MIL

KON

MWF

MSW

HUA

OHU

KEA

KOH

MNF HIL

GLNMNE

MOK UERMER

LER

SFO

SF1

SF3

SF2

KOA

LONGITUDE

LAT

ITU

DE

156.7 156.2 155.7 155.2 154.7

156.7 156.2 155.7 155.2 154.7

20.4

19.9

19.4

18.9

18.4

20.4

19.9

19.4

18.9

18.4

LONGITUDE

LAT

ITU

DE

156.7 156.2 155.7 155.2 154.7

156.7 156.2 155.7 155.2 154.7

20.4

19.9

19.4

18.9

18.4

20.4

19.9

19.4

18.9

18.4

ALE

C

OHU

DHU

DKO

DKH

DKE

DHI

DEP

DML

DER

DLE

LOI

DLS

in or adjacent to areas of concurrent eruptions or main shocks.Rarely, we revised or reinterpreted the region to place the eventin an active seismic area. We use general terms, such as “southHawaii,” when specific information is unavailable to choose aregion. Even when latitude and longitude or detailed narrative

Construction of the

descriptions were published, errors could still be several to afew tens of kilometers.

Commonly, the errors are such that many earthquakescould be in a region adjacent to the one that we assigned.Earthquakes large enough to be widely recorded and widely

Figure 4. Geographic regions defined for earthquakes in Hawaii. A, State of Hawaii, showing regions other than Hawaii County. B, Hawaii County,showing shallow-earthquake (<20-km depth) regions broadly defined from density of earthquake occurrence. Dotted lines, boundaries of five volcanoesthat make up island. C, Hawaii County, showing deep-earthquake (>20-km depth) regions broadly defined from density of earthquake occurrence.Dotted lines, boundaries of five volcanoes that make up island.

15Earthquake Catalog

A. Shallow-earthquake regions

Name1 Region 2D typ3

(km)D all 4

(km) Abbreviation 5 Map6

Loihi------------------------ Loihi undersea edifice---------------------------------------------- All All loihi LOI

Kilauea ------------------- Glenwood (north flank) --------------------------------------------Summit caldera ---------------------------------------------------------Summit caldera ---------------------------------------------------------Summit caldera ---------------------------------------------------------Upper East Rift Zone ------------------------------------------------Middle East Rift Zone ----------------------------------------------Lower East Rift Zone------------------------------------------------Southwest Rift Zone -------------------------------------------------Koae Fault Zone -------------------------------------------------------South flank (unspecified)-----------------------------------------Far-eastern south flank--------------------------------------------Eastern south flank --------------------------------------------------Central south flank---------------------------------------------------Western south flank--------------------------------------------------South flank offshore -------------------------------------------------

– –1–37–10

10–131–41–41–61–41–45–105–105–105–105–105–10

0–200–55–10

10–200–200–200–200–200–200–200–200–200–200–200–20

kl glnkl cal 0–5kl cal 05–10kl cal 10–20kl uerkl merkl lerkl swrkl koaekl sfkl ler sfkl mer sfkl kuer sfkl swr sfkl sf os

GLNCALINTINTUERMERLERSWRKOASFLSF4SF3SF2SF1SFO

Mauna Loa------------- Summit (Mokuaweoweo) ------------------------------------------Northeast Rift Zone --------------------------------------------------Southwest Rift Zone -------------------------------------------------Kaoiki Fault Zone-----------------------------------------------------Hilea Fault Zone ------------------------------------------------------Milolii (includes offshore)----------------------------------------Kona (including near offshore)-------------------------------Kona offshore ------------------------------------------------------------North flank (including ml-mk saddle) --------------------West flank ------------------------------------------------------------------Hilo area (includes offshore)-----------------------------------

0–50–50–54–164–16– –– –– –– –– –– –

0–200–200–200–200–200–200–200–200–200–200–20

ml mokml nerml swrkaoikihileamiloliikonakona osml nfml wfhilo

MOKMNEMSWKAOHLEMILKONOKOMNFMWFHIL

Hualalai------------------ Onshore ----------------------------------------------------------------------Offshore ----------------------------------------------------------------------

– –– –

AllAll

hualalaihualalai os

HUAOHU

Mauna Kea ------------ Onshore ----------------------------------------------------------------------Offshore ----------------------------------------------------------------------

– –– –

AllAll

mauna keamauna kea os

KEAMKO

Kohala -------------------- Kohala (includes near offshore) ----------------------------- – – All kohala KOH

Alenuihaha ------------ Channel between Hawaii and Maui ---------------------- – – All alenuihaha ALE

Maui------------------------ Maui (includes near offshore)---------------------------------Maui (far offshore east) --------------------------------------------

– –– –

AllAll

mauimaui east

MAUMAE

Lanai----------------------- Lanai northwest --------------------------------------------------------Lanai southeast ---------------------------------------------------------

– –– –

AllAll

lanai nwlanai se

MOLMAU

Molokai------------------- Molokai (includes offshore) ------------------------------------- – – All molokai MOL

Oahu----------------------- Oahu --------------------------------------------------------------------------- – – All oahu OAH

1Volcano (on the Island of Hawaii) or island.2Subdivision defined by concentrations of earthquake epicenters within volcanoes on the Island of Hawaii (see fig. 4 B) or for the rest of the Hawaiian

chain (see fig. 4 A ).3Typical depth range of well-defined hypocenters in our catalog.4Depth range assumed where accurate depth determinations are unavailable.5Abbreviation used in the “Region” column of our catalog.6Three-letter regional code (see fig. 4) conforming to regions identified in our catalog, also used as code in the fixed-column computer file.

felt, or which are aftershocks or associated with a volcanicswarm, are probably located in the region assigned. Smallerearthquakes not associated with a well-located event will havelarger uncertainties. It is possible but rare that an earthquake istwo regions away from the one assigned.

In our catalog, the notation “(?)” after the region indicatesa moderate uncertainty, for example, where only distance and arough direction from one station is known. The notation “(??)”indicates a region that is inferred without any specified locationand for which the true location error cannot be determined. Alocation may be precisely specified by HVO without statinghow many data were actually used. For example, many earlydescriptions placed earthquakes in the saddle area betweenMauna Loa and Mauna Kea. This area currently is nearly


aseismic, and so we suspect that the early locations are in error,rather than that a cessation of activity occurred in the saddlecoinciding with the time when the network improved.

For some earthquakes, the geographic coordinates are out-side the assigned region. We assigned a region by using all lo-cation information described by HVO plus a knowledge ofwhere earthquake activity was most likely at the time. We thustended to assign aftershocks to the same region as the mainshock and earthquakes during an eruption to the rift or adja-cent flank, even if the coordinates stated by HVO placed themelsewhere.

Catalog abbreviations for geographic regions in relation tothe Hawaiian volcanoes and tectonic subregions are listed intable 9.

Table 9. Synonymy relating the geographic regions defined in figure 4 to the abbreviations in our catalog


17

Table 9. Synonymy relating the geographic regions defined in figure 4 to the abbreviations in our catalog—Continued

B. Deep-earthquake regions

Name1 Region 2D all 3

(km) Abbreviation 4 Map5

Loihi--------------------------- Loihi undersea edifice ------------------------------------- All loihi LOI

Kilauea ---------------------- Glenwood (north flank) ------------------------------------Summit caldera ------------------------------------------------Upper East Rift Zone ---------------------------------------Middle East Rift Zone --------------------------------------Lower East Rift Zone ---------------------------------------Southwest Rift Zone-----------------------------------------Koae Fault Zone-----------------------------------------------South flank (unspecified) --------------------------------Far-eastern south flank -----------------------------------Eastern south flank ------------------------------------------Central south flank ------------------------------------------Western south flank -----------------------------------------

≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20

kl gln deepkl cal deepkl uer deepkl mer deepkl ler deepkl swr deepkl koae deepkl sf deepkl ler sf deepkl mer sf deepkl kuer sf deepkl swr sf deep

DEPDEPDEPDERDLEDLSDEPDERDLEDERDERDLS

Mauna Loa---------------- Summit (Mokuaweoweo) ---------------------------------Northeast Rift Zone ------------------------------------------Southwest Rift Zone-----------------------------------------Kaoiki Fault Zone --------------------------------------------Hilea Fault Zone ----------------------------------------------Milolii (including offshore) -----------------------------Kona (including near offshore) ----------------------North flank (inc. ml-mk saddle) ----------------------West flank ----------------------------------------------------------Hilo area (including offshore) ------------------------Deep (all Mauna Loa regions) ------------------------

≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20≥20

ml mok deepml ner deepml swr deepkaoiki deephilea deepmiloliikona deepml nf deepml wf deephilo deepmauna loa deep

DMLDMLDLSDMLDLSDKODKODMLDKODHIDML

Hualalai--------------------- All ----------------------------------------------------------------------- ≥20 hualalai deep DHU

Mauna Kea --------------- All (including offshore) ----------------------------------- ≥20 mauna kea deep DKE, ALE

Kohala ----------------------- Kohala (including offshore) ---------------------------- ≥20 kohala deep DKH, ALE

Hawaii ----------------------- Offshore deep ---------------------------------------------------- ≥20 (catalog) os deep (6)

1Volcano (on the Island of Hawaii) or island.2Subdivision defined by concentrations of earthquake epicenters within volcanoes on the Island of Hawaii (see fig. 4 C).3Depth range assumed where accurate depth determinations are unavailable.4Abbreviation used in the “Region” column of our catalog.5Three-letter regional code (see fig. 4) conforming to regions identified in our catalog, also used as code in the fixed-column computer file.6See figure 4 C.

C. Earthquake regions specified in the absence of definitive instrumental data or felt reports

Name1 Region 2 Catalog1 Code 3

Kilauea Unspecified; assume distance and depth for central partof Kilauea Volcano.

kilauea KIL

Mauna Loa Unpecified; assume Kaoiki distance and depth----------------------------------------- mauna loa MLOHawaii Island of Hawaii -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- hawaii HAWSouth Hawaii Southern part of the Island of Hawaii (including south-

flank regions of Mauna Loa and Kilauea).south hawaii SHA

East Hawaii Eastern part of the Island of Hawaii (including Hilo andeastern part of Mauna Kea).

east hawaii EHA

North Hawaii Northern part of the Island of Hawaii (including Kohalaand parts of Mauna Kea).

north hawaii NHA

West Hawaii Western part of the Island of Hawaii; north and southKona (including Hualalai and Mauna Loa west flank).

west hawaii WHA

Offshore Far offshore, outside of Hawaiian chain--------------------------------------------------- off chain DISa0513 Annulus of 5 to 13 km around the Whitney vault ----------------------------------- a0513 A05a1320 Annulus of 13 to 20 km around the Whitney vault --------------------------------- a1320 A13a2025 Annulus of 20 to 25 km around the Whitney vault --------------------------------- a2025 A20a2530 Annulus of 25 to 30 km around the Whitney vault --------------------------------- a2530 A25a3035 Annulus of 30 to 35 km around the Whitney vault --------------------------------- a3035 A30a3540 Annulus of 35 to 40 km around the Whitney vault --------------------------------- a3540 A35

1Used when only distance from the seismometer in Whitney vault is known.2Distance range from Whitney vault (hypocentral); for example, “a3035” could refer to a shallow earthquake below Mokuaweoweo, or to an earthquake

at 30-km depth beneath Kilauea caldera.3Used in the fixed-column computer file.


Calculation of Earthquake Magnitude

The method of calculating earthquake magnitude differsfor each of the seismometers used at HMO and HVO. Calcula-tions are based on a relation for the seismometer recording theevent, using the maximum peak-to-peak amplitude of the seis-mic trace and the hypocentral distance from the seismometer. Ifwe know the response parameters, we convert the response tothat of a Wood-Anderson seismometer and use the local magni-tude calculated from the formulas of Richter (1958). If we can-not convert the response to that of a Wood-Andersonseismometer and we do not know the period of the maximumamplitude, we develop an empirical relation between earth-quake magnitude and the logarithm of amplitude.

Derivation of the Magnitude Scalefor HMO Seismograms

Station constants from the January 1957 film record arelisted in table 10. We looked at the Honolulu records for allearthquakes reported by HVO as “moderate” or larger afterconverting the Hawaii standard time given in the Volcano Let-ter to Greenwich mean time. After deriving the nomogram forthe HVO Bosch-Omori seismometer (see below), we lookedfor additional earthquakes reported as “slight” or “feeble,”whose distance from the Whitney vault resulted in a calcula-tion of M>4.0. For many undetected events we recorded thelevel of background noise as a threshold magnitude, desig-nated “M<” in our catalog. A few earthquakes, by accident ordesign, were reread at different times, and agreement was ex-cellent. This result gave us confidence that our readings wereprecise and consistent. Repeats are included in the CD–ROMfiles covering the Honolulu readings and noted in the corre-sponding catalog entry.

Records are available only from the Honolulu station;commonly, magnitudes can be averaged from different HONcomponents, but not from a set of independent stations.

Magnitudes from the Milne Seismometer, 1903–21

Magnitudes determined from the Milne seismometer areempirical. We assume that magnitudes are of the form

M a bA

A= +

−

log logpp

20 ,


[Do., ditto]

Seismometer Component Fre

Neumann-LaBarre ------------------------- East-west --------------------------Milne-Shaw------------------------------------- North-south ---------------------

Do -------------------------------------------- East-west --------------------------Sprengnether ---------------------------------- Vertical ----------------------------Houston Technical do------------------------------

Laboratories.

where a and b are constants to be determined, App is the peak-to-peak amplitude, and -log A0 is the distance term defined byRichter (1958). Ideally, we would want to know the period re-sponse of the Milne seismometer relative to the Wood-Ander-son seismometer. This value would relate amplitudesmeasured on the Milne seismometer to the local magnitudescale defined for the Wood-Anderson seismometer. At leastthree factors, however, prevent us from knowing this value: (1)The period response of the Milne seismometer isunderdamped and not well known; (2) the 1- to 3-s periods oflocal Hawaii earthquakes place them in the displacement re-sponse part of the Milne seismometer’s spectrum (free period,12 s), but the acceleration part of the Wood-Andersonseismometer’s spectrum (free period, 0.8 s) and, thus, the ratioof their gains is frequency dependent; and (3) periods areunmeasurable on the 6-cm/h Milne records. Therefore, wechose an empirical approach.

To calibrate the Milne magnitude scale, we could find onlythree Hawaiian earthquakes with previously determined magni-tudes recorded on the Milne seismometer with measurable am-plitudes (fig. 5). These earthquakes all have M=6.1–6.8. Inaddition, for several earthquakes recorded on the Milneseismometer, we can crudely estimate magnitude from themaximum felt intensity: two earthquakes of intensity VI(M=5.9) and five earthquakes of intensity V (M=5.3) earth-quakes. Also, four earthquakes were recorded on the Milneseismometer with magnitude estimates from the size class re-corded on HVO’s Bosch-Omori seismometer (discussed be-low). Derivation of the Milne magnitude relation from HVOmagnitudes determined from the Bosch-Omori seismometer isdifficult because the Bosch-Omori seismometer goes off scaleand begins to dismantle at about the magnitude at which theMilne seismometer just begins to record. We gave low weightsto these points with approximate size class and maximum in-tensity magnitudes in fitting the Milne magnitude relation be-cause we did not want to calibrate one empirical scale fromanother. We graphically fitted the empirical line through theearthquakes plotted in figure 5 to derive the Milne magnituderelation

MA

A= +

−

3 16 0 625 0. . log logpp

2.

Milne magnitudes are thus poorly calibrated but probablygood in a relative sense. Our fit of the Milne magnitude relationmeans that various magnitudes should be self-consistent. Milnemagnitudes probably have accuracies comparable to those esti-

Table 10. Station constants from the January 1957 film record


e period (s) Magnification Damping Up

0.85 – – – – E12 152 20:1 S12 159 20:1 E1.65 4,000(?) Critical Up– – – – – – – –

J

J

J

B

B

H

H

C

C

3

3.5

4

4.5

5

5.5

6

4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7

log

(App

/2)-

logA

0

MAGNITUDE (M)

Noise level for southern Hawaii

M = 3.16 + 0.625 [log (App/2) − log A0]

Kilauea, 1908

Hilea, 1919

Kaoiki, 1918

Several earthquakesof intensity V

J Externally determined magnitude

Two earthquakesof intensity VI

H Hilea, 1916—Wood dataC 1920 HVO data—probably minimum magnitude

EXPLANATION

mated by other methods used on early earthquakes, such asfrom areas of felt intensities or from maximum intensity.

Milne-Shaw Intermediate Period, 1921–59

The method to derive a magnitude relation for the Milne-Shaw horizontal seismometers uses an “absolute” formulationof the response of the seismometer and a conversion of ampli-tudes to what would have been seen on a Wood-Anderson seis-mometer. The theoretical response of the Milne-Shaw wasratioed to the theoretical response of the Wood-Anderson andthe ratio was used to convert Milne-Shaw to Wood-Anderson

Construction of the

amplitudes. The magnification is a function of these three pa-rameters:

Milne- Wood-Shaw Anderson

Static (very short period) magnification (v) 155 2,080Seismometer period (τ, in seconds) 12 .8Damping factor (h) .69 .7

The dynamic magnification of a seismometer is given by(Richter, 1958)

Hv

A BA

TB

hT=+

= − =2 2

2

21

2τ τ

, ,

where T is the period of ground motion, v is the static magnifi-cation, τ is the seismometer free period, and h is the dampingfactor. The ratio of zero-to-peak Wood-Anderson amplitudeAWA to peak-to-peak Milne-Shaw amplitude AMS is then

A

A

H

HWA

MS

WA

MS

= 0 5. .

We plotted this ratio and did a graphical fit in the period range1–3 s to obtain the approximation

AT

AWA MS= ⋅

0 5 7 18

11 9

. ..

.

In the period range of interest (1–3 s), the Milne-Shaw dis-placement response is nearly flat, and the Wood-Anderson re-sponse falls off as 1/T1.9 with period T.

Richter’s original magnitude formula is MWA

=log AWA

−logA

0, where A

WA is the maximum half-amplitude on a Wood-

Anderson seismometer and −log A0 is a tabulated term that de-

pends on distance and regional attenuation. The Milne-Shawversion of this formula is

MT

A AMS MS= ⋅

−log . . log.

0 5 7 1811 9 0 ,

where T is the period (limited to 1–3 s if outside that range; thatis, periods of 1–3 s are taken as given, periods less than 1 s areassigned 1 s, and periods greater than 3 s are assigned 3 s), AMS

is the maximum peak-to-peak amplitude (in millimeters), and−log A0 is the distance term, either obtained from a table inRichter (1958) or approximated by Eaton’s (1975) relation

−log A0 = −0.15 + 1.6 log SD for SD<200 km

−log A0 = −3.38 + 3.0 log SD for SD>200 km,

where SD is the slant distance (in kilometers). We consideredbut did not find it necessary to use geographic correction termsfor MMS.

The distance term −log A0 depends on the typical attenua-

tion factor Q for the region. We use the −log A0 relation that

Richter developed for southern California. We realize that theattenuation along the volcanic path from Hawaii to Honolulu isprobably larger, but comparisons of Honolulu magnitudes withlocal Wood-Anderson magnitudes from Hilo during a limitedtime period suggest that an adjustment is unnecessary. Data forearthquakes that have both an external magnitude estimate anda Milne-Shaw magnitude show good agreement (figs. 7A, 7C).

Figure 5. Empirical calibration of Milne seismometer. Small squares,two earthquakes of maximum intensity VI plotted at M=5.9; triangles,earthquake magnitudes determined by Hawaiian Volcano Observatory’sBosch-Omori seismometer. Error bars represent five earthquakes ofintensity V: Vertical bar shows range of amplitudes, and horizontal barshows probable error in magnitude defined by maximum intensity. Lineis graphically fitted to magnitude-amplitude relation. Equation was usedto calculate Milne magnitude (M) from peak-to-peak amplitude (App)and distance term (−log A0).

19Earthquake Catalog

Horizontal and Vertical Short Period

The approach used for the verticals does not attempt an ab-solute formula for instruments whose response is not wellknown, but simply regresses the logarithm of amplitude againstthe Milne-Shaw magnitude for events observed on both instru-ments. The form of the relation is

M A A B Cv v= − − −log log 0 ,

where Av is the maximum peak-to-peak amplitude on the verti-cal seismometer, −log A0 is the distance term described above,B is a correction for the epicentral and depth region, and C is aterm determined for each of the three vertical instruments usedin Honolulu.

The B and C values were determined iteratively by graphi-cally fitting plots of log A

v−log A

0 versus M

MS with a line of

slope 1.0. Plots of data for each instrument where the C valueswere fitted alternated with plots of each region where the B val-ues were fitted. Deep (>20 km) earthquakes were fitted differ-ently from shallow (crustal) earthquakes for several regions. Ittook about three to four iterations until the B and C values werechosen and the data fit well. The tradeoff of the “floating con-stant” between the B and C values was fixed by letting the aver-age of the regional B values be about zero.

The C values for each vertical seismometer are 0.52 for theNeumann-LaBarre, 0.17 for the Sprengnether, and 0.66 for theHouston Technical Laboratories.

The B values for each region are as follows:

−0.17 for Kilauea south flank (SFL), Koae fault zone(KOA), and Kilauea Caldera shallow (CAL)

0.22 for Kaoiki (KAO) and Hilea (HLE)0.06 for Mauna Loa shallow (MOK, MNE, SAD, MSW)

and Hilo shallow (HIL), and Mauna Kea shallow(KEA)

0.09 for Kona (KON), Mauna Loa west flank (MWF),and Milolii (MIL)

−0.10 for Kohala and Hualalai (KOH, HUA)−0.02 for Kilauea Caldera deep (DEP) and Kilauea rift

and south flank deep (DER)0.65 for Hilo and Mauna Kea deep (DHI, DKE) and

Mauna Loa deep (DML)0.51 for Maui (MAU, MAE)

The −log A0 values for each region (when distances cannot

be calculated directly from epicenter coordinates) are as follows:

3.80 for Kohala offshore3.85 for Kohala3.95 for Hualalai4.05 for Kona4.10 for Mauna Kea, Mauna Loa north flank, and

Mokuaweoweo4.15 for Mauna Loa northeast rift and Mauna Loa south-

west rift4.20 for Kaoiki, Hilea, and Hilo4.30 for all Kilauea (4.4 for south flank off shore)


The governing equations on the spreadsheet for calculatingmagnitudes are as follows:

for the Milne-Shaw seismometer:

MT

A= ⋅

log . ..

0 5 7 1811 9 pp

for the Neumann-LaBarre, Sprengnether, and HoustonTechnical Laboratories seismometers:

M A A B C= − − −log logpp 0

where T is the period (in seconds) and App

is the peak-to-peak amplitude (in millimeters).

The magnitude determined from the Neumann-LaBarreseismometer was not used from the time of its installation onMay 1, 1946, until it was rotated, rebuilt, and reinstalled in thenew vault on September 28, 1946. There were no calibrationevents during this early period, and Neumann-LaBarre magni-tudes, assuming the latter calibration, are typically 0.5 to 0.8units higher than the other components.

Magnitude Determination for Earthquakes NotRecorded in Honolulu

For HVO data before 1958, we had to develop methodsfor assigning magnitudes to earthquakes for which we had alocation, or at least an epicentral distance, but lacked a directlydetermined amplitude. Earthquakes lacking both location andamplitude were assigned a provisional location and magnitudeonly if they were large enough to be felt. The following sub-sections describe how we assigned magnitudes to earthquakesrecorded by HVO or noted in newspaper reports but not re-corded on Oahu.

HVO Magnitude Data, 1928–57

A nomogram (fig. 6) was constructed relating magnitude,hypocentral distance from Kilauea’s summit, and the size classon the Bosch-Omori seismometer. We used two sets of earth-quake data to determine the magnitude contours. The first setof about 20 earthquakes is from the 1957 HVO “Summaries”(Eaton and Fraser, 1957a–d), for which both size classes andWood-Anderson magnitudes are available. The second set ofearthquakes, from 1951–56, have both Milne-Shaw magnitudesand a qualitative size class from the Volcano Letter. The bandsin figure 6 correspond to the size classes defined as ranges ofBosch-Omori amplitudes (table 4).

The magnitude contours were drawn by hand through thedata at equal intervals to give the best fit to all of the earth-quake data used. For the Bosch-Omori seismometer in theWhitney vault, we empirically found that peak amplitude de-cays approximately as distance to the −1.24 power, though thisrelation is not well constrained. Richter’s near-source decay forthe Wood-Anderson local magnitudes in southern California


100

strong

moderate

slight

feeble

very feeble

"tremor"

10

1

0.1

100

10

1

0.11 10 100

1 10 100

M=2.0

M=2.0

M=1.0

M=1.0

M=3.0

M=3.0

M=4.0

M=4.0

M=5.0

M=5.0

SLANT DISTANCE TO WHITNEY FAULT, IN KILOMETERS

BO

SC

H-O

MO

RI T

RA

CE

(D

OU

BLE

AM

PLI

TU

DE

, IN

MIL

LIM

ET

ER

S)

(also used in Hawaii) is distance to the −1.6 power. Our graphi-cal fit finds M proportional to 1.35log A, in comparison withM~1.0log A assumed for the Wood-Anderson seismometer. Thesuccess of our initial calibration is shown in figures 7B and 7D,where the magnitudes derived from our nomogram are plottedagainst the corresponding magnitudes determined on theMilne-Shaw seismometer for a much larger set of events.Agreement for most events lies within 0.5 magnitude unit, wellwithin the expected error (see table 11).

The nomogram relates Bosch-Omori amplitude (ordinate) toslant distance from the Whitney vault (abscissa) and is contouredfor magnitude. This relation allows us to compute magnitudegiven the numerical amplitude, but how do we assume an ampli-tude representative for a class when only the class is known? Weassumed a linear F-M (logarithm of frequency versus magnitude)Gutenburg-Richter distribution of earthquake magnitudes withineach size group (for example, “feeble”), and a characteristic am-plitude for each group is plotted as a heavy horizontal line in thenomogram. The characteristic amplitude is such that 100 “charac-teristic”-size earthquakes in the class have the same total momentas 100 earthquakes that follow a linear F-M distribution through-out the magnitude class, with slope b=1.0. The characteristic am-plitude for each size class are: very feeble, 1.12 mm; feeble, 6.3mm; slight, 16 mm; and moderate, 37 mm. (See app. 2 for deri-vation of these amplitudes.)

Construction of the E

Earthquakes are assigned a magnitude based on where theslant distance intersects the characteristic amplitude for itsclass. Our catalog magnitudes might thus show some steps orirregularities, but the magnitudes should conserve seismic mo-ment when taken all together. In our catalog, magnitudes arecalculated by using the analytical expression

M = 1.35log (preferred amplitude) + 0.15

+ 1.6log (slant distance),

and are tabulated in the “M calc.” column of our catalog.Beginning in 1951 (and, rarely, earlier) the size classifica-

tion of earthquakes was reported from more than one station(for example, very feeble at Whitney, feeble at Mauna Loa).For these events, we adjusted the Whitney amplitude within theconstraints of its class to fit, if possible, a magnitude range cal-culated for the other station. The amplitudes are adjusted ac-cording to the magnification of the different seismometers, aslisted in table 2. For example, the range 11–25 mm for a feebleclassification at Whitney is reduced by 115/200 for a feebleclassification at Pahoa before calculating a range of magnitudesfor the Pahoa station. Horizontal distances are either the calcu-lated station distance or are derived from the written descrip-tion of earthquake location in the Volcano Letter. Slantdistances are then calculated by using the depth either given or

Figure 6. Nomogram for determining magnitude of earthquakes recorded at the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory during period 1928–57, usingdistance and size class given in the Volcano Letter. Governing equation: magnitude (M)=1.35log (amplitude, in millimeters)+1.6log (distance, inkilometers)+0.15.

21arthquake Catalog

B

B

J

J

H

B

J

J

F

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0

3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0E

XT

ER

NA

L M

AG

NIT

UD

E

HONOLULU MAGNITUDE: MILNE-SHAW INSTRUMENT

Line of agreement

EXPLANATION

B HVO network (after 1957)J Wyss and Koyanagi (macroseismic)H Average of Pasadena, Berkeley,

and Wyss and KoyanagiF U.S. earthquakes

A

B

B

B

BBBB

B

B

BB

B

B

B

B

B

B

BBB

J

J

J

J

J

JJ

JJ

J

JJ

J

J

J

J

J

H

H

HH

HHH

HH

H

HH

H H

HH

H

H

H

HHHHH

H

H

H

H

HHH

H

HH

H

H

HH

H

H

H H

H

HHHH

H HH

H

H

HH

H

HH

HH

HH

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0

3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0

MA

GN

ITU

DE

CA

LCU

LAT

ED

FR

OM

NO

MO

GR

AM

HONOLULU MAGNITUDE:MILNE-SHAW INSTRUMENT

B Shallow caldera and rift zonesEXPLANATION

J Deep calderaH South flank

1

B Minimum magnitude (strong at Whitney)5

Line of agreement

2

4

3

1

4

2

2

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

J

J

J

J

H

H

H H

H

H

H

H

H HH

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0

3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0

EX

TE

RN

AL

MA

GN

ITU

DE


EXPLANATIONB HVO network (after 1957)J Wyss and Koyanagi (macroseismic)H Pasadena, Berkeley, or Gutenberg Line of agreement

C

B

B

B B

B

B

B

BBB

BB

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

B

BBB BB BB

B

B

B

HH

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

H

H H

H

HHH

H

H

HH

H

H

H

H

HH

HF

F

F

F

F

F

F F

FFF F

F

F

G

G

G

G

E

EE

E

E

E

E

C

C

C

CC

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

CC

C

C

3

3

3

3

33

3

3

3

J

J

J

JJ

J

J

J

J

J

J

J

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

3.0

3.5

4.0

4.5

5.0

5.5

6.0

6.5

7.0

3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0

3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 6.5 7.0

MA

GN

ITU

DE

CA

LCU

LAT

ED

FR

M N

OM

OG

RA

M


B Mauna Loa shallow caldera and rift zonesEXPLANATION

H Mauna Loa flank (Kaoiki, Hilea, north/west flanks)F KonaG HualalaiE KohalaC Mauna Kea/HiloJ Hawaii Island deep3 Other Hawaiiian islands Line of agreement

1

2

B Minimum magnitude (strongat Whitney)

22

1

11

1

11

1

22

2

2

22

Location uncertain(?)

2

D

Figure 7. Magnitude comparisons for earthquakes during period 1933–59. A, Kilauea earthquakes, comparing Milne-Shaw (Honolulu) magnitudeswith those determined from external data sources. B, Kilauea earthquakes, comparing Milne-Shaw (Honolulu) magnitudes with Hawaiian VolcanoObservatory (HVO) magnitudes calculated from nomogram (fig. 6). Numbered data points denote earthquakes that fall outside normal range, forthe following reasons: (1) Milne-Shaw magnitude low, Sprengnether and (or) Neumann-LaBarre magnitude agrees with nomogram magnitude; (2)nomogram magnitude, calculated at 7-km depth, would fit if 30 km deep or if strong at Whitney; (3) magnitude fits if Volcano Letter class were oneunit higher (for example, slight→moderate); (4) magnitude fits if Volcano Letter class were one unit lower (for example, strong→moderate); (5)magnitude “very strong” at Whitney, amplitude assumed. C, Non-Kilauea earthquakes, comparing Milne-Shaw (Honolulu) magnitudes with thosedetermined from external data sources. D, Non-Kilauea earthquakes, comparing Milne-Shaw (Honolulu) magnitudes with HVO magnitudes calculatedfrom nomogram (fig. 6). Numbers denote earthquakes that fall outside normal range, reasons for which are as follows: (1) Magnitude fits if VolcanoLetter class were one unit higher (for example, slight→moderate); (2) magnitude fits if Volcano Letter class were one unit lower (for example,strong→moderate).

22 Catalog of Hawaiian Earthquakes, 1823–1959

Code Name Description Uncertainty

L hvo Local magnitude from Wood-Anderson or Sprengnether seismograph ------------------------- ±0.3 (1957–92)S gute Surface-wave magnitude as from Gutenberg and Richter (1945)----------------------------------- ±0.3, ±0.6

(1903–21)H hono Amplitude on one of the Honolulu seismographs ------------------------------------------------------------ ±0.4 (1921–59)A aver Average of two magnitudes -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ±0.4I w&k Determined by Wyss and Koyanagi (1992) from isoseismal map------------------------------------ ±0.4N nomo Nomogram, using "average" amplitude for size class on HVO’s Bosch-Omori

seismometer.±0.6

M int Maximum intensity observed ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ±0.6P poor Poor; location known only generally, for example, Kilauea------------------------------------------- ±0.7F felt Reliable felt report; intensity and location uncertain------------------------------------------------------ ±0.8D desp Desperate; guessed from an undefined term, used only when nothing else is

available.±1.0

E ind Indeterminate ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ – –C calc Equivalent magnitude calculated from the moment sum of an earthquake

swarm where times for individual events are unspecified.– –

assumed. The nomogram magnitude is given for the Whitneystation or for the station nearest to the epicenter. Magnituderanges for additional stations are summarized in the “Com-ment” column of our catalog. For most events, agreement issatisfactory for different stations. Where it is not, this discrep-ancy is also noted in the “Comment” column.


During his time at HVO (1912–17), Wood tried to directlyrelate the seismograms recorded at Whitney to quantified inten-sity scales as felt by people. However, these two measures donot record the same motion. At the periods of local south Ha-waii earthquakes (0.2–1 s), the Bosch-Omori seismometer (pe-riod, 8 s) records ground displacement, but the human bodyfeels acceleration. Also, the sensitivity of the seismometer andhuman sensibility generally did not overlap: earthquakes toosmall to feel were easy to record and measure, but most earth-quakes large enough to be widely felt dismantled the mechani-cal seismographs.

HVO and Wood generally preferred stating recorded earth-quake size in units of acceleration or scales related to accelera-tion. Wood related seismography and “felt intensity” byconverting seismogram displacement measurements to accel-eration in milligals. HVO also adopted the Cancani intensityscale, which is tied to units of acceleration (fig. 2; table 3); theCancani scale was listed in most of the early weekly reports.HVO derived Cancani intensities primarily from seismometricmeasurements (Jaggar, 1947, p. 59). Some accelerations(Cancani intensities) were apparently inferred from such otherlow-gain instruments as the triggered “ordinary” seismographbecause intensities are published for events that flung the pensoff the Bosch-Omori seismometer. Unlike the Rossi-Forel andmodified Mercalli intensity scales, the Cancani scale has sev-eral intensities below the felt threshold and so was theoreticallysuitable for both instrumental and human-perception use.

The anchor of the Cancani scale is the felt threshold set atthe Cancani intensity III-IV boundary. The felt threshold was


also anchored at 1,000 mGal. Because g, the force of gravity, is980,000 mGal, the felt threshold is thus about 0.001 g, which isgenerally true from experience. Units of the Cancani scale weredefined by limits of acceleration in millimeters per secondsquared, where 1 mm/s2 equals 100 mGal. The felt threshold isalso 1.0 on the scale of minimum perceptible units. HVO thushad three equivalent acceleration scales spanning the wholerange of possible sizes, which were used at different times—acceleration in milligals, Cancani intensity, and size in mini-mum perceptible units (fig. 2).

Wood converted measured seismogram amplitudes (dis-placements) to accelerations for many of the published reportsof size, and we reversed his procedure to recover approximateamplitudes for the magnitude calculations. For harmonic mo-tion d=sin ωt, where the frequency ω=2π/T, the physical rela-tion between maximum ground displacement d (zero-to-peakamplitude, in millimeters), the maximum acceleration a (inmillimeters per second squared), and the period T (in seconds)is given by

a = (2π/T)2dor

d = 0.025T2a.

The version of this relation used by Wood (1915) is

d′ = 0.25T2a′,

where d′ is the ground amplitude (in micrometers) and a′ is theacceleration (in milligals).

Our tables and magnitude scale use the double amplitude(peak to peak) measured on the Bosch-Omori seismometer run-ning at a gain of 115. When only the acceleration (expressed asCancani intensity, minimum perceptible units, or accelerationin milligals) is available, we attempt to convert back to the seis-mogram peak-to-peak amplitude (in millimeters) that Woodoriginally measured but never published in that form. This con-version ties Wood’s accelerations with the later size classesused by HVO measured from amplitudes on the Bosch-Omori

Table 11. Magnitude types and codes used to identify them, with associated uncertainties

[Listed in approximate order of decreasing reliability. Uncertainty is estimated absolute error in magnitude (M), based on our experience and self-agreement of values]

23arthquake Catalog

seismograms. We assumed that the typical period is 0.5 s,which was the most common period published by Wood (1915)for local earthquakes. The relation we use, as expressed in fig-ure 2, is

D = 0.012a′,

where D is the peak-to-peak amplitude (in millimeters) on theseismogram and a′ is the acceleration (in milligals).

It is legitimate to ask whether the amplitudes that we de-rived from the “acceleration” descriptions published by HVOfor 1912–17 give magnitudes comparable to those from the am-plitude classes used during 1928–57. HVO may have used (butdid not publish) a shorter period to convert from measured am-plitude to published acceleration. If the period assumed byHVO when going from D to a′ was 0.2 s but the period used byus when converting back from a′ to D was 0.5 s, our inferredamplitudes would be increased by the factor (0.5/0.2)2=6.2, re-sulting in our overestimation of magnitude by 0.8. We do notbelieve that we are making systematic errors this large, and theMilne calibration shown in figure 5 suggests that we are not.Individual earthquakes could, however, easily have a cumula-tive error from several uncertainties amounting to 0.5 to 1.0magnitude unit in either direction.

However, there are very few ways to compare magnitudesfrom this early 1912–17 catalog. A small magnitude window ex-ists near M=5 below which earthquakes are too small to record onthe Milne seismometer in Honolulu and above which they clip ordismantle the Bosch-Omori seismometers at HVO. We could findonly four earthquakes on scale on both instruments (fig. 5): twofrom 1916 and two from 1920. Several earthquakes in our catalogwere recorded in Honolulu with intensities at HVO estimated byJaggar (1947), Wyss and Koyanagi (1992), or us. When these in-tensities are converted to Bosch-Omori amplitudes, using figure2, the resulting magnitudes do not systematically deviate from theHonolulu magnitudes, but their scatter is about 0.5 to 1.0 magni-tude unit. In addition, many earthquakes with calculated magni-tudes exceeding 4 have no published felt reports, but we interpretthis absence as an incompleteness in felt reporting rather than asystematic overestimation of the magnitude scale.


We tried without much success to establish a magnitudescale responsive to the various terms used to describe earth-quakes in the HVO publications. As noted above, some termsare identical to those used later—for example, “feeble”—yet donot yield magnitudes consistent with each other or with felt re-ports when the post-1928 nomogram formulation is applied.Other terms (such as “small”) are peculiar to this time period.This problem is made essentially intractable by the fact that theterms are used inconsistently. For this period, we have beenrather arbitrary in assigning magnitudes within the constraintsof felt reports and descriptions of relative strength (for ex-ample, “This earthquake was the largest of this series.”).

The best test of magnitudes derived from HVO’s magni-tude classes during the period 1921–27 is comparison with the


Milne-Shaw magnitudes from Honolulu. The close agreementof station HON and HVO magnitudes after 1932 (figs. 7B, 7D)gives us confidence in the station HON and HVO magnitudescales when the size classes are defined and adhered to.4

If the only description of the event is one of the undefinedterms “light,” “medium,” or “heavy” and no intensity or felt in-formation is recorded, we interpret these terms to correspond to“very feeble,” “feeble,” and “slight.” If this nomogram magni-tude is the only one available, we note the preferred magnitudeas “desperate.”

Magnitudes Based on Area of Felt Intensities

Wyss and Koyanagi (1992) based most of their new mag-nitude determinations on the areas of intensity V or VI fromtheir isoseismal maps. For some earthquakes before 1920, notenough intensities were available for them to draw an isoseis-mal map, and no seismogram amplitudes are recorded. Whenenough intensities are available to estimate the approximate lo-cation, we use their magnitude-versus-intensity area relation toapproximate the earthquake magnitude. If A(VI) is the area (insquare kilometers) of modified Mercalli intensity VI and A(V)is the area of modified Mercalli intensity V, then

M = 1.0log A(VI) + 2.9and

M = 1.1log A(V) + 1.6.

Magnitudes Based on Maximum Intensity

Many older earthquakes have only one or two felt reportsfrom which an intensity can be inferred or guessed. Magnitudesinferred from maximum intensity are subject to error but arebetter than nothing. Maximum intensities for events with a

4 There are eight events with both HON and HVO magnitudes during 1921–27. We proceed by assuming that the size-class names were used loosely before1933, and with definite numerical limits designed to approximate their formerusage after the arrival of Austin Jones. The classes “very feeble,” “feeble,” and“slight” all refer to a range of sizes, because each has a class above it. There isone earthquake in the slight class (3/20/26) whose HVO magnitude is 1.0 unitlarger than the station HON magnitude, and one feeble earthquake (7/31/27)whose HVO magnitude is 1.1 unit smaller than the station HON magnitude. Webelieve that there is no justification for altering the HVO magnitudes from theirpost-1932 definition of these three class names because no large and system-atic shift is apparent. Later analysis of the catalog, however, might reveal abetter assumption.

The class name “moderate” as used during 1917–27, however, does notappear to be as consistently applied as it was after 1932. We suspect that thisclass includes both the “moderate” and “strong” classes as later defined, andthus the “moderate” class during circa 1917–27 has no maximum amplitude. Ifwe use the post-1932 definition of moderate and use the “median” amplitudefor that class, six earthquakes from 1922–27 have HVO magnitudes too smallby an average of 0.78 unit in comparison with station HON magnitudes. Wetherefore quote only the minimum “moderate” magnitude using a peak-to-peakamplitude of 25 mm, or 40 mm if the seismographs were dismantled by theearthquake. We note these magnitudes with “M>”. In our catalog, we prefermagnitudes determined from station HON (if available) or derived from an in-tensity to the minimum magnitude derived from a “moderate” magnitude clas-sification. During the period 1917–27, we quote the HVO nomogram magnitudeas preferred only if no other magnitude is available.


G

GG G GG G

G GGGG GGGGGGG

G GGGGGGGGGG

GGG G G G G

G GG

G

3

3

3 3

3

I III I I

F

3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 6.5 7 7.5 8

MA

XIM

UM

INT

EN

SIT

Y (

l max

)

MAGNITUDE (M)

G Island of HawaiiEXPLANATION

3 Islands of Maui and MolokaiI Honolulu (Milne) data

XII

XI

X

IX

VIII

VII

VI

V

IV

III

M = 3.62 + 0.375 Imax

5.9

6.2

7.0

6.6

5.3

Median magnitude for142 earthquakes ofmaximum intensity IV

Median magnitude for each intensity

6.0

well-determined instrumental or intensity-area magnitude areplotted in figure 8. The median magnitude for each intensityrange (marked by vertical bars) is surprisingly linear with mag-nitude in the range VI–IX but is less than the extrapolated value(5.3) for intensity V. The relation

M = 3.62 + 0.375Imax

fits the data for Imax≥IV and is close to the relation M=3.7+0.4Imax found by Wyss and Koyanagi (1992), using fewerearthquakes.

Adoption of a “Preferred” Magnitude

We have tabulated magnitudes determined from the sixprincipal sources listed in table 11. The magnitudes are listed intheir approximate order of reliability. The order is generallythat used by us in selecting the preferred magnitude. Modernmagnitudes have the luxury of different magnitude scales basedon different phases with different periods, each consisting ofaverages from several stations. Our catalog seldom has redun-dancy of either different magnitude types or different stations.When it does, the redundancy is commonly the source for cali-brating one magnitude scale against another. Our catalog pre-serves original magnitudes, and the use of averages or a


different preference order is easy to accomplish. Where dis-crepancies among magnitudes obtained from different sourcesare evident, data may be averaged, indicated in the “Preferredmagnitude source” column of our catalog; possible reasons fora discrepancy are noted in the “Comment” column. Where wehave no way of calculating an earthquake magnitude, or justhave terms like “light,” “medium,” or “heavy” (see above), our“best guesses” as to magnitude are entered directly into the “Pre-ferred magnitude” column, and the source is noted as “desperate.”

Earthquake Swarms

Earthquake swarms are commonly noted in the publishedHVO sources. We want to make use of all information for esti-mating total seismic-moment release during a time interval. Forswarms, we list the number and size of events in the “Com-ment” column of our catalog when only the location and num-ber of events are also listed. Only a small subset of individualswarm events are tabulated with a time and a magnitude classi-fication. Commonly, events registering as “moderate” or“strong” are reported with individual times, and the number of“slight” and smaller events is listed for at least the early part ofthe sequence. For many of these events, we were able to readadditional events on the Honolulu records, evidently obscuredin the traces of the larger events on the Whitney records. Theseevents are listed in our catalog with the time adjusted to Hawaiilocal time and “Not in VL” entered in the “Comment” column.We have handled the swarm earthquakes that are not individu-ally tabulated in two different ways, both of which assume thatall or parts of the swarm within a particular magnitude range fita Richter magnitude distribution.

When swarm events are not individually listed in the VolcanoLetter, we attempt to account for the total seismic moment re-leased from whatever information is available. We generally listthe daily number of earthquakes in each size class for the swarm.When these numbers are not published directly, we infer themfrom published weekly event counts by size class. When only thetotal number of events in a range of size classes is published,we distribute them in different size classes to approximate aRichter distribution. We then calculate the contribution for eachsize class by converting the representative nomogram magni-tude for that class to a moment, multiplying by the number ofevents in the class and converting back to a magnitude.

During the years 1957–59, when local magnitudes aretabulated only for the largest events, we use a Richter distribu-tion with a b value of 1.5 to estimate the minimum magnitudeand number of events in each magnitude interval:

log (total number of events reported) = 1.5(Mmax

−Mmin

)and

log (number of events larger than M) = 1.5(Mmax

−M).

The moments are summed in increments of 0.1 magnitude unitfor each interval between the minimum and maximum magni-tude (up to the total number of events), then converted to a cal-culated magnitude for the group of events contributing to theswarm. The contribution of small events to the total moment is

Figure 8. Maximum intensity (Imax) versus magnitude (M) for Hawaiianearthquakes. For intensity IV, we use a median magnitude of 3.76, basedon 142 earthquakes during period 1933–59. Steeper dashed line is fit todata with equation shown; shallower dashed line connects medianmagnitudes for intensities IV and V.

25arthquake Catalog

thus always an approximation but generally is small in com-parison with that of the larger events.

For both classes of events, the calculated magnitude islisted in the “Preferred magnitude” column of our catalog, and“Calc.” is entered as the preferred magnitude source. The pre-ferred magnitude emphasizes the fact that during earthquakeswarms, a significant amount of additional seismic moment istied up in events that are not reported individually.

Errors and Uncertainties

For much of the period of our catalog, the primary seismicstation used for locations was the Whitney vault at HVO. Theindependent stations at Kona and Hilo were sometimes, but notalways, available. The absence of an accurate, common timebase meant that the measurable quantities were s-p time (andthus a distance estimate), relative amplitudes, comparison withother seismograms from better located earthquakes, and the po-larization to infer the approximate azimuth to the source of theseismic waves. A feel for the seismograms and the types of un-certainties involved can be gleaned from the early seismic re-ports (see Jones, 1938). In constructing a catalog from earlyseismic data, we were unable to recover original HVO seismo-grams or notebook entries. The original Whitney seismogramsare nearly impossible to reread, and we have found no tabula-tions of actual amplitudes from which the qualitative assign-ment of earthquake size in the Volcano Letter was made.Locations are approximate because at most five seismometers(typically, 1–3) were operating on the Island of Hawaii before1957, when expansion and modernization of the HVO net be-gan (see above). Discrepancies that we found in the course ofcompiling our catalog are summarized in appendix 3.

The reporting of earthquakes changed after the introduc-tion of the U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin series, the first ofwhich covered the years 1948–49 and did not report any seis-mic data. Bulletins covering the years 1950–55 repeated, withone exception noted in appendix 3, the Volcano Letter tabula-tions for the same years. Through the first quarter of 1954, boththe Volcano Letter and the Bulletins tabulated earthquakes ofclass “very feeble” and stronger. Without any explanation,however, the last three quarters of 1954 reported only “feeble”and greater, and from 1955 through the end of 1957 cut backfurther to report only “slight” and greater. We use the morecomplete listing in the Volcano Letter for our catalog. Begin-ning in 1958, a lower threshold magnitude of 2.5 was adopted,with some exceptions for smaller events of special interest orthose that were favorably located such that a smaller magnitudecould be reasonably estimated. The same threshold was hon-ored through 1963, the last year in which Honolulu records forthe Milne-Shaw seismometer are available.

Viewed in hindsight, it is unfortunate that more attentionwas not given to the transition between the old ways of report-ing and the assignment of increasingly precise magnitudesfrom the expanding HVO network. We recognize that the con-straints of frequent new seismic events, in combination with noreasonable anticipation that someone would actually try to as-sign magnitudes to early earthquakes, probably explains the ab-


sence of analysis of the overlap time between old and new in-struments. The Bosch-Omori seismometer, which was in use asa tiltmeter through 1962, would have served to improve thecalibration of the earlier records if Bosch-Omori amplitudeshad continued to be tabulated up to the time the seismometerwas retired. Likewise the continuation of the Jones classifica-tion scheme for several more years after 1957 would havemade it easier to calibrate the older data by using the expandedHVO network.

The arbitrary changes in reporting threshold affect thecompleteness of our catalog, particularly for the years 1954–57. We cannot assure uniformity of the 1958–63 record withthe pre-1954 catalog because different criteria were used for re-porting. If our nomogram determinations are correct and re-porting in the Volcano Letter is complete, reporting ofearthquakes of M≥3.0 should be complete, at least in the1950’s. A future study will address the issue of our catalog’scompleteness.

r

Location and Magnitude Profileof the 1933–59 Catalog

A sample catalog output for Kilauea earthquakes of M≥4.0 isincluded in table 13 (see app. 1). A detailed analysis of ourcatalog will be the subject of future papers and is beyond thescope of this report, but a few comments are necessary. Wehave attempted to catalog the time, location, and magnitude ofevery Hawaiian earthquake documented during this period, us-ing all available materials. The locations of most events, how-ever, are those originally assigned by HVO. We could notrelocate them because the original records are lost or unusable.We also could not estimate the errors in locations and the per-sonal biases of the person assigning the location without theoriginal data. An insight into errors and completeness can comefrom comparisons with the modern catalog.

A map of the 27-year 1933–59 catalog (fig. 9A) shows a gen-erally similar pattern to the succeeding 27 years of computer-lo-cated earthquakes (fig. 9B). Kilauea, its rift zones, and the southflank are active during both periods. Many of the earthquakes as-signed to Kilauea’s East Rift Zone during 1933–59 may actuallybe south-flank events, but they were placed on the rift becausethat was believed to be the more active feature. Mauna Loa’ssummit and rifts were more seismically active during 1933–59because seven eruptions occurred (including the large 1950 erup-tion), versus the two eruptions in the period 1960–86. LikeKilauea, some Mauna Loa flank events may have been placed on

Figure 9. Island of Hawaii, showing locations of all earthquakes of M≥3during two 27-year periods beneath island and adjacent ocean. Squares,shallow (less than 20-km depth) earthquakes mostly within volcanicedifice and crust; diamonds, upper-mantle earthquakes below 20-kmdepth. A, 1933–59 earthquakes in our catalog. Most locations are thoseoriginally assigned by the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory and listed inthe Volcano Letter; additional earthquakes without a specific locationare plotted at center of likely geographic region as interpreted by us.Earthquakes assigned only to a general region (for example, Kilauea) areomitted. B, 1960–86 earthquakes, located from accurately timed phasesof seismic network and computer calculations (omitted from our catalog).

thquakes, 1823–1959

27

40' 30' 20' 10' 156° 50' 40' 30' 20' 10' 155° 50' 40' 30'

30'

20'

10'

20°

50'

40'

30'

20'

10'

19°

50'

40'

Depth

0.0+

20.0+

Magnitude

3.0+

4.0+

5.0+

6.0+

7.0+

80 KILOMETERS0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

A

40' 30' 20' 10' 156° 50' 40' 30' 20' 10' 155° 50' 40' 30'

30'

20'

10'

20°

50'

40'

30'

20'

10'

19°

50'

40'

B

80 KILOMETERS0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70

Depth

0.0+

20.0+

Magnitude

3.0+

4.0+

5.0+

6.0+

7.0+

Location and Magnitude Profile of the 1933-59 Catalog

Magnituderange

1933–59 1960–86 1933–59 (cumulative) 1960–86(cumulative)

No magnitude 895 10,947 5,244 75,8480.1–0.4 5 303 4,349 64,901.5–0.9 170 693 4,344 64,5981.0–1.4 545 1,885 4,174 63,9051.5–1.9 483 15,784 3,629 62,0202.0–2.4 623 27,653 3,146 46,2362.5–2.9 885 12,857 2,523 18,5833.0–3.4 753 3,880 1,638 5,7263.5–3.9 440 1,332 885 1,8464.0–4.4 269 380 440 5144.5–4.9 102 102 171 1345.0–5.4 41 18 69 325.5–5.9 21 10 28 146.0–6.4 4 2 7 46.5–6.9 3 1 3 27.0–7.4 0 1 0 1

MAGNITUDE0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

NU

MB

ER

OF

EA

RT

HQ

UA

KE

S P

ER

27.

0 Y

EA

RS

0

1

10

100

1000

10K

100K

Binned countsCumulative

A

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 70

1

10

100

1000

10K

100K

Binned counts Cumulative

B

MAGNITUDE

NU

MB

ER

OF

EA

RT

HQ

UA

KE

S P

ER

27.

0 Y

EA

RS

the summit caldera or rift zones because of poor station coveragein the earlier period. Mauna Loa’s south flank (the Kaoiki andHilea seismic zones) and west flank (Kona) were active in bothperiods. Mauna Loa’s north flank (excluding deeper events) is es-sentially aseismic in the modern period. We do not know whetherthe earlier north-flank events are mislocations or are caused bythe higher level of Mauna Loa volcanism. The modern networklocates many more small offshore earthquakes than were detect-able in the period 1933–59.

We believe that there are no major and systematic magnitudebiases in our catalog, although this claim is difficult to checkwithout independent magnitude determinations. A detailed analy-sis of magnitudes is beyond the scope of this report but will be thesubject of future efforts. Figures 7A and 7C suggest that Milne-Shaw magnitudes generally agree with those derived external toour catalog over a wide magnitude range. This result gives usconfidence that our assumption of an absolute magnitude scale


based on station constants and correction to Wood-Anderson re-sponse is correct.

The nomogram magnitudes based on HVO’s Bosch-Omoriseismometer should show a larger scatter because they are basedon “average” amplitudes for a size class rather than on a specificamplitude. The nomogram magnitude should be unbiased, at leastin the range M=3.5–5.0 where it was empirically calibratedagainst local Wood-Anderson magnitudes. The Milne-Shaw is theonly numerous and stable magnitude to serve as a comparison ba-sis for the nomogram magnitude. Figure 7B shows no systematicdeviation of nomogram magnitude for Kilauea earthquakes. Asexpected, the minimum magnitudes of events assigned to the larg-est open-ended “strong” class (arrowed symbols, fig. 7B) fall be-low the equality line because of the minimum amplitudeassumed. Many magnitudes of larger earthquakes recorded as“moderate” or “strong” on the Bosch-Omori seismometer may beunderestimates because the smoked-paper recording of mechani-

Table 12. Numbers of cataloged earthquakes, by magnitude

Figure 10. Magnitude distribution of Hawaiian earthquakes. Solid squares, cumulative numbers of earthquakes; open squares, number of earthquakesper 0.1 magnitude interval. Lines are of maximum-likelihood fit. a and b values were derived by using Richter’s formula relating earthquake magnitudeto number of events. A, 1933–59. a=4.4223 for M≥3.9; b=0.793±0.03, using 576 events over 27 years. B, 1960–86. a=5.3760 for M≥2.5; b=1.015±0.01,using 18,583 events over 27 years.


incorporated into table 2. Jennifer Nakata, with the assistance ofHVO volunteers, provided copies of the felt reports sent to HVOon postcards. Jerry Eaton and John Lahr reviewed the manuscriptand made many suggestions for its improvement.

We are gratefully indebted to Doak C. Cox for makingavailable unpublished intensities of earthquakes derived fromthe Lyman and other diaries. We thank Kent Warshauer, HVOvolunteer, for allowing us to see and copy his file of newspaperreferences, many of which contained reports of earthquakes.His files demonstrated the necessity of using newspaper data inour location estimates and magnitude assignments. We fol-lowed up on his work by spending many additional hours look-ing at newspapers on microfilm.

cal pens does not permit accurate tracking of amplitudes at thelargest excursions. Nomogram magnitudes of non-Kilauea earth-quakes generally exceed their Milne-Shaw magnitudes for M<4.5(fig. 7D), a point that we are still investigating.

More than 5,000 earthquakes are listed in the 1933–59 cata-log. The number of earthquakes by magnitude for both of the 27-year catalogs is listed in table 12, and the logarithm of the numberof earthquakes versus magnitude for both catalogs is plotted infigure 10. Both figure 10 and table 12 include earthquakes fromall regions, including those with unknown locations. For the Is-land of Hawaii, the magnitude distribution’s deviation from theGutenberg-Richter law indicates that the 1933–59 catalog is prob-ably complete for M≥3.9, whereas the 1960–86 catalog is prob-ably complete at M=2.4. The completeness magnitudes and bslope vary regionally, and these plots are useful only in a grosssense of assessing our catalog.

It is unwise to draw conclusions about the comparative levelof activity strictly from figure 10 and table 11, which are like theshadow of an object that reveals a hint of shape but nothing aboutits structure. All regions are summed together, including offshore, and each region has its own time behavior and complete-ness level. The listing of earthquakes of M≥4 should be approxi-mately complete for onshore Hawaii in both catalogs. Thenumbers of M≥4 events in the two catalogs are comparable (440versus 514). Even with the errors and biases that we are still in-vestigating, our catalog will be useful for the stated goals of earth-quake-hazard assessment and understanding volcano behavior,using the pattern of seismic release.

Acknowledgments

Fred Klein read the Honolulu records, derived the equa-tions used to calculate magnitude from seismogram amplitudesand from amplitude classes, and derived the constants and cor-rections in those equations, following the principles establishedby Richter (1958). He also developed the catalog format tomatch the computerized ASCII catalog of modern earthquakesand wrote a program to read comma-delimited output fromspreadsheets maintained on a PC. Tom Wright measured thedistances at azimuths reported in the Volcano Letter, assignedthe Kilauea earthquakes to regions initially developed to studythe moment history of Kilauea seismicity (Wright and Klein,1995), and calculated latitude and longitude from azimuth anddistance where not reported directly. He set up computer-basedspreadsheets on which he entered all the information from theHonolulu records, HVO publications, and felt information fromnewspaper accounts, the Lyman diary, and postcards sent toHVO. The nomogram for calculating magnitudes from ampli-tude classes published in the Volcano Letter was jointly derivedthrough several iterations of plotting. Both authors developedstandards for choosing the best data to determine location andmagnitude and laboriously applied them to the incomplete andsometimes-contradictory earthquake data.

We are indebted to Jerry Eaton for directing us to the Hono-lulu seismograms and for information about the early HVO net-work and the procedures used to determine magnitudes. He alsosummarized the early seismographic and station history that we

Reference

References Cited

Abe, K., 1988, Magnitudes and origin times from Milne seismograph data; earth-quakes in China and California, 1898–1912, in Lee, W.H.K., Meyers, H.,and Shimazaki, K., eds., Historical seismograms and earthquakes of theworld: San Diego, Calif., Academic Press, p. 37–50.

Alexander, W.D., 1899, The seismograph: Pacific Commercial Advertiser, July 18,1899, p. 1.

Bevens, D., and transcriber, 1988, Volcano House Register, 1865–1955: HawaiiVolcanoes National Park Library record, 10 v., with supp. of newspaperclippings [transcription funded by Hawaii Natural History Association;available for research use at the libraries of the Hawaiian Volcano Obser-vatory and Hawaii Volcanoes National Park].

Bevens, D., Takahashi, T.J., and Wright, T.L., eds., 1988, The early serial publica-tions of the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory: Hawaii National Park, HawaiiNatural History Association, 3 v.

Bodle, R.R., 1944, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1942: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 662, p. 16 [compiled as“United States Earthquakes, 1941–1945,” and reissued by the NationalEarthquake Information Center].

———1945, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1943: U.S. Coastand Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 672, p. 20 [compiled as “UnitedStates Earthquakes, 1941–1945,” and reissued by the National Earth-quake Information Center].

———1946, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1944: U.S. Coastand Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 682, p. 24 [compiled as “UnitedStates Earthquakes, 1941–1945,” and reissued by the National Earth-quake Information Center].

Bodle, R.R., and Murphy, L.M., 1947, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earth-quakes, 1945: U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 699, p. 18[compiled as “United States Earthquakes, 1941–1945,” and reissued bythe National Earthquake Information Center].

———1948, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1946: U.S. Coastand Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 714, p. 22.

Brazee, R.J., and Cloud, W.K., 1958, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earth-quakes, 1956: U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey report, p. 36–37.

———1959, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1957: U.S. Coast and

29s Cited

Geodetic Survey report, p. 42–43.

———1960, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1958: U.S. Coastand Geodetic Survey report, p. 34.

Cox, D.C., 1986, Earthquakes felt on Oahu, Hawaii and their intensities: Honolulu,University of Hawaii, Environmental Center, 120 p.

Dana, J.D., 1888, History of the changes in the Mt. Loa craters, on Hawaii:American Journal of Science, 3d ser., v. 35, p. 15–34, 213–228, 282–289[includes maps]; v. 36, p. 14–32, 81–112, 167–175 [includes maps].

Eaton, J.P., 1975, Harmonic magnification of the complete telemetered seismicsystem, from seismometer to film viewer screen: U.S. Geological SurveyOpen-File Report 75–95, 46 p.

Eaton, J.P., and Fraser, G.D., 1956a, Hawaiian Volcano Observatory summary, 03-July–September 1956: U.S. Geological Survey Administrative Report, 5 p.

———1956b, Hawaiian Volcano Observatory summary, 04-October–December1956: U.S. Geological Survey Administrative Report, 5 p.

———1957a, Hawaiian Volcano Observatory summary, 05-January to March1957: U.S. Geological Survey Administrative Report, 12 p.

———1957b, Hawaiian Volcano Observatory summary, 06-April–June 1957:U.S. Geological Survey Administrative Report, 10 p.

———1957c, Hawaiian Volcano Observatory summary, 07-July–September1957: U.S. Geological Survey Administrative Report, 8 p.

———1957d, Hawaiian Volcano Observatory summary, 08-October–December1957: U.S. Geological Survey Administrative Report, 6 p.

———1958a, Hawaiian Volcano Observatory summary, 09-January to March1958: U.S. Geological Survey Administrative Report, 8 p.


Eaton, J.P., and Krivoy, H.L., 1958a, Hawaiian Volcano Observatory summary, 11-July–September 1958: U.S. Geological Survey Administrative Report, 13 p.

———1958b, Hawaiian Volcano Observatory summary, 12-October–December1958: U.S. Geological Survey Administrative Report, 8 p.

———1963a, Hawaiian Volcano Observatory summary, 13-January–March1959: U.S. Geological Survey Administrative Report, 26 p.


———1963c, Hawaiian Volcano Observatory summary, 15-July–September1959: U.S. Geological Survey Administrative Report, 32 p.

Eppley, R.A., and Cloud, W.K., 1961, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earth-quakes, 1959: U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey report, p. 60–61.

Finch, R.H., and Macdonald, G.A., 1951, Report of the Hawaiian Volcano Obser-vatory for 1948 and 1949: U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin 974–D, p. 103–133.

———1953, Hawaiian volcanoes during 1950: U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin996–B, p. 27–89.


Fiske, R.S., Simkin, T., and Nielsen, E.A., eds., 1987, The Volcano Letter: Wash-ington, D.C., Smithsonian Institution Press, 539 p. [compiled and re-printed; originally published 1925–1955 by the Hawaiian VolcanoObservatory].

Furumoto, A.S., Nielsen, N.N., and Phillips, W.R., 1972, A study of past earth-quakes, isoseismic zones of intensity, and recommended zones forstructural design for Hawaii: Honolulu, University of Hawaii Engineer-ing Bulletin, PACE 72033, 53 p. [Joint report with the Center for Engi-neering Research, with minor corrections (notably tables 1 and 2, andfigures 3 and 6) and additions to the text (two appendixes); originallyissued by the University of Hawaii, Center for Engineering Research,as Engineering Bulletin, PACE 72033, June 15, 1972, under the sameauthorship].

Glover, D.P., Meyers, H., Herrmann, R.B., and Whittington, M., 1985, Inventory of filmedhistorical seismograms and station bulletins at World Data Center A: Boulder,Colo., U.S. Department of Commerce, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Ad-ministration Report SE–37, 215 p.

Gutenberg, Beno, and Richter, C.F., 1945, Seismicity of the Earth: Geological Society ofAmerica Bulletin, v. 56 supp., p. 644–645.

Hazard, D.L., 1910, Earthquakes, in Results of observations made at the Coast and Geo-detic Survey magnetic observatory near Honolulu, Hawaii, 1905 and 1906: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey, p. 90–95.

———1911, Earthquakes, in Results of observations made at the Coast and GeodeticSurvey magnetic observatory near Honolulu, Hawaii, 1907 and 1908: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey, p. 90–94 [see abstract for Hazard (1910)].



———1916, Earthquakes, in Results of observations made at the Coast and GeodeticSurvey magnetic observatory near Honolulu, Hawaii, 1913 and 1914: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey, serial no. 21, p. 98–104 [see abstract for Hazard(1910)].




———1924, Earthquakes, in Results of observations made at the Coast andGeodetic Survey magnetic observatory near Honolulu, Hawaii, 1921and 1922: U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, serial no. 276, p. 93–104.


Heck, N.H., and Bodle, R.R., 1930, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earth-quakes, 1928: U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 483, p.3 [This series takes up where the quarterly seismological reports of theU.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey leave off. Station data are omittedfrom the “United States Earthquakes” series but were preserved asmonthly mimeographed reports made available by subscription].

Heck, N.H., and Bodle, R.R., 1931, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes,1929: U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 511, p. 16.

Hitchcock, C.H., 1909, Hawaii and its volcanoes: Honolulu, Hawaiian GazetteCo., 314 p. [2d ed., with supp., 1911, 314 p.].

Humphreys, W.J., 1914, Seismology, in Marvin, C.F., ed., Section V—Seismol-ogy: Monthly Weather Review, v. 42, no. 12, p. 687–689 [no data forHonolulu given in this issue].

———1924, Seismology, in Marvin, C.F., ed., Section V—Seismology:Monthly Weather Review, v. 52, no. 7, p. 375 [The “Seismology” sec-tion was discontinued, coincident with the end of the biannual Coastand Geodetic Survey Reports (see Hazard, 1929)].

Jaggar, T.A., Jr., 1912, [Kilauea in 1909–1912], in [First Special] Report of theHawaiian Volcano Observatory: Boston, Massachusetts Institute ofTechnology, Society of Arts, p. 1–74 [compiled and reprinted in Bevens,D., Takahashi, T.J., and Wright, T.L., 1988, The early serial publicationsof the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory: Hawaii National Park, HawaiiNatural History Association, v. 1, p. 1–80].

———1947, Origin and development of craters: Geological Society ofAmerica Memoir 21, 508 p.

Jones, A.E., 1934, Earthquakes associated with the 1933 eruption of Mauna Loa,Hawaii: Washington Academy of Sciences Journal, v. 24, p. 413–418.

———1935a, Earthquakes associated with the 1934 eruption of Kilauea, Ha-waii: Washington Academy of Sciences Journal, v. 25, p. 429–435.

———1935b, Hawaiian travel times: Seismological Society of America Bul-letin, v. 25, p. 33–61.

———1935c, A seismologic study of the Kilauea eruption, 1931–1932: Uni-versity of Hawaii Research Publication 9, 60 p.

———1938, Empirical studies of some of the seismic phenomena of Hawaii:Seismological Society of America Bulletin, v. 28, p. 313–337.

Klein, F.W., and Koyanagi, R.Y., 1980, Hawaiian Volcano Observatory seismicnetwork history 1950–1979: U.S. Geological Survey Open-File Report80–302, 84 p.

Lee, W.H.K., Meyers, H., and Shimazaki, K., 1988, Historical seismograms andearthquakes of the world: San Diego, Calif., Academic Press, 513 p.

Macdonald, G.A., 1955, Hawaiian volcanoes during 1952: U.S. Geological Sur-vey Bulletin 1021–B, p. 15–107.

Macdonald, G.A., and Eaton, J.P., 1955, Hawaiian volcanoes during 1953: U.S.Geological Survey Bulletin 1021–D, p. 127–166.

———1956a, Hawaiian Volcano Observatory summary 01-January to March1956: U.S. Geological Survey Administrative Report, 5 p.

Referenc

———1956b, Hawaiian Volcano Observatory summary 02-April–June 1956:U.S. Geological Survey Administrative Report, 5 p.

———1957, Hawaiian volcanoes during 1954: U.S. Geological Survey Bulle-tin 1061–B, p. 17–72.

———1964, Hawaiian volcanoes during 1955: U.S. Geological Survey Bulle-tin 1171, p. 1–170.

Macdonald, G.A., and Wentworth, C.K., 1954, Hawaiian volcanoes during1951: U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin 996–D, p. 141–216.

McFarland, W.N., 1929, Earthquakes, in Results of observations made at theCoast and Geodetic Survey magnetic observatory near Honolulu, Ha-waii, 1923 and 1924: Washington, DC, Department of Commerce andLabor, Coast and Geodetic Survey, serial no. 452, p. 99–104 [See ab-stract for Hazard, (1924). This series of reports ends with June 1924;subsequent data are in quarterly seismological reports (Neumann,1926–31)].

Murphy, L.M., 1950, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1947:U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 730, p. 29.

Murphy, L.M., and Cloud, W.K., 1953, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes,1951: U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 762, p. 18–20.

———1954, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1952: U.S. Coast andGeodetic Survey report, serial no. 773, p. 48–49.



———1957, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1955: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey report, p. 36–38.

Murphy, L.M., and Ulrich, F.P., 1951, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes,1948: U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 746, p. 27.

———1952, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1950: U.S. Coast andGeodetic Survey report, serial no. 755, p. 18.

Neumann, F., 1926a, Seismological report; January, February, March, 1925:U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Serial no. 328, p. 20–24, 42–43 [Thisseries of reports is the successor to the biannual seismology summa-ries published by the U.S. Coast and Geodetic survey (see Hazard,1910–13, 1916, 1918, 1920, 1922, 1924; McFarland, 1929)].

———1926b, Seismological report: July, August, September, 1925: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey, serial no. 328, p. 20–24, 42–43.

———1927, Seismological report: October, November, December, 1925 andsupplement for 1924: U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, serial no. 388,p. 9, 33–38, 56–57, 97–103 [covers July 1–December 31, 1924 in addi-tion to the fourth quarter of 1925].

———1928a, Seismological report: April, May, June, 1926: U.S. Coast andGeodetic Survey, serial no. 406, p. 5–6, 9–11, 31–39, 53, 55–56.

———1928b, Seismological report: July, August, September, 1926: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey, serial no. 424, p. 5, 7, 32–46, 67, 69.

31es Cited

———1928c, Seismological report: October, November, December, 1926:U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, serial no. 431, p. 18, 44–53.

———1929, Seismological report: January, February, March, 1927: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey, serial no. 463, p. 8, 13, 34–37, 75.

———1930a, Seismological report: April, May, June, 1927: U.S. Coast andGeodetic Survey, serial no. 468, p. 6, 26–29, 40, 42–43.

———1930b, Seismological report: July, August, September, 1927: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey, serial no. 495, p. 5–7, 12, 31–38, 53–56.

———1931, Seismological report: October, November, December, 1927: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey, serial no. 503, p. 24–25, 41–42 [This issueends formal publication of the results of the magnetic observatoriesrun by the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Subsequent material is ab-stracted for the “United States Earthquakes” series (see Heck andBodle, 1930), published yearly without the detailed readings for eachearthquake. These reports were mimeographed and made available tointerested parties by subscription].

———1932, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1931: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 553, p. 22.


———1935, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1933: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey report, Serial no. 579, p. 22.



———1938, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1936: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 610, p. 24 [compiled as“United States Earthquakes, 1936–1940,” and reissued by the Na-tional Earthquake Information Center].

———1940, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1938: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 629, p. 28–30 [compiledas “United States Earthquakes, 1936–1940,” and reissued by the Na-tional Earthquake Information Center].

———1941, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes, 1939: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 637, p. 29 [compiled as“United States Earthquakes, 1936–1940,” and reissued by the Na-tional Earthquake Information Center].



Neumann, F., and Bodle, R.R., 1932, Hawaiian Islands, in United States earthquakes,1930: U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey report, serial no. 539, p. 15.

32 Catalog of Hawaiian E

Neumann, F., and Service, J.H., 1926, Seismological report; April, May, June,1925: U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, serial no. 337, p. 20–26.

———1927, Seismological report; January, February, March, 1926: U.S.Coast and Geodetic Survey, serial no. 395, p. 5–8, 27–31, 45–47.

Pacific Commercial Advertiser, 1913, Instruments broken by quake; ProfessorJaggar, from Kilauea, tells of Earth tremors that awakened Hilo-people ofother islands asked to send in reports whether or not they felt the shocks:November 3, 1913, p. 9 [reprinted in Bevens and others, 1988, v. 2, p. 64].

Reid, H.F., 1905, Records of seismographs in North America and the HawaiianIslands: Terrestrial Magnetism and Atmospheric Electricity, v. 10, no. 2,p. 81–96; no. 4, p. 177–189.

———1906, Records of seismographs in North America and the HawaiianIslands: Terrestrial Magnetism and Atmospheric Electricity, v. 11, no.4, p. 185–187 [The first two papers of this series appeared in thisjournal for June and December 1905 (v. 10, p. 81 and 177, respec-tively)].

Richter, C.F., 1958, Elementary seismology: San Francisco, W.H.Freeman, 768 p.

Stover, C.W., and Coffmann, J.L., 1993, Seismicity of the United States, 1568–1989 (re-vised): U.S. Geological Survey Professional Paper 1527, p. 201–213.

Takahashi, T.J., and Wright, T.L., 1987, Staff of the Hawaiian Volcano Obser-vatory, 1912–present, chap. 62 of Decker, R.W., Wright, T.L., andStauffer, P.H., eds., Volcanism in Hawaii: U.S. Geological Survey Pro-fessional Paper 1350, v. 2, p. 1645–1662.

Wood, H.O., 1915a, The seismic prelude to the 1914 eruption of Mauna Loa:Seismological Society of America Bulletin, v. 5, p. 39–51.

———1915b, Systematic report of the Whitney Laboratory of Seismology:Hawaiian Volcano Observatory Seismometric Bulletin, v. 1, no. 1–4.

———1917a, [no title]: Pasadena, Calif., H.O. Wood archives, unpub. earth-quake catalog [Hawaii], September 1915–June 1917, [unpag.] 228 p.

———1917b, On cyclical variations in eruption at Kilauea, in Second SpecialReport of the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory: Cambridge, Massachu-setts Institute of Technology, 59 p. [compiled and reprinted in Bevens,D., Takahashi, T.J., and Wright, T.L., 1988, The early serial publicationsof the Hawaiian Volcano Observatory: Hawaii National Park, HawaiiNatural History Association, v. 1, p. 81–143].

Wright, T.L., and Klein, F.W., 1995, Seismic moment history of Kilauea Vol-cano, Hawaii, 1933–1975 [abs.]: Eos (American Geophysical UnionTransactions), supp., v. 76, no. 46, p. F681–682.

Wright, T.L., and Takahashi, T.J., 1998, Hawaii bibliographic database: Bulletinof Volcanology, v. 59, no. 4, p. 276–280.

Wyss, M., and Koyanagi, R.Y., 1992, Isoseismal maps, macroseismic epicen-ters, and estimated magnitudes of historical earthquakes in the Ha-waiian Islands: U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin 2006, 93 p.

Wyss, M., Koyanagi, R.Y., and Cox, D.C., 1992, The Lyman Hawaiian earth-quake diary, 1833–1917: U.S. Geological Survey Bulletin 2072, 34 p.

Zuniga, F.R., Wyss, M., and Scherbaum, F., 1988, A moment-magnitude rela-tion for Hawaii: Seismological Society of America Bulletin, v. 78, no. 1,p. 370–373.

arthquakes, 1823–1959

Columns Format Data

1–8 I4, 2I2, 1X Year, month, and day, HST.10–13 2I2 Hour and minute, HST.14–19 F6.2 Origin time (seconds).20–22 F3.0, 1X Latitude (degrees).24–28 F5.2 Latitude (minutes).29–32 F4.0, 1X Longitude (degrees).34–38 F5.2 Longitude (minutes).39–45 F7.2 Depth, in kilometers.

46 1X – – –47 A1 Preferred magnitude-type code.

48–52 F5.2 Preferred magnitude.53–55 I3 Unused.56–58 I4 Year, including century.60–64 F5.1 Unused.65–69 F5.2 Do.70–74 F5.1 Do.75–79 F5.1 Do.

80 A1 Remark: “*” if lat/long assigned asregion center

81 A1 Remark: “?” if region assignment isquestionable

82 A1, 13X Remark: Unused.84–86 A3 Geographic-region code.

Appendix 1. Files Available on theAccompanying CD–ROM

The accompanying CD–ROM is in ISO 9660 level 2 for-mat (PC, Macintosh, Unix) and contains the following files andformats. The earthquake-catalog files are stored in native Excelformat for use by persons with PC or Macintosh workstations, ascomma-delimited text files and fixed-column ASCII files forother programs or computers, and in formatted tables in PDF andPostScript formats. A bibliographic file is available in ASCIIEndNote format and as a text file. Information is complete forfiles covering the period 1903–59 for which instrumental recordsare available. We are working on a noninstrumental catalog cov-ering the period 1823–1903, a preliminary version of which is onthe CD–ROM. These files will be posted online. Catalogfilenames consist of a base name indicating the time period, anda file extension indicating the platform and format. For example,“1903-1921cat.xls” is that part of the catalog in PC Excel format.More details including system requirements and software ver-sions are given in the file 1_README.TXT on the CD–ROM.

Earthquake-catalog filenames

Filename extensions and platforms

Bibliographic files in the bib directory

Honolulu readings

Base filename Description Status1823-1903cat 1823–1903: all earthquakes------------------------------------------------------------------------ In process.1903-1921cat 1903–21: all earthquakes---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Complete.1921-1932cat 1921–32: all earthquakes---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Complete.1933-1959cat 1933–59: all earthquakes---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Complete.1959-1963cat 1959–63: earthquakes with new magnitude information----------------------- Complete.Appendix table1 1903–59: M≥4.0 earthquakes --------------------------------------------------------------------- Complete.

Base filename Description StatusHonmilne Milne seismometer readings, 1903–21--------------------------------- Complete.Honm-s Milne-Shaw seismometer readings, 1921–59 ---------------------- Complete.Hon59-63 Milne-Shaw seismometer readings, 1959–63 ---------------------- Complete.

Filename Description FormatEqbibi.txtEqbibf.txt

Newspaper and other accounts of felt earthquakes --------------------do-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ASCII, importable by EndNote software.ASCII text, bibliographic format.

eqpcardi.txteqpcardf.txt

Postcard felt reports sent to HVO--------------------------------------------------do-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

ASCII, importable by EndNote software.ASCII text, bibliographic format.

Filename extension Directory Platform and formatcsv csv ASCII, comma-delimited fields.H72 H72 ASCII, fixed columns, hypo71–2000 format (see table 14).exl mac Microsoft Excel, Macintosh platform.xls pc Microsoft Excel 2000, PC-windows platform.pdf pdf Adobe Acrobat, multiplatform, formatted table.ps postscript PostScript printer file, UNIX or other workstation (Adobe illustrator compatible)

Appendix 1. Files Available on

Table 14. Column headings and formatting for ASCII catalog data

[HST, Hawaii standard time. Do., ditto]

33the Accompanying CD–ROM

Table 13 shows a useful portion of our catalog, listing all1903–1959 earthquakes of M≥4.0, representing our best-deter-mined magnitude range.

Table 14 shows the formatting of the ASCII files for useon mainframe computers, designed for consistency with thepost-1959 earthquake catalog. The latitude and longitude arenormally from the Volcano Letter or the original source. If nocoordinates were assigned but a region was inferred, the lati-tude and longitude are the center of the region, and a “*” re-mark is entered in column 78. The format specifications arefor format statements in the FORTRAN language: I is a right-aligned integer, A is an alphanumeric, and Fm.n is a real num-ber in m columns with n decimal places.

Appendix 2. Calculation of a“Characteristic” Amplitudefor HVO Earthquake Classes

The “average” or “moment preserving” magnitude in arange of magnitudes for a given magnitude class is derived asfollows. Moment (M) is related to magnitude (M) by a relationof the form

log M = c + dM.

For Hawaii, we use the relation of Zuniga and others (1988):

log M = 16.59 + 1.1M.

We also use the Gutenberg-Richter law:

log N = A − bM,

where N is the number of earthquakes of magnitude M orlarger. Its differential form is

log n = a − bM,

where n is the number of events in a small interval dM. Then,10Abln 10=10a. Let Mavg be the average moment of events be-tween M1 and M2. Let Mavg be the “average” magnitude ofevents between M1 and M2. Let DM=M2−M1. Mavg and Mavg arerelated by the equation above. The total moment Mt of eventsbetween M1 and M2 is given by

M M M n M dmM

M

0 01

2

, ( ) ( )t = ∫ .

The total number of events between M1 and M2 is given by

N N A bM bM1 2 10 10 101 2− = −− −( ) .

The average moment of an event in the magnitude range is theratio of the two above equations:

M Mb

d b

d b DM

bDM0 0 1

10 110 1

, ,

( )

avg = −−

−−

−

−.

dM.MM

MM


This average moment then yields the “average” magnitude and“average” amplitude for the size class.

Appendix 3. Errors and Uncertainties

The qualitative magnitude class of most, if not all, earth-quakes originating beneath Hualalai Volcano was apparentlyreferenced to distances from the much closer Kona seismom-eter, which had the same magnification as the Whitney seis-mometer. Magnitudes calculated from the nomogram using theKona distance are consistent with magnitudes measured in Ho-nolulu, whereas if the Whitney distance is assumed, nomo-gram magnitudes are consistently too high. Some smallerevents have nomogram magnitudes of a size that should havebeen detected in Honolulu if the Whitney distance is assumed,but calculate to well below M=4.0 if the Kona distance is as-sumed. This discrepancy is particularly vexing because no-where in the earthquake tabulations in the Volcano Letter is itstated that anything other than the Whitney seismometer wasused, until 1951, when both Kona and Whitney qualitativeclasses were reported. Our preferred magnitudes are based ei-ther on the Honolulu determination or on an assumed distancefrom Kona, as noted in our catalog.

Epicentral locations and magnitude classes reported in theVolcano Letter agree surprisingly well with the magnitudes re-corded in Honolulu and with modern understanding of the dis-tribution of earthquakes at Kilauea. Note that the Honolulu andHVO nomogram magnitude scales were derived independently.We note two exceptions to this agreement. First, in May andAugust 1938, earthquake swarms were reported as occurring inthe upper east rift and eastern Koae Fault Zone. In the modernera, earthquakes in these areas rarely exceed M=3. Empirically,we find that even strong earthquakes at shallow (<5 km) depthsare not recorded on Oahu. However we find that many events atdepths characteristic of Kilauea’s south flank or Mauna Loa’sKaoiki Fault Zone (approx 10 km) are recorded on Oahu. Werecorded several events on Oahu during the period covered bythe two 1938 swarms, some at times not given in the VolcanoLetter. We conclude that these “extra” 1938 events were signifi-cantly deeper than earthquakes in well-located modern riftswarms. We consider two possibilities, which we will evaluatein subsequent papers: (1) a south flank response to rift intru-sion, consistent with what we have seen at Kilauea in the mod-ern era, or (2) deep (20–35 km) “magma supply” earthquakes,also well defined in the modern era as having followed certaineruption/intrusion sequences (Wright and Klein, 1995).

Second, on March 7, 1955, a series of strong earthquakeswas reported in the Volcano Letter as being on Kilauea’s EastRift Zone near Heiheiahulu. These earthquakes were relocatedand reported by Macdonald and Eaton (1964) as being nearKalapana, on Kilauea’s south flank. The appearance of earth-quakes under both the East Rift Zone and the south flank onmodern seismographs is generally similar, and it is easy to seehow events recorded on older seismographs could be confused.

The apparent discrepancy between the earthquakes de-scribed by HVO before the modern network as being locatedunder rift systems but larger relative to modern flank earth-


quakes could result from early misconceptions. First, ourprejudices of where the earthquake “should” be located can bemade consistent with the poor ability of HVO to locate withone or two low-gain stations. Second, the concept of largeearthquakes under the mobile volcano flanks is a modern one.Many early reports favored the rift systems as fault lines and anatural source of earthquakes, and so it is natural to suspectthem as the origin of most earthquakes.

Depths are far more uncertain. In our magnitude calcula-tions, we use a depth of 9 km where none is reported in theVolcano Letter, indicated by no entry in the “Depth given” col-umn of our catalog. Except for the Kilauea Caldera area, webelieve that the only depth discrimination resolvable with thepre-1959 seismic network was between crustal earthquakes(typically, 5–12-km depth) and upper-mantle earthquakes(typically, 30–40-km depth). We guess the typical depth errormight be 20 to 25 km, and so crust and mantle earthquakes arenot always separable. Near Kilauea Caldera, greater depth

Appendix 3. Errors

resolution is generally possible because of the proximity of theepicenter to the recording station. For such events, the slantdistance used in the magnitude calculation depends far moreon depth than on horizontal distance from the Whitney vault.

Some earthquakes reported as shallow were both widelyfelt and recorded on Oahu. This combination is not by itselfsufficient to prove that an earthquake is deep. We also takeinto account the calculated magnitude in our evaluation ofdepth. For example, moderate earthquakes that are widely feltare more likely to be deep than large earthquakes that wouldbe widely felt and recorded no matter what their depth. Earth-quakes for which we believe that the reported depth is in errorare recognized by differences in the “Depth given” and “Depthpreferred” columns of our catalog, and also noted in the“Comment” column. Particularly for larger earthquakes be-neath or close to Kilauea Caldera, depth can be estimated frommatching a calculated nomogram magnitude with an indepen-dent determination of magnitude made in Honolulu.

35and Uncertainties

36Catalog of Hawaiian Earthquakes, 1823–1959

Table 13. All earthquakes of M≥4.0 during the period 1903–59

qg

p

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)

Location/felt report

Com

ment

9/01/190319:16

east haw

aii5.16

5.16hono

feltW

arshauer notes: Felt at Hilo.

Not listed in H

onolulu Station Bulleti

(Hazard, 1910); found on station H

ON

film record; PC

A, 10/14/1903; H

G,

10/16/1903; not found in HS, H

EB

, H

H, H

T, or M

N.

2/18/0410:25

east haw

aii4.97

4.97hono

IV?

Warshauer notes: V

igorous earthquake felt in H

ilo between 10 and 11 o'clock.

Not found in H

onolulu Station Bullet


ON

film record; PC

A, 2/22/1904; H

S, 2/20/1904; H

T, 2/19/1904; not found

HG

, HE

B, H

H, or M

N.

3/19/0421:00

east haw

aii<

5.25.00

intV

?L

yman notes: O

ne smart shock from

SW.

Not found in H

onolulu Station Bullet

(Hazard, 1910); not found on station

HO

N film

record; WK

C, 1992, p. 28;

not found in HS, H

EB

, HG

, MN

, HT

,H

H, or PC

A.

3/29/0411:45

kohala5.38

5.38hono

felt

Warshauer notes: A

severe earthquake was felt

in Kohala on the afternoon of the 29th inst. It

lasted ten minutes, m

oved NW

from K

ohala tow

ard Mahukona; felt in K

ohala [11:45] and W

aimea [no tim

e].

Found on station HO

N film

record; H

G, 4/5/1904; PC

A, 4/13/1904; not

found in HS, H

EB

, MN

, HH

, or HT

.

3/29/0411:48

kohala(?)5.32

5.32hono

Not recognized in new

spaper reports;H

onolulu seismogram

suggests different location.

4/4/047:39

molokai?

5.30int

V (S&

C)

Honolulu notes: L

ocal earthquake about 18:05 [G

.m.t. A

pril 4]; instrument not recording at

that time. W

arshauer notes: Quite a severe

shock was felt here M

onday morning at 7:30.

No dam

age done.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1910); PC

A, 4/11/1904; H

H, 4/7/190

not found in MN

.

4/29/0422:30

kaoiki??5.79

5.79hono

VI?

Warshauer notes: O

n Friday, April 29, at 10:30

o'clock [p.m.] a m

ost severe earthquake shock w

as felt at Keauhou and Punaluu. T

he shock lasted about eight seconds and w

as apparently from

north to south; heavy shock at Pepeekeo [10:15] [sam

e quake?].

Not listed in H

onolulu Station Bulleti


ON

film record; PC

A, 5/7/1904; 5/16/190

not found in HH

or HT

.

6/4/0412:25

molokai?

5.635.63

honoV

I; V (S&

C)

HO

N notes: L

ocal; boom caught by spider w

eb.L

yman notes: A

long gentle shake about 12 noon [suggests farther from

Hilo than K

ilauea's distance]. W

arshauer notes: Felt sharply at W

ailuku and around the island of Maui; som

e dam

age done outside of Wailuku.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1910) [appearance of H

onolulu seism

ogram suggests distance of

Haw

aii or closer]; WK

C, 1992, p. 28;

MN

, 6/11/1904.

7/17/0414:00

kaoiki??4.97

4.97hono

V-V

I (hilo); ≤ V

(Kau)

Lym

an notes: A tw

o-shock quake, the second quite hard; In the afternoon [of July 17] there w

as an earthquake accompanied by rum

bling sounds; also felt and heard by the L

ymans

while resting by the three craters.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (Hazard, 1910); found on

station HO

N film

record; WK

C, 1992

p. 28; VH

R, v. 4, W

.D. W

esterveldt entry dated 7/20/1904.

10/14/043:40

maui?

5.355.35

honoV

Lym

an notes: A slight shock. W

arshauer notes: 3:40 a.m

.; distinct shock in Hilo; sharp and

prolonged in Honolulu; heavy at L

ahaina; violent shaking in E

ast Maui; felt reports from

K

ohala, Puueo (Hilo), W

aiawa and A

liamanu

(Oahu), and K

ipahulu (Maui).

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (Hazard, 1910); seen on

station HO

N film

record; WK

C, 1992

p. 28; HT

, 10/18/1904; PCA

, 10/15; 111/18/1904; M

N, 10/15/1904; not

found in HH

.

5/3/0515:16

kl sf?5.33

5.33hono

V

Lym

an notes: A long trem

ble, hard at the end, throw

ing down som

e things, 3:30 p.m.

Warshauer notes: First of 3 shocks, felt in H

ilo (heaviest in 9 yr) and volcano (distinct) and H

amakua coast; dishes rattled and dam

age to furniture and bric-a-brac (H

ilo).

WK

C, 1992, p. 28; H

H, 5/4/1905; H

T5/9/1905; PC

A, 5/10; 12/1905: tim

e given as 3:18 p.m

.; HS, 5/6; 10, 1905

[Lym

an comm

ent may be exchanged

with the follow

ing event; possible foreshock to event at 16:07].

5/3/0516:07

kl sf?6.18

6.18hono

VI; V

(W&

K;

S&C

)

Lym


ble and a twister.

W&

K notes: E

or S Haw

aii. Warshauer notes:

Another shock at 4:10 p.m

., stronger (Hilo)

than the first; rang church bell; damage to

furniture, bric-a-brac, and china; also felt-volcano and H

amakua coast.

Hon Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1910);W

KC

, 1992, p. 28; WK

, 1992, p. 32; H

H, 5/4/1905; H

T, 5/9/1905; PC

A,

5/10, 12/1905; HS, 5/6, 10/1905; not

MN

[Lym

an comm

ent exchanged wit

previous event(?); seismogram

shows

this as larger event, s-p about 1 min].

Appendix 4. Table 13

n

in in

in

4;

n 4;

, , 7,

, in h

37

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

5/3/0518:40

kl sf?<

5.225.00

despfelt

Lym


ble slight, at 6:40 p.m

. Warshauer notes: Probably felt on

Ham

akua coast; 6:35 p.m., w

eakest of three shocks felt in H

ilo; shock at 6:34 p.m.

Aftershock; not found on station H

ON

film

record; WK

C, 1992, p. 28; H

H,

5/4/1905; HT

, 5/9/1905; PCA

, 5/10; 12/1905; H

S, 5/6; 10/1905.

5/7/0519:20

kl sf?5.03

5.03hono

feltW

arshauer notes: A shock at 7:20 p.m

. felt in H

ilo.

Aftershock(?); found on station H

ON

film

record; PCA

, 5/12/1905; HT

, 5/9/1905; not found in H

S.

5/28/059:22

north haw

aii<

5.224.50

despIV

?

Lym

an notes: One sm

art shock and a tremble.

Warshauer notes: Felt at H

onomu (10 a.m

.; sharp), K

ohala Mission (9:27 a.m

.), Waim

ea (10:25 a.m

. [9:25?]; smart), and K

ealakekua (9:15 a.m

.).

Not reported in H

on Station Bulletin

(Hazard, 1910); not found on station

HO

N film

record; WK

C, 1992, p. 28;

PCA

, 6/6/1905; not found in MN

, HH

, or H

T.

4/25/061:47

north haw

aii6.01

6.01hono

V

HO

N notes: Seism

ogram im

pulsive, incorrect am

p in Honolulu Station B

ulletin. L

yman

notes: A sm

art shake at 2 a.m. W

arshauer notes: H

eavy in (2 a.m.), follow

ed by two

slight at intervals of 10 min., H

akalau (1:57 a.m

.) and Kau (2 a.m

.); direction, N to S.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1910); W

KC

, 1992, p. 29; PCA

, 5/1/1906; not found in M

N; fred-check

berkeley.

9/4/063:15

east haw

aii<

5.415.30

intV

Lym

an notes: [9/3-wrong?] a sm

art shake, 2 shocks, SE

& N

W. W

arshauer notes: Severe [in H

ilo] at 3:15 a.m.; not perceived at the V

olcano H

ouse, felt lightly at Mountain V

iew. A

sharp earthquake shock aw

akened most H

ilonians at 3:15 a.m

., no damage.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (Hazard, 1910); not found on

station HO

N film

record-disturbed record; W

KC

, 1992, p. 29; PCA

, 9/5/1906; H

H, 9/4/1906, quoted in

PCA

, 9/10/1906.

1/8/0715:00

ml sw

r?<

5.355.90

intV

I?

Warshauer notes: Slight shocks felt at several

stations [north Haw

aii] from 8th to 10th incl.

[no individual reports]; over 50 shocks at Pahala, 8th-9th, one quite heavy on p.m

. of the 8th w

ith swaying bushes/trees [not m

entioned in L

yman diary].

Tim

e assumed; not found on station

HO

N film

record; PCA

, 1/11; 15; 18/1907; H

G, 1/11/1907; H

S, 1/11/1907; H

EB

, 1/11/1907; HT

, 1/15/1907; not in H

H or M

N

[precursory seismicity north of

Mokuaw

eoweo saddle(?); large event

might be H

ilea].

1/10/0713:31

hilea?5.82

5.82hono

felt

HO

N notes: Probably local; [H

onolulu seism

ogram is im

pulsive]. Lym

an notes: A

slight long tremble at 1:30 p.m

. Warshauer

notes: Earthquake shocks w

ere felt during the w

eek at a number of stations in the w

estern and southern parts of H

awaii.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1911); W

KC

, 1992, p. 29; PCA

, 1/22/1907; H

S, 1/22/1907; HT

, 1/15/1907: W

arshauer note—con.:

Observer at K

au (Waiohinu) reports

many earthquake shocks felt on the

10th and 11th, and a light one on the 16th.

1/10/0713:31

hilea?5.82

5.82hono

felt

Warshauer notes: A

t Kapapala num

erous earthquakes yesterday, none very severe. O

ne shock at 1:30 o'clock…

; quite a heavy shock [at Pahala], plainly observing the trees and bushes sw

aying back and forth; several thumps

felt, rotary motion.

HE

B, 1/12/1907; H

G, 1/18/1907; H

S, 1/22/1907; H

EB

, 1/31/1907.

6/11/073:40

hilea?<

5.274.50

intIV

-V?

Lym

an notes: A tw

o-shock mild shake.

Warshauer notes: H

eavy shocks of earthquakes at 3:43 on H

awaii; also felt at Paauilo,

Laupahoehoe, N

aalehu-heavy, and Kealakekua;

Honuapo-m

ost severe shake; duration, about 40 s; also felt at H

ilo, Kona, and W

aiohinu.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1911); not found on sta. H

ON

film record; no m

ention in V

HR

entry on this date; WK

C, 1992, p.

29; PCA

, 6/15, 18/1907; HS &

HE

B,

6/14/1907; not in MN

, HH

, or HT

; poss. analog to 8/20/24 quake (W

K, p.

31).

7/5/0723:45

molokai??

4.604.60

honofelt

Lym

an notes: A long continued shake near 12

last night. Warshauer notes: Slight shock felt

over Honolulu at 11:55 p.m

.; duration, a few

seconds, quite distinct; slight at Makaw

ao [M

aui} at 11:40 p.m.; distinct on M

aui and throughout territory at 11:45.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1911); found on station H

ON

film record; W

KC

, 1992, p. 29; PC

A, 7/6; 16/1907; M

N,

7/13/1907; not found in HE

B, H

H, or

HT

.

Table 13. All earthquakes of M≥4.0 during the period 1903–59—

Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

9/5/0718:52

kl sf?5.16

5.16hono

V

HO

N notes: T

remor. L

yman notes: A

smart 2-

shock quake, dur several s. Warshauer notes:

Severe quake in Hilo, dur several m

in; ship in dock shook stem

to stern, wharf shaken; felt-all

Haw

aii I., esp. Kohala, K

au, Papaikou; volcano light, w

ire interrupted.H

azard, 1911; WK

C, 1992, p. 29;

HE

B, 9/6; 7/1907; PC

A, 9/8/1907.

12/19/0720:55

alenuihaha deep?

5.634.9

this catalog-area of

intensity V

(W&

K,

p. 26)5.63

honoV

HO

N notes: L

ocal shock. Warshauer notes: A

n earthquake felt all over H

onolulu. Tw

o shocks follow

ed within a few

seconds, the entire disturbance occupying about 15 s; also felt in N

uuanu valley, Palolo, Waikiki, and K

alihi; details in references.

Hazard, 1911; PC

A, 12/20; M

N,

12/21/1907 [not mentioned by C

ox, 1986, or W

K, 1992].

9/20/0820:15

kl sf6.70

6.2;6.8

USSR

; (S&

C)

[from

Abe,

1981]6.70

honoV

II; VI (S&

C)

HO

N notes: A

sharp local shock, which

probably has its origin near Kilauea V

olcano on the Island of H

awaii. W

&K

notes: int 5-6 H

ilo to Puna, probably Kilauea south flank.

Hazard, 1911 [am

p on Honolulu

seismogram

much larger than M

=6.2

11/2/18, traces large and obscure each other, m

ax amp extrapolated]; W

K,

1992, p. 32, 62.

9/26/0820:05

kl sf<

5.24.00

despIV

?

Lym

an notes: Quite a sm

art shake. Warshauer

notes: Tw

o quakes, this one at 8:04 p.m., short

but particularly sharp [largest aftershock of 9/20/08].

Aftershock; not found on station H

ON

film

record; WK

C, 1992, p. 30; PC

A,

10/5/1908; HH

, 10/1/1908.

10/24/0817:45

hilea?5.16

5.16hono

felt

Warshauer notes: T

he following earthquake

shocks were reported felt—

all from H

awaii:

24th—N

aalehu, light followed by heavier,

Kealakekua (D

avis) 5:45 p.m., lasting 2 s.

Found on station HO

N film

record; PC

A, 11/4/1908; not found in H

S, H

EB

, HH

, or HT

.

3/13/093:30

kl cal deep??

5.355.35

honoV

HO

N notes: L

ocal shock, felt generally over Island of H

awaii, recorded on m

agnetograph. L

yman notes: Shook w

ater out of vases, no dam

age done.

Hazard, 1912 [tim

e of large waves and

ending time given]; no m

ention in V

HR

entry on this date; WK

C, 1992, p.

30; PCA

, 3/23/1909 [in USE

, no int or m

ag].

4/19/103:45

kilauea?5.30

intV

Lym

an notes: A sm

art two-shock shake, N

& S.

Warshauer notes: V

ery sharp shock Tuesday

[Apr. 19] at about 3:50 a.m

., awakened persons

in Hilo; short duration; little dam

age except to crockery too close to shelf edges. K

ilauea flared up after quake.

Not found on station H

ON

film record;

ESPH

VO

, v. 1, p. 28 [repeats info]; W

KC

, 1992, p. 30; HH

, 4/21/1910; not found in PC

A, H

G, H

S, HE

B, or H

T.

7/14/1111:30

maui

deep?5.91

5.91hono

V?

HO

N notes: L

ocal shock. Lym

an notes: Long

continued slight tremble. W

arshauer notes: Felt-all territory; H

onolulu-duration 20 s, nowhere

severe; Maui-tw

o severe shocks at Wailuku,

buildings shook, people ran out; Haw

aii-felt generally, not at H

alemaum

au.

No m

ention in VH

R of this date;

Hazard, 1913 [H

onolulu seismogram

s-p<

1 min]; E

SPHV

O, v. 1, p. 36

[repeats info but gives 13th as date]; W

KC

, 1992, p. 30; PCA

, 7/15; 19/1911; H

S, 7/14/1911; HE

B,

7/14/1911; HH


T or M

N.

8/25/117:15

kl mer?

<5.3

4.50int

IV-V

A strong shock [felt at H

alemaum

au] causing a heavy landslide from

the north black ledge.N

ot found on station HO

N film

record; E

SPHV

O, v. 1, p. 44-45; do.

4/10/1210:00

south haw

aii5.30

intV

; IV (W

&K

)

Lym

an notes: A slight shake, rattling things

some. W

arshauer notes: Shock felt by hundreds in H

ilo, inside and out; motion, w

est to east; duration, 17 s, 5-s pause, 20-s shake, 30-s pause, three slight 10-s shocks, separated by 2- to 3-s pauses.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1913); not on sta. H

ON

film record; not in E

SPHV

O

supp. (Jaggar, 1947); WK

C, 1992, p.

31; HH

, 4/11/1912; HS, 4/13/1912; not

in PCA

, HG

, HE

B, or H

T [kaoiki

guessed if s-p is 5 s and possible aftershocks].

5/5/128:58

hilea?5.16

5.16hono

V

Warshauer notes: It appears that the shock

reported at Hilo on Sunday w

eek [May 5] w

as severely felt on the K

au coast as well. T

he quake w

as distinctly felt aboard the steamer

Kilauea

lying at Honuapo; landslide from

seacliffs observed.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1913); not m

entioned in ESPH

VO

supp. (Jaggar, 1947); H

S, 5/6/1912, quoted in H

H, 5/16/1912; not found in

HT

, HE

B, H

G, or PC

A.


Continued

39


Continued


Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

5/14/1213:43

east haw

aii5.52

5.52hono

Honolulu notes: V

ery slight; amplitude, 0.3

mm

; duration, 1 h 16.3 min [strange that this

doesn't correspond to the much heavier event

on the 22d!]. Lym

an notes: May 15, quite a

shake [no time given; event on the 14th or the

22d].

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1913); not m

entioned in ESPH

VO

supp. (Jaggar, 1947); W

KC

, 1992, p. 31; not found in H

T, H

G, H

S, HE

B, or

PCA

.

5/22/1223:00

kl sf?<

5.335.90

intV

I-VII

Quake felt [V

olcano-no date] and elsewhere in

Haw

aii. Warshauer notes: H

eaviest shake in years [H

ilo], tidal waves in ponds, livestock

terrorized, little damage, brief but distinct in

Kau; w

est to east; duration, 7 s; many sm

aller events earlier in w

eek.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (Hazard, 1913); not found on

station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

supp. (Jaggar, 1947, p. 15); PC

A, 5/24;

27/1912; HT

, 5/28/1912; HH

, 5/30/1912; [int dist analog to kl sf events of 3/54 and 9/79(?)].

10/13/125:45

alenuihaha deep?

40130.0

130.0136.0

5.025.02

honoV

; V (W

&K

)

HO

N notes: L

ocal shock, felt on all the islands; 8 m

axima, w

akened light sleepers at Volcano

House, felt distinctly at H

ilo, lightly in H

onolulu; submarine shock, fairly deep, slight

energy. Lym

an notes: About 5:30 a.m

., a long continued shake, not hard.

Hazard, 1913 [seism

ogram shape

indicates some distance and not O

ahu]; E

SPHV

O supp (Jaggar, 1947, p. 44)

[origin at a moderate rather than great

distance]; PCA

, 10/15; 21/1912 [repeats info in Jaggar, 1947]; W

KC

, 1992, p. 31.

12/5/122:14

oahu448.0

5.255.25

hono

Honolulu am

p, 1.1 mm

; moderate shock at its

origin 280 mi from

HV

O; very sm

all at HV

O;

duration many m

inutes; second phase at 2:15:06 and third phase at 2:15:53, both very distinct.

Hazard, 1913 [assum

e double amp of 1

mm

to get separate phases]; ESPH

VO

supp. (Jaggar, 1947, p. 55); not reported in PC

A, H

SB, H

H, or M

N.

12/17/1215:21

kaoiki??22.4

IV

(cancani)4.03

4.03nom

ofelt

Duration, approx 4 m

in; distance 13-15 mi; not

reported felt.E

SPHV

O supp. (Jaggar, 1947, p. 59).

3/25/1322:57

kl sf?32.0

IV-V

(C

ancani)4.58

<5.1

4.58nom

oD

uration, 3 min 13 s.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1913); ESPH

VO

supp. (Jaggar, 1947, p. 80); not reported in H

G, H

SB, or H

H.

5/15/138:30

kohala??108.0

medium

II (C

ancani)4.23

4.23nom

oM

oderate local shock; duration, 4 min;

distance, 65-70 mi.

ESPH

VO

supp. (Jaggar, 1947, p. 86); PC

A, 5/25/1913; repeats H

VO

info; not reported in H

H or H

T.

5/18/1319:51

kl sf?14.0

high VII

(Cancani);

off scale; m

edium

VI

assumed

to agree w

ith Rossi-

Forel>

4.65.22

5.22hono

V; IV

-V (R

-F)

Lym

an notes: At 7:40 p.m

., 2 slight tremors

followed by 2 short sharp shocks; a few

m

inutes before 8 p.m. a m

oderately strong focal shock w

as felt at Volcano H

ouse and generally felt in H

ilo; pens offscale to E and S,

probably close to HV

O, direction N

W.

Not listed in H

onolulu Station Bulletin

(Hazard, 1916); seen on station H

ON

film

record; WK

C, 1992, p. 31;

ESPH

VO

supp (Jaggar, 1947, p. 86).

6/19/133:38

kl cal deep??

32.0

III-IV

(Cancani);

1.0 mpu

4.044.04

nomo

Duration, 1 m

in 43 s.E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 2.

6/28/1317:58

hilea??48.0

III-IV

(Cancani);

1.0 mpu

4.324.32

nomo

Duration, 3 m

in 33 s.

Not found in H


(Hazard, 1916); looked for but not seen

on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 5; not found in H

G, H

SB, or

HH

.

7/1/139:27

hilea??48.0

medium

III

(Cancani);

0.8 mpu

4.194.19

nomo

Duration, 2 m

in 54 s.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 5; not reported in H

H.

7/4/138:22

ml m

ok??33.6

III-IV

(Cancani);

1.0 mpu

4.074.07

nomo

Duration, 52 s.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO


H.

7/9/132:24

hilea??41.6

medium

III

(Cancani);

0.75 mpu

4.054.05

nomo

Duration, 1 m

in 3 s.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 7.



Continued

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

7/12/133:59

hilea??48.0

III-IV

(Cancani);

1.0 mpu

4.324.32

nomo

feltFelt, K

apapala.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO


H.

9/8/1311:37

kaoiki??22.4

VI

(Cancani);

off scale4.88

<5.22

4.88nom

oIV

(R-F)

Local shock felt at m

argin of Kilauea, sharply

in Hilo; all pens sw

ept off. Lym

an notes: A

long sharp tremble, then a short sharp shake.

Warshauer notes: A

very sharp and short shock w

as felt in Hilo M

onday morning just before

noon; [mag too high?].

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 19; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 38;

WK

C, 1992, p. 31; PC

A, 9/10/1913;

not found in HG

, HSB

, HT

, or HH

; no additional felt reports in PC

A.

10/2/137:29

hilea??44.8

II-III (C

ancani); 0.8 m

pu4.14

4.14nom

oD

uration, 2 min 0 s.

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 55; not found in H


(Hazard,

1916); looked for but not seen on station H

ON

film record; not reported

in HH

.

10/25/130:57

kl sf15.0

off scale5.27

5.815.81

honoV

II; VI (R

-F)

Honolulu notes: Felt strongly at H

ilo; [at HV

O]

shook buildings, objects fell, pictures swayed,

walls cracked, rockslides, seism

ometers

broken; felt most strongly betw

een Hilo and

HV

O. L

yman notes: A

long smart shaking

north and southeast.

Hazard, 1916; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 62, 64-

65 [distance est. 10-20 km; distance

and felt reports implies K

ilauea south flank]; W

KC

, 1992, p. 31.

11/7/1310:07

hualalai?76.8

low I

(Cancani);

0.5 [0.05?] m

pu4.24

4.24nom

oD

uration, 57 s.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO


H.

11/10/1313:13

hilea??41.6

III (C

ancani); 0.9 m

pu4.16

4.16nom

oD

uration, 25 s.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO


H.

11/27/1313:27

kona?73.6

III (C

ancani); 0.8 m

pu4.49

4.49nom

oD

uration, 2 min 20 s [m

ag high?].

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO


H.

12/14/135:33

alenuihaha??

108.8

III (C

ancani); 0.6 m

pu4.59

4.59nom

oD

uration, 3 min 1 s [m

ag high?].

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO


H.

2/14/1419:49

kl sf??17.9

III-IV?

(Cancani);

2.5 mpu

4.104.10

nomo

d>

2 mpu, rapid vibration; duration, 1 m

in 49 s.E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 116.

3/8/142:07

kl sf??10.9

VI

(Cancani); 3 m

pu 4.47

4.47nom

oIV

Wakened one sleeping person; several tim

es the m

pu; duration, 1 min 38 s.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 148.

3/25/149:38

hilea??42.0

VII [IV

?] (C

ancani); 11 m

pu4.28

<5.2

4.28nom

oIV

10-12 mpu [cannot be correct; 1.0-1.2 m

pu?]; rattled w

indows at H

VO

.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 136, 148; H

T, 3/31/1914

repeats ESPH

VO

info; not found in H

H.

3/25/1419:49

hilea??51.2

III (C

ancani); 0.6 m

pu4.07

4.07nom

oD

uration, 37 s.E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 148.

3/29/1420:04

molokai?

230.0

IV

(Cancani);

1.5 mpu

5.655.22

5.22hono

felt

Honolulu notes: L

ocal. Felt at Honolulu but not

at HM

O; felt on SE

flank of Mauna L

oa, more

strongly on Maui and O

ahu. Warshauer notes:

Felt strongly in all parts of Honolulu; m

ost severe in M

aui in many years; recorded in

Washington, D

.C.

[HV

O m

ag high(?), station HO

N m

ag low

]; Honolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1916); ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 140, 149; PC

A, 3/30/1914, repeated in H

G,

3/31/1914; MN


H.

41

qg

p

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

4/13/144:15

hilea??46.4

IV

(Cancani);

1.1 mpu

4.354.35

nomo

Duration, 1 m

in 31 s.E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 149; repeated in

Wood, 1915, table 3, p. 49.

4/13/1421:28

hilea??48.0

IV

(Cancani);

1.1 mpu

4.254.25

nomo

felt

Barely felt at H

VO

; duration, 2 min 53 s(?)

[start time in E

SPHV

O given as 9:58 p.m

., in disagreem

ent with end tim

e]; a slight tremor

[see below] [m

ag too high?].

Not found in H


(Hazard, 1916); E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 149;

repeated in Wood, 1915, table 3, p. 49;

WK

C, 1992, p. 31

4/29/1414:50

ml m

ok??32.0

VI-V

II (C

ancani); 6 m

pu5.09

<5.22

5.09nom

oII; II (R

-F)

Felt, feeble; duration, 19 min; m

in 6 mpu.

Lym

an notes: A long shake E

&W

then N&

S; [R

ossi-Forel and Cancani readings conflict];

mild shock felt in H

ilo by those seated or lying dow

n; long duration [mag high?].

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 193 [E

SPHV

O tim

e given as 14:50]; repeated in W

ood, 1915, table 3, p. 49; W

KC

, 1992, p. 31; HT


H or PC

A.

4/29/1414:59

ml m

ok??32.0

V-V

I (C

ancani); 4.0 m

pu4.85

4.85nom

ofelt

Felt(?); 2d maxim

um in preceding shock;

distance approximate; duration, 18 s [m

ag high?].

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 193; repeated in W

ood, 1915, table 3, p. 49 [aftershock(?)].

5/13/1415:41

kl sf??16.0

medium

IV

(C

ancani); 2.5 m

pu4.09

4.09nom

oD

uration, 37 s.E

SPHV


Wood, 1915, table 3, p. 49.

6/1/146:29

kl sf??20.0

offscale4.76

5.225.22

honoIV

; III (R-F)

HO

N notes: A

pparently of a local character; am

p, 0.1 mm

; nearby; felt locally, duration, 6 m

in 37 s. Lym

an notes: Quite a sm

art four-shock earthquake [no day or tim

e given]. W

arshauer notes: At 6:20, tw

o distinct shocks in H

ilo, first heavier, no damage.

Hazard, 1916; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 194;

repeated in Wood, 1915, table 3, p. 49

[6 assumed as m

inimum

mpu for

offscale]; WK

C, 1992, p. 31; H

H,

6/5/1914; not found in PCA

, HSB

, HT

or M

N [south flank(?)].

6/19/1411:20

ml m

ok??31.0

III-IV

(Cancani);

1.0 mpu

4.024.02

nomo

Duration, 1 m

in 9 s.E

SPHV


Wood, 1915, table 3, p. 49

6/25/149:29

ml m

ok??32.0

III-IV

(Cancani);

1.2 mpu

4.154.15

nomo

Duration, 3 m

in 18 s; started the ordinary seism

ograph.E

SPHV


Wood, 1915, table 3, p. 49.

7/5/1415:16

kaoiki??19.8

V

(Cancani);

3.3 mpu

4.414.41

nomo

Not perceived, m

oderate-strong; duration, 5 m

in 35 s.E

SPHV


Wood, 1915, table 3, p. 49.

7/5/1419:18

kaoiki??20.8

VI

(Cancani);

6.2 mpu

4.81<

5.24.81

nomo

feltM

oderate-strong; distinctly felt in volcano.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO


ood, 1915, table 3, p. 49; H

T, 7/14/1914; not

found in PCA

or HH

.

7/20/144:03

ml m

ok??32.0

Intensity IV

-V

(Cancani);

2.5 mpu

4.585.03

5.03hono

V (hilo); II (R

-F)

Distinctly felt by tw

o persons, one or two m

ore w

ere awakened [H

awaii N

ational Park?]; a felt shock. L

yman notes: A

sharp shock at 4:15 a.m

. Warshauer notes: Shock felt from

Hilo to

volcano, sharp, 3 distinct parts; duration, several seconds; no dam

age.

Not found in H


(Hazard, 1916); detected(?) on station

HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

v. 2, p.193, 196; repeated in W

ood, 1915, table 3, p. 49; W

KC

, 1992, p. 31; HH


A.

9/27/1410:06

hilea?observed-off scale

5.355.35

honoII-III

No instrum

ental record; probably a succession of shocks, or several m

axima in one shock.

Lym

an notes: At 10:15 a.m

., two slight shocks

& long trem

ble at end. Warshauer notes: R

athersevere shock at 10:14 a.m

., N to S; duration, 15

s; also felt elsewhere.

ESPH

VO


ood, 1915, table 1, p. 43 [shocks of 9/27-28 considered precursory to M

L

eruption 2 months later]; W

KC

, 1992, p. 31: see below

; second shock closer to tim

e recorded in Honolulu

[foreshock?]; HH

, 10/2/1914; not in PC

A.

9/27/1413:11

hilea?33.6

IV

(Cancani);

1.5 mpu

4.314.31

nomo

felt

Duration, 3 m

in 2 s; not felt at HV

O.

Warshauer notes: Q

uake felt [Hilo] at 1:17

p.m., not as pronounced as the one at 10:14

a.m.; also felt elsew

here [unspecified].

ESPH

VO


ood, 1915, table 1, p. 43; HT


A.

11/6/1419:24

kaoiki??18.9

IV

(Cancani);

2.2 mpu

4.134.13

nomo

1 mpu in E

SPHV

O; duration, 19 s;

exceptionally short period; not perceived at H

VO

.E

SPHV


Wood, 1915, table 1, p. 43


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

11/13/1419:57

kaoiki??24.8

low IV

(C

ancani); 1.6 m

pu4.14

<5.16

4.14nom

oV

1.2-1.6 mpu; duration, 2 m

in 10 s; not felt at H

VO

. Warshauer notes: [N

ov. 13] at 7:50 p.m.

a shake of duration 15 s; distinctly felt at Puueo, w

here pictures hanging from w

alls sw

ung to and fro; no damage.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO


ood, 1915, table 1, p. 44; H

H, 11/20/1914; PC

A,

11/23/1914.

11/15/1412:50

kaoiki??18.7

low IV

(C

ancani); 2.2 m

pu4.13

<5.16

4.13nom

oV

Duration, 2 m

in 48 s; felt gently. Warshauer

notes: Before 1:00 p.m

. [Nov. 15], a m

ore severe shake [than on the 13th]; direction, south to north; duration, 10 s; rattled w

indows

and threw pictures out of plum

b again.

Not found in station H

ON

film record;

ESPH

VO


ood, 1915, table 1, p. 44; HH


A.

11/25/1412:23

ml m

ok?34.4

>IV

(C

ancani); 2.4 m

pu4.63

<5.2

4.63nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 261; repeated in W

ood, 1915, table 1, p. 44; not perceived at H

VO

.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; minim

um

mpu; recording pen sw

ept from

cylinder; distance, 21-22 mi.

11/25/1414:13

ml m

ok?36.8

IV

(Cancani);

1.08 mpu

4.184.18

nomo

Duration, 4 m

in 38 s; not perceived at HV

O.

ESPH

VO


ood, 1915, table 1, p. 44

12/13/1419:40

ml m

ok??32.0

IV

(Cancani);

1.0 mpu

4.314.31

nomo

Minim

um m

pu; duration, 1 min 20 s; not

perceived at HV

O.

ESPH

VO


ood, 1915, table 2, p. 46

1/13/1519:38

a303532.0

4.25<

5.224.25

nomo

II-IIIFelt in H

ilo. Lym

an notes: Slight shock, long duration at 7:45 p.m

.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 267; SB

HV

O, v. 1, no. 1;

WK

C, 1992, p. 31; not found in H

H or

PCA

.

1/25/1515:35

ml sw

r?50.0

4.164.16

poor

Distance calculated from

Wood's catalog, using

the time difference betw

een the maxim

um

signal and the inferred S arrival.

SBH

VO

, v. 1, no. 1.

3/28/158:26

kaoiki??21.0

>5.07

6.376.37

honoV

; IV-V

(R-F)

Shaking for 5-7 s, 6 maxim

a, third was

strongest, pens thrown off to S and E

; clock stopped in W

aiohinu, where shock strongest to

SW of H

VO

; needles thrown off to N

(?) and E

[inferred direction NE

(SE?) or SW

].

Hazard, 1918; not m

entioned in WK

; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 285 ; SB

HV

O, v. 1,

no. 2 [distance assumed from

preceding and succeeding quakes].

3/28/159:06

kaoiki??21.0

5.525.52

hono

[Aftershock(?)]; recorded in H

onolulu; lost in m

ain shock, so not noted in SB

HV

O, v. 1, no. 2.

5/26/157:26

kl sf??31.0

5.245.24

nomo

felt

Felt by several at Volcano H

ouse as a slow

swing; origin, SE

or NW

; N-S am

p 32, E-W

am

p 101; unusually discrepant. Warshauer

notes: Another quiver felt in H

ilo at about 7:30 a.m

. [mag high?].

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 314; SB

HV

O, v. 1, no. 3; H

H,

5/28/1914; HT


A or H

SB.

8/15/155:15

a202522.0

4.79<

5.24.79

nomo

felt

About 5:20; felt at the V

olcano House and

generally in the vicinity of HV

O. W

arshauer notes: Sharp shock felt in H

ilo near 5:15 a.m.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 347; SB

HV

O, v. 1, no. 4; H

H,

8/20/1915.

8/16/1513:56

a202521.0

4.104.10

nomo

SBH

VO

, v. 1, no. 4.

8/31/154:58

a202521.0

4.92<

5.24.92

nomo

felt

During w

eek ending 9/1/15, 6 shocks, 3 in one day, one felt locally, tw

o felt in Hilo; felt

generally in the vicinity of HV

O [and in H

ilo, from

ESPH

VO

note].

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 354; SB

HV

O, v. 1, no. 4; not

found in HH

9/25/1513:24

mauna

kea?47.0

4.204.20

nomo

felt

Warshauer notes: Several rather severe shocks

during the past week, and one on Sunday last

[Sept. 25] was rather strenuous. It w

as felt at H

onokaa and Kukuihaele m

ore than near Hilo.

Other quakes have been felt along the coast and

all over the island.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W

ood, unpub.); HH

, 10/1/1915.

9/25/1513:52

mauna

kea?40.0

4.094.09

nomo

feltFelt(?)—

see above.SB

HV

O (W

ood, unpub.).


Continued

43

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

9/25/1516:25

kl sf?21.0

off scale>

4.56<

5.24.60

poorfelt

Felt-volcano; amplitude assum

ed.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W

ood, unpub.); not found in HH

.

10/21/153:58

a202521.0

4.224.22

nomo

feltM

orning; probably felt locally.E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 369; SB

HV

O

(Wood, unpub.).

11/7/1515:01

a303532.0

4.024.02

nomo

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

11/20/1512:04

kona?73.0

4.074.07

nomo

Do.

12/5/155:25

a303532.0

4.864.86

nomo

II?Felt at volcano house—

see below.

Do.

12/8/151:09

a303532.0

4.514.51

nomo

Do.

1/4/1623:15

a202521.0

4.064.06

nomo

Do.

1/10/1617:24

a202521.0

4.334.33

nomo

feltE

arly evening, January 10; two felt in H

ilo.E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 385; SB

HV

O

(Wood, unpub.).

1/10/1618:46

a202521.0

4.194.19

nomo

feltE

arly evening, January 10; two felt in H

ilo, not locally.

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

4/9/1622:00

ml m

ok?35.0

4.915.16

5.16desp

III

Warshauer notes: E

arthquakes shook the district severely last night and dism

antled the instrum

ents in the Volcano O

bservatory [Tom

-get original new

spaper].

Tim

e assumed; not reported in SB

HV

O

(Wood, unpub.) or in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1918); event on station H

ON

film record at 14:53, 4/08

[differs from new

spaper account]; HT


A, H

G,

MN

, or HH

.

4/28/167:34

kaoiki?20.0

4.144.14

nomo

feltFelt in H

ilo, not locally.SB

HV

O (W

ood, unpub.).

5/20/168:39

ml sw

r?47.0

4.224.22

nomo

feltT

he first fairly strong shock of the spasm,

followed by a brief lull; felt-H

ilea.D

o.

5/20/1616:40

ml sw

r?40.0

4.144.14

nomo

feltFelt-H

ilea.D

o.

5/20/1617:07

hilea?47.0

4.574.57

nomo

feltD

o.D

o.

5/21/168:21

hilea?45.0

5.24<

5.25.24

nomo

feltFelt; presum

ed felt HV

O, S H

awaii.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W

ood, unpub.); ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 453, 456; not found in PC

A, H

SB, or

MN

.

5/21/168:33

hilea?46.0

4.70<

5.24.70

nomo

feltFelt; presum

ed felt S Haw

aii.

Not found in H


(Hazard, 1918); SB

HV

O (W

ood, unpub.); E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 453, 456;

not found in PCA

, HSB

, or MN

.

5/21/1617:51

hilea?47.0

4.374.37

nomo

feltFelt.

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

5/22/160:02

ml w

f??58.0

>5.06

<5.2

5.10nom

ofelt

Minim

um am

plitude; pens swept off cylinders;

presumed felt at H

VO

, S Haw

aii.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W

ood, unpub.); ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 453.

5/22/167:40

hilea?55.0

4.424.42

nomo

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

5/22/167:42

hilea?48.0

5.07<

5.25.07

nomo

feltPresum

ed felt HV

O, S H

awaii.

Not found in H


(Hazard, 1918); SB

HV

O (W

ood, unpub.); record being changed; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 453.

5/22/168:14

hilea?50.0

5.16<

5.25.16

nomo

feltM

inimum

amplitude; pens sw

ept off cylinders; presum

ed felt HV

O, S H

awaii.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W

ood, unpub.); ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 453.

5/22/1613:27

hilea?48.0

4.70<

5.24.70

nomo

feltPresum

ed felt-S Haw

aii.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W

ood, unpub.); ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 453.

5/22/1614:26

hilea?50.0

4.534.53

nomo

feltD

o.

Not found in H


(Hazard, 1918); SB

HV

O (W

ood, unpub.); E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 453.


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

5/22/1616:05

hilea?52.0

4.484.48

nomo

Not found in H


(Hazard, 1918); SB

HV

O (W

ood, unpub.).

5/22/1616:52

ml w

f??66.0

5.445.44

nomo

feltPens sw

ept off cylinders; presumed felt H

VO

, S H

awaii.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W

ood, unpub.); ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 453.

5/22/1620:21

ml w

f??55.0

4.75<

5.24.75

nomo

feltPresum

ed felt-S Haw

aii.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W

ood, unpub.); ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 453.

5/22/1621:36

ml sw

r?46.0

4.344.34

nomo

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

5/22/1621:44

ml sw

r?45.0

4.424.42

nomo

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

5/23/164:59

ml w

f?65.0

4.71<

5.24.71

nomo

feltPresum

ed felt-S Haw

aii.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W

ood, unpub.); ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 453.

5/23/165:37

hilea?48.0

4.76<

5.24.76

nomo

feltPresum

ed felt-S Haw

aii.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W

ood, unpub.); ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 453.

5/23/165:53

ml w

f?57.5

5.505.16

5.16aver

felt

Preferred magnitude calculated as average of

nomogram

and Honolulu; presum

ed felt-HV

O,

S Haw

aii.

Not found in H


(Hazard, 1918); event seen on station

HO

N film

record at 05:50, amp 0.2 m

m

[Wood tim

e off?]; SBH

VO

(Wood,

unpub.); ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 453.

5/23/167:13

ml sw

r?48.0

4.094.09

nomo

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

5/23/167:48

hilea?55.0

4.374.37

nomo

Do.

5/23/169:07

ml sw

r?55.0

4.344.34

nomo

Do.

5/23/1613:48

ml w

f?62.0

4.024.02

nomo

Do.

5/23/1617:02

ml sw

r?55.0

4.124.12

nomo

Do.

5/23/1623:37

ml w

f?65.0

4.134.13

nomo

Do.

5/24/166:04

ml w

f?63.0

5.50<

5.25.00

averfelt


nomogram


ed felt-HV

O,

S Haw

aii.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W

ood, unpub.); ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 453.

5/24/166:51

hilea?50.0

5.715.71

honofelt

Pens swept off cylinder; the strongest shock of

the series, up to this time, accom

panying the eruption; presum

ed felt-HV

O, S H

awaii.

Not found in H



ON

film

record; SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.);

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 453.

5/24/1612:37

hilea?46.0

4.514.51

nomo

feltPresum

ed felt-S Haw

aii.SB

HV

O (W

ood, unpub.); ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 453.

5/24/1613:42

ml sw

r?48.0

4.064.06

nomo

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

5/24/1616:09

ml sw

r?48.0

4.094.09

nomo

Do.

5/24/1619:29

hilea?49.0

5.325.08

5.08aver

felt


nomogram


ed felt-HV

O,

S Haw

aii.

Not found in H



ON

film

record; SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.);

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 453.

5/25/1613:41

ml w

f?58.0

5.45<

5.25.00

averfelt

Presumed felt-H

VO

, S Haw

aii.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W

ood, unpub.); ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 453

5/25/1617:36

hilea?50.0

4.494.49

nomo

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

5/25/1621:50

kaoiki?26.0

4.234.23

nomo

Do.


Continued

45

qg

p

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

5/25/1623:44

ml sw

r?40.0

5.025.02

nomo

feltPresum

ed felt-HV

O, S H

awaii.

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.); E

SPHV

O, v.

2, p. 453

5/26/169:19

ml sw

r?43.0

4.034.03

nomo

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

5/26/169:26

hilea?5.08

5.08hono

V; V

(R-F)

Felt distinctly by nearly all, but without

stopping pendulum clocks or producing alarm

.

Not found in H



ON

film

record; SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

5/30/1620:40

hilea48.0

4.57<

5.24.57

nomo

V

Very sharp shock felt in K

au; time given as

about 20:15; felt outdoors at flow-source

[Mauna L

oa southwest rift] but stronger at

Waiohinu. W

arshauer notes: One very sharp

shock felt in Kau about 8:15 p.m

.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 459; SB

HV

O (W

ood, unpub.); H

T, 6/7/1916; not found in PC

A or

HSB

.

6/5/160:25

kl sf?24.0

4.054.05

nomo

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

6/5/160:36

kl sf?23.0

4.494.49

nomo

Do.

6/5/166:55

kl sf?26.0

4.004.00

nomo

Do.

6/5/168:05

kl sf?24.0

4.054.05

nomo

Do.

6/5/168:59

kl sf?24.0

offscale>

4.7<

5.24.80

poorPens flung off; am

plitude assumed.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W

ood, unpub.).

6/5/169:40

hualalai?80.0

4.704.70

nomo

Near shock; fairly energetic.

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

6/5/1610:16

kl sf?27.0

4.424.42

nomo

Do.

6/5/1611:32

kl sf?32.0

4.374.37

nomo

Here follow

ed continuous vibration for several m

inutes [earthquake coda? harmonic trem

or?].D

o.

6/5/1611:46

kl sf?22.0

4.294.29

nomo

Do.

6/5/1612:13

kl sf?22.5

4.234.23

nomo

Do.

6/5/1612:14

kl sf?23.0

4.854.85

nomo

Do.

6/5/1612:16

kl sf?26.0

4.084.08

nomo

Do.

6/5/1613:15

kl sf?23.0

4.624.62

nomo

Do.

6/5/1613:19

kl sf?23.0

4.404.40

nomo

Do.

6/5/1620:03

kl sf?23

4.224.22

nomo

Do.

6/6/1610:28

kl sf?22.0

4.734.73

nomo

Do.

6/6/1613:02

molokai?

150.04.28

4.28nom

oN

ear shock.D

o.

6/6/1619:26

molokai?

200.04.24

4.24nom

oD

o.D

o.

6/7/1614:34

kl sf?23.0

4.594.59

nomo

Do.

6/7/1616:55

kl cal deep?

31.04.26

4.26poor

Distance calculated from

Wood's catalog, using

the time difference betw

een the maxim

um

signal and the inferred P arrival.

Do.

6/9/169:50

kl sf?26.0

>4.9

<5.2

5.00nom

oPens sw

ept off cylinder; minim

um am

plitude.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W


.

6/12/166:45

kl sf?off scale

5.415.41

honoV

; low V

I (R-F)

HO

N notes: A

pparently local. Lym

an notes: 2 shocks at 6:45 a.m

. Warshauer notes: Severe in

Hilo although less than last year's quake [M

ar. 28, 1915], anim

als alarmed, pictures sw

ung, crockery rattled; duration, 10-15 s; direction, south to north.

Hazard, 1918; W

KC

, 1992, p. 31 [this is the last L

yman entry-tim

e agrees w

ith the Honolulu Station B

ulletin];

HH

, 6/16/1916.

6/24/168:01

kl sf?21.0

4.304.30

nomo

feltFelt at H

VO

.E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 479; SB

HV

O

(Wood, unpub.).

7/11/1621:41

kl sf?42.0

5.04<

5.25.04

nomo

felt

Pens swept off cylinder; distance from

4 s s-p; am

plitude assumed; severe shock felt in H

ilo at 9:55 p.m

.; duration almost 1 m

inute [wood

time assum

ed to be 12 hours off for consistencyw

ith note about the preceding quake being lost in next].

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; SBH

VO

(W

ood, unpub.); HH

, 7/14/1916 [wood

time G

.m.t. 20:11 7/12-see note to

right].

7/21/168:00

a202524.0

4.354.35

nomo

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

9/4/1610:50

kaoiki?21.0

4.024.02

nomo

Do.

9/28/1611:46

ml m

ok?34.0

4.514.51

nomo

Do.

11/12/166:22

a202523.5

4.184.18

nomo

Do.


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

11/12/1613:26

a202522.0

4.254.25

nomo

feltFelt locally, m

ore strongly in Hilo.

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 529; SBH

VO

(W


or H

T

12/5/1613:15

hilea?40.0

4.124.12

nomo

IIIR

attled window

s at HV

O; not perceived.

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 539; SBH

VO

(W


.

1/31/1718:04

a303534.0

4.034.03

nomo

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

3/10/1723:46

a202522.0

4.464.46

nomo

feltFelt locally, quite sharply.

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.); not found in

HH

or HT

.3/14/17

4:57kona?

72.04.09

4.09nom

ofelt

Felt locally, rattled window

s(?).D

o.

6/27/173:08

a303532.0

4.114.11

nomo

This is the last earthquake recorded in the

Wood unpublished archive.

SBH

VO

(Wood, unpub.).

7/28/1720:05

kl sf?<

5.25.20

poorV

I

Warshauer notes: E

arthquake shook Hilo

shortly after 8 p.m. [Jul. 28], sw

aying buildings, sending people into the streets; began w

ith a long tremble gradually

augmenting in force until w

indows rattled;

generally felt over island; severest in many

years.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; PCA

, 8/1/1917; H

H, 8/3/1917.

7/29/172:05

kl sf?<

5.25.20

poorV

-VI

Warshauer notes: A

second quake followed 6

hours later, and again buildings shook and people ran into the streets. N

o damage is

reported except near Laupahoehoe, w

here a huge stone rolled dow

n and tore up the road.

Not found in H



on station HO

N film

record; PCA


H.

5/21/1815:30

kl cal deep?

5.145.14

honoIV

Generally felt on the Island of H

awaii; felt at

HV

O as a prolonged N

-S rocking.

Not found in H



ON

film

record; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 777.

5/21/1819:27

kl cal deep?

25.04

.34.27

despM

oderate.E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 777

5/22/1815:30

kl cal deep?

25.04.27

4.27desp

Do.

Do.

6/7/1811:21

hawaii?

5.165.16

hono

Tim

e differences and seismogram

consistent w

ith local shock or part of a teleseism;

magnitude calculated assum

es Haw

aii origin.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1920); not m

entioned in ESPH

VO

; not found in PC

A, H

SB, H

DT

, HH

, or D

PH.

6/14/1811:13

ml w

f?off scale

5.765.76

honoV

-VI (naalehu)

HO

N notes: L

ocal shock, very irregular; generally felt, seism

ograph pens flung in S. 80° E

. direction, near shock of great intensity, items

thrown from

shelves in Naalehu in w

esterly direction (ground displaced to E

); long, slow

swaying; duration, 45 m

in.H


(Hazard,

1920); ESPH

VO

v. 2, p. 785, 787.

11/1/1823:33

1924

15527

kaoikist

6.406.2

W&

K6.40

averV

II (W&

K)

HO

N notes: Sharp earthquake from

the Island of H

awaii, w

ith renewed activity at K

ilauea; felt-all island of H

awaii, m

ost strongly in Kau

with dam

age at Kapapala; first m

ovement

WN

W, tow

ard Mokuaw

eoweo; duration, 53

min.

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K [w

rong date given]; H


(Hazard, 1920); E

SPHV

O v. 2, p. 840,

843; preferred mag calculated as

average of HO

N and W

&K

; Hilea

observer recorded time as 11:36 p.m

.

11/1/1823:38

kaoiki?22.1

s?4

.24.19

poorfelt

Felt-Hilea; lost in m

ain shock(?).A

ftershock; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 840, 843.

11/1/1823:44

kaoiki?22.1

s?4.19

4.19poor

feltR

ecorded instrumentally; felt H

ilea, time

recorded as 11:46.D

o.

11/1/1823:52

kaoiki?22.1

s?4.19

4.19poor

feltR

ecorded instrumentally; felt H

ilea, time

recorded as midnight.

Aftershock; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 843.

11/2/185:00

kaoiki?22.1

s?4.19

4.19poor

feltPronounced; felt H

ilea.D

o.

1/27/1916:53

molokai?

4.774.77

honoV

(W&

K) II-III

(Hon)

HO

N &

USE

Q notes: Felt by m

any persons in the islands. W

arshauer notes: A very brief but

sharp earthquake shock was felt on M

aui by m

any persons in different parts of the island; also felt on O

ahu; Rom

berg says local to Oahu

within 20 m

i of Honolulu.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (Hazard,

1922) [1/28—Jan. 27 in new

spaper accounts; seism

ogram appears too

short for the Island of Haw

aii; intensity 5 not substantiated]; P

CA

, 2/2/1919; M

N, 1/31/1919; not found

in HH

or DP

H.


Continued

47


Continued


Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

2/25/1921:25

kl sf?5.20

5.20hono

felt

Strongly felt. Warshauer notes: A

sharp, grinding, abrupt earthquake felt in H

ilo, the V

olcano House, Puna district generally, and

even in the Kohalas. K

awaihae noted that it

was strongly felt at the w

ireless station; quake product of upw

ard pressure.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin; seen on station H

ON

film

record; duration 7 min; E

SPHV

O, v. 2,

p. 899, 903; PCA

, 2/26/1919; HD

T,

2/26; 27/1919; MN


SB or D

PH.

6/2/1916:14

hilea?38.0

s?4

.1<

5.24.08

despIV

?L

arge amplitude; felt strongly in K

au district, not locally.


ON

film record;

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 951; HD

T,

6/10/1919 [repeats ESPH

VO

]; not found in H

H or D

PH; distance and

amplitude assum

ed.

8/26/192:04

kl cal deep?

<5.2

5.00desp

V (W

&K

)M

oderate shock; strongly felt in Hilo and

Kona.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1922); not found on station H

ON

film record; E

SPHV

O, v.

2, p. 994-995; not found in HH

.

9/14/1917:20

1912

15533

hilea?st

5.996.1

W&

K5.99

averV

II (Kau)

HO

N notes: V

olcanic disturbance on Mauna

Loa, H

awaii; recorded on all three variom

eters of the m

agnetograph; a strong quake felt generally on H

awaii Island and slightly on

Maui and O

ahu; two aftershocks w

ithin 1 hour; duration, >

1 hour.

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K; H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (Hazard, 1922);

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1001, 1002; damage

report in ESPH

VO

; HSB

, 9/15; 16/1919. W

arshauer notes: Severe shock recorded on U

H seism

ometer.

9/18/193:37

hilea?st

5.465.46

hono

HO

N notes: L

ocal, recorded on magnetograph;

a second strong local shock was registered at

HV

O; there w

as another strong local shock and tw

o others in the course of 30 s. Warshauer

notes: Another shock took place on Septem

ber 18.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1922); E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1001, 1005;

PCA

, 9/28/1919; not found in HSB

, H

H, D

PH, or M

N.

9/26/1914:20

ml sw

r?38.0

s4

.34.31

nomo

Slight.E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1008.

9/26/1914:34

ml sw

r?38.0

f3.76

4.40calc

5 additional very slight shocks; times not

given; preferred magnitude calculated as

nomogram

magnitude m

ultiplied by number of

events.D

o.

9/30/194:35

ml sw

r?52.0

s4

.54.52

nomo

Slight.E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1025.

10/5/197:48

hilea?47.0

m-st

5<

5.164.99

nomo

Local seism

ic movem

ents in unusual number

registered beginning October 5; 14 shocks

recorded in 6 days, all but 2 were feeble

[disagrees with tabulation on p. 1025].

Not found on sta. H

ON

film record;

43.2-51.2 km; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1017,

1025 [Note: D

uring this period m-st

amplitude assum

ed to be 40 mm

, corresponding to m

oderate, to agree w

ith HO

N m

agnitudes]; not found in PC

A, H

DT

, HH

, DPH

, or MN

; see note for 9/29.

10/6/194:13

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1025.

10/7/1913:46

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/9/194:25

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/9/196:40

hilea?47.0

m4.95

<5.0

4.95nom

oN


N film

record; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1025.

10/9/1911:28

hilea?47.0

m4.95

5.165.16

hono

Event [teleseism

?] on station HO

N film

record at 11:28; [accepted as local; H

VO

time of 10:26 one hour off(?)];

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1025.

10/9/1912:30

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oA

nd two other slight quakes.

Do.

10/11/1918:06

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oIII (R

-F)?

Slight[ly felt?] at Hilea [tim

e given as 10/11, 19:45, not consistent w

ith Whitney record. W

e assign the felt report to the nearest m

-st event].E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1031.

10/12/1910:50

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/13/1916:00

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/13/1918:15

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/13/1918:30

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/14/190:15

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

ofelt

Culm

ination of eqs with 18 shocks registered

on Oct. 14; 7-14 shocks per day thereafter,

mostly slight; distances accord w

ith Kahuku

rift; no strong shocks since September; 4

shocks reported as felt at Hilea betw

een Oct. 11

and 17, dur 1-3 s, II-IV (R

-F).E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1026, 1031; H

DT

, 10/16/1919.


Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

10/14/196:52

hilea?47.0

m-st

4.99<

5.04.99

nomo

IV (R

-F)?

Moderate[ly felt?] at H

ilea [time given as

10/13, 7:15, not consistent with W

hitney record. W


-st event].

Looked for but not seen on station

HO

N film

record; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1031; see note for 10/5/19.

10/14/1913:52

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1031.

10/14/1923:06

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oA

nd three other small disturbances.

Do.

10/15/198:28

hilea?47.0

m-st

4.99<

5.04.99

nomo

IV (R

-F)?

Moderate[ly felt?] at H

ilea [time given as

10/15, 0:00, not consistent with W

hitney record. W


-st event]. Warshauer notes: R

ecurrence of earthquakes yesterday.


ON

film record;

43.2-51.2 km; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1031;

PCA

, 10/16/1919; HD

T, 10/16/1919;

see note for 10/5/19.

10/15/1910:20

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1031.

10/15/1915:40

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/16/199:00

hilea?47.0

st5.23

<5.16

5.23nom

oN

one of the four strong ones registered October

16-18 was reported at H

ilea.


ON

film record;

43.2-51.2 km; 43.2-51.2 km

; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1030, 1031.

10/16/199:05

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1031.

10/16/1915:35

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/16/1920:20

hilea?47.0

m-st

4.99<

5.04.99

nomo

None of the four strong ones registered O

ctober 16-18 w

as reported at Hilea.


ON

film record;

43.2-51.2 km; 43.2-51.2 km

; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1030, 1031; see note for 10/5/19.

10/17/195:40

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1031.

10/17/198:35

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/17/1923:25

hilea?47.0

m-st

4.99<

5.04.99

nomo

II (R-F)?


ctober 16-18 w

as reported at Hilea; and three other

small disturbances; w

eak[ly felt?] at Hilea

[time given as 10/15, 0:00, not consistent w

ith W

hitney record. We assign the felt report to the

nearest m-st event].


ON

film record;

43.2-51.2 km; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1030,

1031; see note for 10/5/19.

10/18/1913:14

hilea?47.0

m-st

4.99<

5.04.99

nomo


ctober 16-18 w

as reported at Hilea.


ON

film record;

43.2-51.2 km; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1030,

1033; see note for 10/5/19.

10/19/193:50

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1033.

10/19/197:10

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/19/1912:10

hilea?47.0

m-st

4.99<

5.04.99

nomo


ON

film record;

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1033; see note for 10/5/19.

10/21/1911:00

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1033.

10/21/1912:23

hilea?47.0

m-st

4.99<

5.04.99

nomo


ON

film record;

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1033; see note for 10/5/19.

10/22/1912:40

hilea?47.0

st5.23

<5.0

5.23nom

oProbably not strong.


ON

film record;

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1033.

10/22/1914:08

hilea?47.0

vst5.53

5.575.57

honofelt

HO

N notes: L

ocal shock; very strong, felt.H


(Hazard,

1922); ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1034.

10/23/190:20

hilea?47.0

m-st

4.99<

5.04.99

nomo


ON

film record;

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1034; see note for 10/5/19.

10/23/1916:35

hilea?47.0

m-st

4.99<

5.04.99

nomo

And one other sm

all disturbance.


ON

film record;

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1034; see note for 10/5/19.

10/24/1912:30

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1034.

10/24/1913:12

hilea?47.0

vst5.23

<5.0

5.23nom

oC

annot be very strong.N


N film

record; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1034.

10/25/1916:30

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1043.

10/25/1920:00

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/26/194:18

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

ofelt

Felt at Hilea; none on this day felt at eruption

site.D

o.

10/26/197:15

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/26/199:58

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/26/1910:49

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/26/1912:48

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oL

isted in error as AM

.D

o.


Continued

49

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

10/26/1919:02

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/26/1920:10

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/26/1920:43

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/27/191:30

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oD

o.

10/27/195:17

hilea?47.0

m-st

4.99<

5.24.99

nomo


ON

film record;

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1043; see note for 10/5/19.

10/29/195:00

hilea?47.0

m-st

4.99<

5.24.99

nomo

feltFelt in K

ona.D

o.10/31/19

5:12hilea?

47.0m

-st4.99

<5.27

4.99nom

oD

o.

11/11/198:42

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oIV

(R-F) at H

ileaFelt at H

ilea.

10 s duration; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1050; tim

e of felt report 9:00-assigned to this quake.

11/13/1911:52

hilea?47.0

s4.45

4.45nom

oV

(R-F) at H

ileaD

o.

15 s duration; ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1050; tim

e of felt report 12:00-assigned to this quake.

11/25/1921:58

maui?

176.04.87

4.87hono

IV

HO

N notes: A

mp 0.2; strongly felt in M

aui. W

arshauer notes: Sharply felt in Maui at 10:03

p.m., rattled doors and w

indows; duration,

several seconds; no damage; shook upper floors

of frame buildings.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1922); E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1059; H

SB,

11/26/1919; MN


A, H

DT

, HH

, or DPH

.

1/18/208:10

kl sf?19.5

21.5s?

4.174.17

despfelt

Felt at Hilea.

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1100.

1/24/2015:15

kl sf?19.5

21.5m

-st4.44

4.44nom

ofelt

Recorded at H

ilo; strongly felt at Hilea as a

double jolt accompanied by a loud rum

bling.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1922); looked for butnot seen on station H

ON

film record-

possible event at 14:28, amp 0.3 m

m;

possible teleseism; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p.

1103; see note for 10/5/19; not found in H

DT

, HH

, or DPH

.

3/26/205:35

hilea?48.0

s4.469

4.47nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1137.

5/15/202:20

maui?

190.0m

?5.683

5.68int

III-IV (H

onolulu); 3, III (R

-F) (Hilea);

V (M

aui)

Felt in Honolulu as a very perceptible shock;

felt in Hilea. W

arshauer notes: Sharpest shock on M

aui in years, sleepers awakened; duration,

several seconds; no damage; felt in H

onolulu as tw

o distinct shocks.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H


ON

film record

[disturbed instrument-w

orking?]; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1158; M

N,

5/21/1920; not found in HD

T, H

SB, or

PCA

.

5/24/206:00

hilea?48.0

m4.96

5.085.08

honoIV

-V; IV

(R-F) at

Hilea

Felt in Hilea.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1922); event seen on station H

ON

film record at 05:55, am

p 0.15 m

m [H

VO

time w

rong?]; ; E

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1162; not found in

PCA

, HSB

, HD

T, H

H, D

PH, or M

N.

5/26/201:55

hilea?48.0

m4.96

<5.16

4.96nom

oIV

-V; IV

(R-F) at

Hilea

Do.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H


ON

film record;

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1162; not found in PC

A, H

SB, H

DT

, HH

, DPH

, or MN

.

8/16/2019:20

hilea?40.0

m-st

4.9

4.88nom

ofelt

Felt at HV

O and H

ilea.


ON

film record;

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1195; see note for 10/5/19; not found in PC

A, H

SB, H

DT

, H

H, D

PH, or M

N.

9/9/2023:59

hilea?43.2

s4.396

4.40nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 2, p. 1204

10/27/205:33

kl sf?16.0

m?

4.2015.3

int4.20

averV

Felt locally; NW

or SE from

Whitney.

Warshauer notes: A

t 5:35 a.m., a pronounced

earthquake shock, three distinct rocking m

otions followed by lengthy shivering. H

ouses tipped back and forth, and sleepers aw

akened; felt in all districts of H

ilo.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1922); looked for butnot seen on sta. H

ON

film record;

ESPH

VO

, v. 2, p. 1232; DPH

, 10/27/1920; H

H, 10/29/1920; not

found in PCA

; dist assumed >

5 mi to

fit felt rpt; pref mag avg of int m

ag and nom

o mag.

3/8/2116:24

a253028.8

s4.11

4.11nom

oA

zimuth N

E-SW

.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 79.

3/17/2113:27

kona?66.0

f4.15

4.15nom

ofelt

Probably felt in Kona.

Do.


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

3/19/2115:44

kaoiki?28.8

m4.61

4.61nom

ofelt

Felt in Hilea and probably in Pahala.

pB

ulletin (H

azard, 1924); station HO

N

film record not available; E

SPHV

O, v.

3, p. 79.

4/1/215:26

a303533.6

m4.72

4.72nom

ofelt

Azim

uth NE

-SW; felt generally on H

awaii.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H


N


SPHV

O, v.

3, p. 96; not in HH

.

5/6/2116:55

a303532.0

s4.19

4.19nom

ofelt

Azim

uth NW

-SE; felt locally.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 117.

5/19/2121:21

south haw

aii?25.0

m4.51

4.50nom

ofelt

Felt over most of H

awaii; distance assum

ed to agree w

ith felt report (M range 4-5).

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H


N


SPHV

O, v.

3, p. 117; not in HH

.

6/24/2112:24

a253028.8

m4.61

4.61nom

ofelt

Azim

uth NW

-SE; felt locally and in H

ilo.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H


N


SPHV

O, v.

3, p. 133.

7/29/2119:01

mauna

kea?59.2

f4.07

4.07nom

ofelt

Felt strongly in Waim

ea.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 154.

9/30/210:39

a253028.8

s4.11

4.11nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 187.

11/7/2112:59

a253027.2

s4.07

4.07nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 217.

1/26/228:35

mauna

kea?64.0

s4.67

4.67nom

ofelt

Felt in Kohala.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1924); ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 234.

2/3/220:33

a253028.8

s4.11

4.11nom

oA

zimuth SW

-NE

.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 241.

2/21/227:55

kl sf?32.0

m [st?]

4.685.78

5.655.72

honoV

I

HO

N notes: (L

ocal shock; strongly felt and prolonged earthquake causing avalanches at U

wekahuna; azim

uth WN

W-E

SE. Felt over E

half of H

awaii). W

arshauer notes: Felt in Hilo,

clothes pole and construction pole swayed

wildly, one person fell dow

n stairs.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1924); E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 239, 241

[listed as moderate, m

ust be strong]; D

PH, 2/21/1922; not in H

A or H

SB.

2/21/2214:56

kl sf?32.0

s4.19

4.19nom

ofelt

Aftershock(?); felt locally.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 241.

3/12/2214:33

kl cal deep??

32.0m

4.684.68

nomo

V

Azim

uth, ESE

; felt locally and in Hilo;

dismantled instrum

ents. Warshauer notes: O

n Sunday afternoon, an earthquake shock, slightly m

ore severe than [last month's], shook

Hilo for possibly 30 s. Som

e crashes of china on plate rails; no other dam

age.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (Hazard, 1924); H

VO

, v. 3, p. 252; H

DT

, 3/14/1922. Warshauer

notes—con.: H

ouses and buildings quivered and shim

mied.

3/12/2216:55

kl cal deep??

32.0s

4.194.19

nomo

Aftershock(?).

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 252.

5/21/2210:13

kl sf?16.0

m4.20

4.20nom

ofelt

Felt locally.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 288, 290.

5/22/2216:53

kl sf??16.0

m [st?]

4.205.98

6.086.03

honofelt

Dism

anted instum

ents; fet oca

y; aso at

Hilo, H

onomu, and W

aiohinu. Warshauer

notes: Several papers note earthquakes; DPH

says "earthquakes are frequent in all the region," "earthquakes felt in H

ilo for a fortnight."

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1924); E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 275, 288,

290; DPH

, 5/27, 29/1922; HD

T, 5/30,

31/1922; HSB

, 5/30/1922 [quotes Jaggar]; not found in H

A or M

N.

5/22/2222:24

kl sf?16.0

m4.48

4.48nom

oIII

Dism

antled instruments; felt locally.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 288, 290; distance assum

ed.

5/24/2221:58

kl sf?16.0

m4.20

4.20nom

ofelt

Felt locally; and at Hilo, and?

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 275, 288, 290; distance assum

ed.

5/25/220:43

kl sf?16.0

m4.20

4.20nom

ofelt

Do.

ESPH

VO


ed.5/25/22

2:00kl sf?

16.0m

4.204.20

nomo

feltD

o.D

o.

5/25/226:15

kl sf16.0

m4.48

4.48nom

oIII

Instruments dism

antled; felt locally; and at H

ilo, and?E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 288, 290.

5/25/2221:36

kl sf?16.0

m4.48

5.155.27

5.21hono

feltD

ismantled instrum

ents; felt locally and at H

ilo, Honom

u, and Waiohinu(?).

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 288; distance assum

ed.

5/25/2223:24

kl sf14.4

m4.40

4.40nom

oIII

Do.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 289, 290.

5/25/2223:26

kl sf?16.0

m4.20

4.20nom

ofelt

Felt locally, and at Hilo, H

onomu, and

Waiohinu(?).

ESPH

VO


ed.5/25/22

23:43kl sf

17.6m

4.274.27

nomo

feltD

o.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 289, 290.

5/27/2218:54

kl sf?16.0

m4.48

4.48nom

oIII

Dism


ESPH

VO


ed.

5/27/2220:04

kl uer?8.0

m4.00

4.00nom

oIII

Do.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 289.


Continued

51

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

5/28/2215:40

kl sf?17.6

m4.54

4.54nom

oIII

Do.

Do.

5/28/2219:57

kl mer?

512

13.0m

4.334.33

nomo

III

A s

ow, sw

aying eathquake; dism

anted instrum

ents; felt locally. Warshauer notes:

Precursory earthquake created rift through w

hich eruption could take place [implies the

creation of a fracture associated with a rift

earthquake].

ESPH

VO


ed; HA

, 5/30/1922; HSB

, 5/29; 30/1922; D

PH, 5/29/1922; H

DT

, 5/30; 31/1922; H

H, 6/1 m

issing.

6/2/226:21

kl uer?9.6

m4.12

4.12nom

oIII

Do.; dism


ESPH

VO


ed.

7/20/2219:58

hilea??40.0

s4.34

4.34nom

oN

ot found in Honolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1924); ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 319.

7/24/2216:59

hilea??38.4

s4.31

4.31nom

ofelt

Felt locally. Warshauer notes: T

here was a

sharp shock of earthquake yesterday afternoon at exactly 5 o'clock, and it w

as more especially

noticeable in the center of the city [Hilo],

although no damage w

as done; not felt at V

olcano House.

Not found in H


(Hazard, 1924); E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 319;

HD

T, 7/25/1922.

10/13/2223:08

mauna

kea?64.0

s4.67

4.67nom

ofelt

Felt in Hilo and strongly in K

ohala.N


ulletin (H

azard, 1924); ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 354.

10/18/2211:13

a303532.0

s4.19

4.19nom

oN


ulletin (H

azard, 1924); ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 354.

10/29/2222:13

a253025.6

s4.03

4.03nom

ofelt

Felt in Hilo.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 354

11/21/223:27

kl sf??5.32

5.675.50

honoV

I

Felt over island; heavy shaking in Kona, K

au, H

amakua, also locally, H

ilea, Hilo; dur 10-15

s; dismantled inst. W

arshauer notes: Strongly felt-H

ilo, Volcano; cracked houses and broke

mirrors; tw

o distinct shocks, 1st slight, 2d felt in six separate w

aves.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1924); not m

entioned in WK

; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 357, 358, 359, 363;

DPH

, 11/21/1922; HH

, 11/23/1922; H

DT

, 11/21; 23/1922; HA

, 11/22/1922; duration, 5 m

inutes on Hilo

seismograph; see references.

11/22/220:15

kl sf??14.4

m4.13

nomo

4.13nom

oV

E-W

component dism

antled. Warshauer notes:

Slight earthquake sufficient to awaken light

sleepers felt in Hilo; tw

o separate shocks at 12:20 a.m

., with a slight interval betw

een.

Aftershock; not in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (H

azard, 1924); ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 358, 363; D

PH, 11/22/1922; H

DT

, 11/23/1922; duration, 5 m

inutes on H

ilo seismograph,

12/16/225:00

ml m

ok??35.2

s4.25

nomo

4.25nom

oN


ulletin (H

azard, 1924); ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 374.

1/14/231:00

hilea??4.00

feltIV

?

Foreshock(?). Warshauer notes: R

eports of an earlier tem

blor at about 1 o'clock are also heard from

several persons.M

N, 1/15/1923.

1/14/232:28

hilea?st

6.015.91

5.95hono

IV (oahu); V

-VI

(hilea)

HO

N notes: L

ocal shock; felt locally and in all parts of O

ahu; felt over Haw

aii; slight damage,

stone walls dow

n in Hilea. C

ox notes: Felt-all O

ahu, Haw

aii.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (M

cFarland, 1929); C

ox, 1986 [awakened thousands

implies int 5, m

ore typically 4]; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 378, 381, 386.

1/24/232:29

hilea??38.4

m4.57

4.57nom

o

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (M

cFarland, 1929); aftershock(?); E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 386;

not in HA

or HSB

.

2/9/2320:41

hilea??45.0

m4.68

4.504.50

4.50hono

IV-V

HO

N notes: A

n irregularity in the microseism

s; quake felt [at H

VO

]; dismantled instrum

ents, felt over Island of H

awaii. W

arshauer notes: Q

uake last night felt all along this line of territory but not at volcano; slight quake caused rockslide at K

ilauea.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (M

cFarland, 1929) [no am

plitude reported; assume

2 mm

]; ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 390, 393; D

PH, 2/10/1923; H

A, 2/11/1923; not in

HH

.

3/3/2323:46

a132019.2

m4.09

4.09nom

ofelt

Felt in Hilo.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 401.

4/1/2310:45

mauna

kea??36.8

s4.28

4.28nom

oN

W-SE

.

Not found in H


(McFarland, 1929); E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p.

413; not in HT

H.

5/30/2312:06

a253028.8

s4.11

4.11nom

oSE

-NW

.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 429.


Continued



qg

p

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

11/15/2310:40

a303535.2

s4.25

4.25nom

o

Not in H



SPHV

O, v. 3, p.

488.

12/14/235:34

ml m

ok??36.8

s4.28

4.28nom

ofelt

Felt in Hilo, K

ona, and Kau.

Not in H



SPHV

O, v. 3, p.

497.

12/25/2318:46

molokai?

260.0vf

4.834.83

nomo

IV (oahu)

Felt-Oahu, M

olokai, and Lanai. C

ox notes: UH

seism

ograph out of comm

ission, felt-Oahu,

Molokai, M

aui, and Lanai (not H

awaii).

Warshauer notes: Felt as sharp but short on

Maui, no dam

age; not felt at Hilo, but felt on

Oahu.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (M

cFarland, 1929); ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 497; C

ox, 1986; MN

, 12/28/1923.

12/28/2316:37

mauna

kea??43.2

m4.65

4.65nom

oIII

Instruments dism

antled; felt over E H

awaii.

Warshauer notes: Q

uake exceptionally severe in K

au district; felt at HV

O and along the

Ham

akua coast as far as Honom

u.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (M


VO

, v. 3, p. 497; H

TH

, 12/31/1923.

1/8/2410:46

ml w

f??45.0

s4.20

4.20nom

ofelt

Felt in Kona.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (M


VO


ed.

3/10/2417:45

kl sf?28.8

s4.11

4.11nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 512, 513.

3/29/241:27

kl sf?43.2

s4.40

4.40nom

oIV

Felt-Hilo. W

arshauer notes: Hilo felt a pretty

strong quake at 1:35 a.m. today. H

ouses in several parts of the tow

n rocked, but no dam

age was done.

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (M


VO

, v. 3, p. 512, 513; H

TH

, 3/29/1924.

4/10/2422:46

kl sf?30.4

s4.15

4.15nom

oV

?

Strongish earthquake in Puna, felt in Hilo and

reported quite severe in some districts; felt

locally, and in Hilo; [distance of 9 m

i actually 19? (assum

e sf from felt reports); east rift

traversed on 4/11 and again on 4/16, no new

cracks observed].

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (M


VO

, v. 3, p. 516, 525.

4/19/247:23

kl ler?40.0

s4.34

4.34nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 525; distance

assumed.

4/28/2411:35

kl ler43.2

s4.40

4.40nom

o

Not reported in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin (M


VO

, v. 3, p. 527.

5/10/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.01nom

oSee note for 5/1/24; untabulated feeble =

98.

Phreatic explosions begin evening of 5/10, lasting through 5/27; E

SPHV

O,

v. 3, p. 529-560; 101 earthquakes, 3 felt; 2 explosions; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p.

557, table.

5/11/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.04nom

o

See note for May 1, 1924; untabulated feeble =

107; beginning of diary of observations m

ade during 1924 crisis; no earthquakes m

entioned.

111 earthquakes, 3 felt; 1 explosions; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table; Jaggar,

1947, p. 214.

5/14/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.00nom


96.113 earthquakes, 17 felt; 3 explosions; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table.

5/15/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.07nom



SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table.

5/16/2417:33

kl cal deep?

31.0st?

4.945.04

5.385.21

honoH

ON

notes: Tim

ing very similar to quake of

May 30.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (M

cFarland, 1929); not reported in Jaggar, 1947, p. 218; not found in M

N.

5/16/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.35nom



SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table.

5/16/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

s2.74

4.22nom

oSee note for 5/1/24; untabulated slight =

42.D

o.

5/17/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

s2.74

4.10nom



SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table.

5/17/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.07nom


115.D

o.

5/18/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.14nom



SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table.


Continued

53

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

5/19/2421:23

a051310.0

m-st

4.044.04

nomo

IVA

heavy quake, N-S com

ponent dismantled,

felt strongly at Glenw

ood.

Jaggar, 1947, p. 227 [for quakes felt aw

ay from K

ilauea caldera, we assign a

10-km slant distance and region

"a0513"; calc magnitudes are

constrained by lack of recognition in the H


(McFarland, 1929); film

records unavailable].

5/19/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.18nom



SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table.

5/20/246:17

kaoiki?19

19.0021.0

m-st

4.564.56

nomo

III

Moderate, sharp; instrum

ents dismantled.

Warshauer notes: Four heavy quakes felt at

Hilea during the day [5/20].

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 552; Jaggar, 1947, p. 230; H

A, 5/21/1924.

5/20/247:03

kaoiki?19

19.0021.0

st4.67

4.67nom

o

Strong; instruments not operating; a very heavy

quake. Warshauer notes: Four heavy quakes

felt at Hilea during the day [5/20].

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 552; Jaggar, 1947, p. 230; H

A, 5/21/1924.

5/20/2414:40

kaoiki19

19.0021.0

m-st

4.564.56

nomo

III

A m

oderate quake, dismantled both pens;

origin more distant than H

alemaum

au, thought to be in K

au. Warshauer notes: Four heavy

earthquakes felt at Hilea during this day [M

ay 20].

Distance of 19 km

in Kau direction

assumed from

report of road cracks (E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 576); not reported

in Honolulu Station B

ulletin (M

cFarland, 1929); see ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 576; Jaggar, 1947, p. 231; H

A,

5/21/1924.

5/20/2420:46

kaoiki?19

19.0021.0

m-st

4.564.56

nomo

III

Heavy shock dism

antles pen. Warshauer notes:

Four heavy quakes felt at Hilea during the day

[5/20].Jaggar, 1947, p. 232; H

A, 5/21/1924.

5/20/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.21nom



SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table.

5/21/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.34nom

o


225. W

arshauer notes: Alm

ost continual quakeshave been recorded during the past 2 days [M

ay 19-20] at Hilea.


SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table; H

A,

5/22/1924.

5/21/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

s2.74

4.19nom

o

See note for May 1, 1924; untabulated slight =

39. W

arshauer notes: Alm

ost continual quakes have been recorded during the past 2 days [M

ay 19-20] at Hilea.

Do.

5/22/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.38nom

o


255. W

arshauer notes: Visit to K

au found no new

cracks [but see ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 576]; K

apoho area continues to experience slight earthquakes.


SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table; H

A.

5/23/1924.

5/22/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

s2.74

4.13nom

o


34. W

arshauer notes: Visit to K

au found no new

cracks [but see ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 576]; K

apoho area continues to experience slight earthquakes.

Do.

5/23/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.28nom

o


198. W

arshauer notes: Hilea is recording an

almost continuous trem

ble on the seismograph,

but no perceptible earthquakes; no activity in H

ilo, other than a few scattered and

inconsiderable earthquakes.


SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table; H

A,

5/24/1924, p. 2.

5/23/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

s2.74

4.22nom

o


42. W

arshauer notes: Hilea is recording an

almost continuous trem

ble on the seismograph,

but no perceptible earthquakes; no activity in H

ilo, other than a few scattered and

inconsiderable earthquakes.


SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table; H

A,

5/24/1924, p. 2.

5/24/243:48

a051310.0

m-st

4.044.04

nomo

IV

This quake, as w

ith many others, caused the E

or SE

part of the building to creak first, follow

ed by window

s rattling on W side.

Warshauer notes: Q

uakes shake Hilo Saturday

morning; a rather strong earthquake shock w

as felt [in Pahala] early this m

orning.

See note for May 19, 1924; tim

e 11:23; Jaggar, 1947, p. 246; H

A, 5/24,

27/1924.


Continued




Continued

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

5/24/245:51

a051310.0

m-st

4.044.04

nomo

IIIB

oth components dism

antled. Warshauer notes:

Quakes shake H

ilo Saturday morning.

See note for May 19, 1924; tim

e 11:23; Jaggar, 1947, p. 246; H

A, 5/24/1924.

5/24/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.56nom

ofelt


400. W

arshauer notes: Earthquakes w

ere distinctly felt in H

ilo last night [May 23-24],

but no tremors w

ere reported from any section

today.


SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table; H

A,

5/25/1924.

5/24/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

s2.74

4.23nom

ofelt


43. W

arshauer notes: Earthquakes w

ere distinctly felt in H

ilo last night [May 23-24],

but no tremors w

ere reported from any section

today.


SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table; H

A,

5/25/1924.

5/25/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.29nom



SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table.

5/25/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

s2.74

4.10nom


31.D

o.

5/26/248:06

a051310.0

m-st

4.044.04

nomo

IV

A m

oderate quake; dismantled both

instruments. W

arshauer notes: A strong

earthquake shook the entire Kilauea district at 9

o'clock [time w

rong?].See note for M

ay 19, 1924; time 11:23;

Jaggar, 1947, p. 253; HA

, 5/27/1924.

5/26/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.14nom


137.156 earthquakes, 19 felt; 1 explosion; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table.

5/27/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

s2.74

4.74nom


17.195 earthquakes, 36 felt; 1 explosion; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 557, table.

5/27/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.20nom


158.D

o.

5/28/2423:59

kl cal 0-5?4.0

f2.20

4.06nom


111.130 earthquakes; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p.

560, table.

5/30/248:42

kl cal deep?

10.0st

4.155.78

5.915.85

honoV

HO

N notes: E

vidently not far away; unusually

strong; both instruments dism

antled; raised dustcloud at pit; N

-S component set back 0.5

in. on drum; tilt strong N

E; strongest quake felt

here in a long time.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (M

cFarland, 1929); E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 556; Jaggar,

1947, p. 259.

7/20/2413:25

hilo43.2

s4.40

4.40nom

oV

I

Felt locally. Warshauer notes: Q

uake duration several seconds, severe, rocked H

ilo, knocked pictures and vases dow

n; seemed to com

e in a w

ave, which shook their houses in sections at a

time as the w

ave seemed to pass on.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 586; not in H


; HT

H,

7/21/1924.

8/20/246:20

kaoiki25.6

m4.80

5W

&K

5.00nom

oV

(Kau)

Earthquake centering near K

apapala, felt-HV

O,

Hilo, Pahala, and K

ona, but not Kapoho;

distance, 16 mi, felt all over H

awaii; isoseism

al m

ap in W&

K, w

ho suggest a Hilea epicenter.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 590, 592, 595; [M

~5.0 predicts an amp of 4 m

m on

Milne-Shaw

, which w

as not reported in H


]; HT

H,

8/20/1924; see references.

8/20/2422:48

kaoiki?25.6

s4.03

4.03nom

oA

ftershocks(?)-distance and region assum

ed; ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 595.

8/23/240:10

ml m

ok32.0

s4.19

4.19nom

oV

?Sharply felt at H

VO

; felt very severe at M

okuaweow

eo.

[Distance of 2 m

i inconsistent with felt

report; misprint for 20?] E

SPHV

O, v.

3, p. 590, 592, 595.

8/23/240:13

ml m

ok32.0

m4.68

5.595.59

honoV

-VI

Sharply felt at HV

O; felt very severe, and stone

monum

ents shaken down and ground cracked

open at Mokuaw

eoweo; seism

ographs dism

antled; distance, 20 mi. H

ON

notes: Onset

to max 1 m

in 10 s; 1-s period.

Honolulu Station B

ulletin (M

cFarland, 1929); E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 590, 592,

595; [probably larger than 8/20/24 M

=5.0 at H

ilea, which w

as not reported in H


]; not in H

TH

.

8/24/247:48

ml m

ok?32.0

s4.19

4.19nom

ofelt

Presumed felt m

ore strongly in Kau than Puna.

[Distance of 2 m

i inconsistent with

statement on p. 590; m

isprint for 20?] E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 590, 595.

9/8/2422:07

kona57.6

s4.37

4.37nom

ofelt

Felt in Kona.

Not found in H



SPHV

O, v. 3, p.

600, 602.

9/10/2417:03

mauna

kea?40.0

s4.12

4.12nom

ofelt

ESPH

VO

v. 3, p. 604, notes: (Felt in Hilo and

Honokaa).

Not found in H



SPHV

O, v. 3, p.

604.

10/10/240:21

ml sw

r?51.2

s4.29

4.29nom

ofelt

Felt in Hilea.

Not found in H



SPHV

O, v. 3, p.

615.

55

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

10/18/2414:10

hilea??40.0

m4.60

4.60nom

ofelt

Felt locally.D

o.

2/18/2510:18

kohala?90

f4.09

4.09nom

ofelt

Probably in Kohala; felt in K

ohala.

Not in H


(Neum

ann, 1926); ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 661, 669; V

L 9.

2/23/2510:20

a202520.77

m4.15

4.15nom

oIII

Dism

antled instruments.

Not in H


(Neum

ann, 1926); ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 661, 669; V

L 9.

4/15/255:28

a303530.35

s4.15

4.15nom

oIV

Aw

akened a few at V

olcano House.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 687, 689; VL

16.

4/20/2520:52

ml m

ok?33.55

s4.22

4.22nom

ofelt

Felt locally; gave the appearance of a Mauna

Loa shake.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 687, 689; VL

17.

5/17/252:02

kaoiki?28.75

s4.11

4.11nom

oIV

Felt locally, strong at Hilea.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 695, 696; VL

21.

7/4/2519:55

ml m

ok?35.14

s4.25

4.25nom

ofelt

Felt locally and in Hilo (V

L).

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 719; VL

28.

7/6/2513:47

a132017.57

m4.27

4.27nom

oIII

Dism


ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 719.

7/8/255:45

a132017.6

s4.03

4.03nom

oIV

(USE

)

Felt all over Haw

aii (moderate or strong?, or

greater distance?); VL

28 has incorrect(?) time

of 0645. HO

N notes: N

ot registered but felt report received—

time 16:20, felt by several at

Kapaau; rapid bum

p; sounds faint rattle; two

shocks.H


(Neum

ann, 1926c); E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 719; V

L 29.

7/14/253:23

hilea?43.13

s4.17

4.17nom

ofelt

Felt at Pahala (VL

).E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 713, 719; V

L 29.

7/27/252:42

a303530.35

s4.15

4.15nom

ofelt

Felt locally.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 714, 720; V

L 31.

8/19/2511:32

mauna

kea?65.5

s4.46

4.46nom

oIV

(Kohala)

Felt in Hilo and K

ohala. HO

N notes: N

ot recorded; felt report from

Kohala, tim

e 10:35, "felt by sev; rpd bum

p rkg trm ls; sounds ld

rmb rtl bef."

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 723, 725; VL

35; Seism

ological Report

(Honolulu

Magnetic O

bservatory), July-Septem

ber 1925 (Neum

annn, 1926).

8/19/2515:48

mauna

kea?63.9

s4.44

4.44nom

oE

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 725.

8/28/2521:03

mauna

kea?68.69

f4.17

4.17nom

oV

; IV (K

ohala)

Felt at Kona and H

onokaa; plainly felt K

ealakekua; not felt HV

O. H

ON

notes: Not

registered; felt report from K

ohala: "felt by sev; doors m

vd; rapid trm short dur; sounds rtl."

USE

Q notes: T

ime 07:36; felt by several in

Kohala; doors m

oved; short duration.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 723, 725; VL

36; Seism

ological Report

(Honolulu

Magnetic O


ber 1925 (Neum

annn, 1926).

9/5/2515:34

mauna

kea?62.3

s4.43

4.43nom

ofelt

Felt locally.

Not in H


(Neum

ann, 1926c); ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 734; V

L 37.

10/28/2516:52

a253028.75

s4.11

4.11nom

ofelt

Felt locally (VL

), 8 mi (18?) to SE

.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 750; V

L 45.

12/8/2522:16

hilea?30.4

s4.15

4.15nom

oV

-VI

Around 10:14 p.m

. a prolonged quake, pheasants squaw

ked much during and after

main shock, and a dog jum

ped up and showed

alarm; felt locally; felt locally and in H

ilo. W

arshauer notes: Knocked dow

n books and dishes in Pahala, sent furniture across floor.

Distance given as 9 m

i, 19 mi m

ore consistent w

ith felt report; not in H


(Neum

ann, 1927a); E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 762, 767,

768; VL

50; HT

H, 12/9/1925. See

references.

1/16/2612:33

kaoiki?22.36

s4.20

4.20nom

ofelt

Felt in Hilo and K

ona; plainly felt in Hilo.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 772, 782; VL

56.

2/7/2611:28

maui?

4.304.29

4.30hono

IV (M

aui); III (H

onolulu)

Felt-Honolulu and M

aui. Cox notes: 124 m

i from

Kilauea. W

arshauer notes: Sharp shock on M

aui (like an explosion) and Honolulu; tw

o shocks on M

aui 2 minutes apart, second one at

11:30 brought people out doors; also felt on O

ahu.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 785, 793 [time given

as 11:30 in table]; VL

59; Cox, 1986,

p. 64; HT

H, 2/8/1926; M

N, 2/10/1926

2/28/266:41

kaoiki?19.17

m4.33

4.33nom

oV

(W&

K)

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 786—con.: Strongest eq felt

on Kapapala R

anch within past 2 years; also

felt at Puu Oo on S slope of M

auna Kea;

epicenter estimated under M

auna Loa N

E rift;

VL

62 notes repeats ESPH

VO

. USE

Q notes:

(Felt by many standing); see references.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 786, 793 notes: quake centered under M

auna Loa; felt

generally throughout the Island of H

awaii, duration m

ore than 10 s at K

ilauea; dismantled seism

ographs at H

VO

and Kona; dislodged rock and

broke pipe at Kapapala; H

TH

, 3/1/1926.

3/19/2622:33

alenuihaha

118.2m

5.595.52

≥6W

&K

5.52hono

V (K

ohala); IV-V

(H

onolulu)

HO

N notes: H

eeia (Oahu)—

felt tremor, dur 1.5

s; Ew

a (Oahu)—

distinctly felt by sev, Haiku

(Maui)—

felt abt 1 min, E

to NW

; Kohala—

felt by m

any; rpd trm 1m

; rtl sounds; H

onomu—

felt by many; grd rkg S abt 20 m

.; V

olcano House—

felt distinctly by all.

Intensity map in W

&K

; Seismological

Report

(Honolulu M

agnetic O

bservatory), January-March 1926

(Neum

ann and Service, 1927).P

20


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

3/20/267:27

alenuihaha

118.2s

4.874.10

4.10hono

felt

HO

N notes: felt; aftershock felt at K

ohala, felt locally; recorded at H

ilo, Kona, H

ilea and H

VO

. Warshauer notes: Felt at K

ohala 7:30 a.m

., not as strong as last night's shock; a very light quake w

as felt in Hilo shortly after 7.

Neum

ann and Service, 1927a; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 796, 798, 803; V

L

65; HT

H, 3/20/1926; H

SB, 3/20/1926;

HA

, 3/21; 27/1926; MN

, 3/24/1926

3/29/260:34

ml ner?

30.35m

4.414.41

nomo

IIID

ismantled one seism

ograph component.

Not in H


(Neum

ann and Service, 1927); E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 796, 803; V

L 66.

4/1/2623:59

ml m

ok?35

f-s4.03

4.66nom

o

Preferred magnitude calculated as R

ichter distribution assum

ing b=

1.8 and 76 events of M

>3.25 apportioned over the m

onth.D

istance and region assumed; 5 shakes;

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 836, table.

4/2/2623:59

ml m

ok?35

f-s4.03

4.30nom

oD

o.D


ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 836, table.

4/4/2623:59

ml m

ok?35

f-s4.03

4.79nom

oD

o.D


ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 836, table.

4/5/2623:59

ml m

ok?35

f-s4.03

4.30nom

oD

o.2 shakes; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 836, table.

4/7/2623:59

ml m

ok?35

f-s4.03

4.03nom

oD

o.D

istance and region assumed; 1 shake;

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 836, table.

4/8/2623:59

ml m

ok?35

f-s4.03

4.57nom

oSee note for A

pril 1, 1926.D


ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 836, table.

4/9/2616:30

ml m

ok?35

s-m4.51

4.51nom

ofelt

Not registered; felt report from

the Island of H

awaii: several shocks preceded eruption of

Mauna L

oa. "Shocks almost incessant until

20th."

Seismological R

eport (H

onolulu M

agnetic Observatory), A

pril-June 1926 (N

eumann, 1928).

4/9/2623:59

ml m

ok?35

f-s4.03

4.30nom

o2 shocks not reported.

Distance and region assum

ed; 3 shakes; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 836, table.

4/10/261:50

ml m

ok?35

s-m4.51

4.51nom

ofelt

Felt widely on E

half of the Island of Haw

aii; epicenter at upper end of M

auna Loa southw

est rift to east of M

okuaweow

eo. Warshauer notes:

Felt widely on east half of island.

Not reported at H

onolulu Magnetic

Observatory (N

eumann, 1928);

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 807, 812; VL

68; H

TH

, 04/15.

4/10/262:04

ml m

ok?35

s-m4.51

4.51nom

oD

o.; small tidal w

aves noted at Hilo and K

ona [H

A] follow

ing these two quakes.

Not reported at H

onolulu Magnetic

Observatory (N

eumann, 1928);

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 807, 812; VL

68; H

A, 04/10; H

TH

, 04/15.

4/10/2623:59

ml m

ok?35

f-s4.03

5.71nom

oD

o.D

o.; 71 quakes not felt at HV

O, not

reported separately.

4/10/2623:59

ml m

ok?35

m4.91

4.96nom

ofelt

4 felt at HV

O; local earthquakes during the last

few m

onths with origin distance about 19 m

i (30.4 km

) and line of direction suggesting the northeast sum

mit region of M

auna Loa;

additional notes on the eruption in VL

68-72; see note for A

pril 1, 1926.

75 earthquakes; ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 811, table, p. 813 [seism

ic prelude to Mauna

Loa southw

est rift eruption]; 1.128 quakes assum

ed to have dismantled

seismograph; see note for M

ay 1, 1926.

4/10/2623:59

ml m

ok?35

s-m4.51

4.45nom

oD

o.D

o.; 0.872 quakes felt at HV

O, not


4/11/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

f-s4.24

5.63nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/11/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

m5.12

4.62nom

ofelt

1 felt at HV

O; see note for A

pril 1, 1926.


VO

, v. 3, p. 811, table; 1.128 quakes assum

ed to have dism

antled seismograph; see note for

May 1, 1926.

4/11/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

s-m4.72

4.59nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/12/2611:41

ml sw

r?48

s-m4.73

4.73nom

ofelt

Swaying eq, producing the effect of E

-W

rocking; felt-Pahala and HV

O.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 812.

4/12/2611:48

ml ner?

25s-m

4.274.27

nomo

III (Honom

u)

Felt by many at H

onomu, rpd trm

; 2 s, val. U

SEQ

notes: 22:25, felt by many (int III);

stronger than 11:41 quake; not individually listed in table; felt-Pahala and H

VO

; most

shakes from extension of m

lswr; som

e from

mok and m

lner.N

eumann, 1928; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p.

812; VL

68.

4/12/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

f-s4.24

5.95nom

oD

o.D


O, not



Continued

57

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

4/12/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

m5.12

5.26nom

ofelt

5 felt at HV

O, m

any felt at Pahala in forenoon; earthquakes felt at M

LO

camp during the day;

see note for April 1, 1926.


VO

, v. 3, p. 811, table, p. 812, 816; 1.128 quakes assum

ed to have dismantled

seismograph; see note for M

ay 1, 1926.

4/12/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

s-m4.72

4.90nom

oD

o.do; 0.872 quakes felt at H

VO

, not reported separately

4/13/264:30

ml sw

r?5

4747.27

s-m4.72

4.72nom

o

One of 2 strongest shakes of series [confused

with quake at 19:46?]; W

aiohinu telephone operator tim

ed shock Tuesday m

orning [Apr.

13], dur 1 min.

Not reported by H

onolulu Magnetic

Observatory; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 812;

HSB

, 4/14/26.

4/13/267:30

ml sw

r?5

4747.27

s-m4.72

4.72nom

ofelt

Felt at HV

O.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 812.

4/13/2614:30

ml sw

r?5

4747.27

s-m4.72

4.72nom

ofelt

Sharp shock felt at HV

O.

Do.

4/13/2619:46

hilea45

45.89m

5.105.21

5.055.13

honofelt

Unusually sharp quake felt on M

auna Loa this

evening; quake with strong, tw

isting motion

felt at HV

O, dur >

30 s (Whitney); alarm

ing shock at 7:45 p.m

. with w

renching movem

ent and creaking of rocks; H

onolulu time, 19:41.

Warshauer notes: hm

crack widened.

Neum

ann, 1928; ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 807, 813, 817; H

TH

, 4/15/1926.

4/13/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

f-s4.24

5.94nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/13/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

m5.12

5.21nom

ofelt

9 felt at HV

O; see note for A

pril 1, 1926. W

arshauer notes: 50 slight shocks between 3

and 4 p.m.; 150 recorded at H

VO

, 12 felt, 6 severe; earthquakes felt on higher slopes of M

auna Loa, including rift cones.


VO

, v. 3, p. 811, table; H

SB, 4/14/26; H

A, 4/14/1926;

HT

H, 4/15/1926; 1.128 quakes

assumed to have dism

antled seism

ograph; see note for May 1, 1926.

4/13/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

s-m4.72

5.12nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/14/262:45

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Earthquake w

ith E-W

motion felt at W

ingate cam

p.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 817.

4/14/263:50

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Vertical jolt follow

ed by N-S m

otion felt at W

ingate camp.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 817.

4/14/268:30

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Light earthquake felt at W

ingate camp.

Warshauer notes: V

igorous fountains in the A

lika source about 8:30 a.m. A

pril 14.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 817; HT

H,

4/15/1926 [beginning of Mauna L

oa's low

er southwest rift eruption].

4/14/2612:00

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Felt (at Wingate cam

p?).E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 818.

4/14/2615:30

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/14/2615:45

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/14/2621:45

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/14/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

f-s4.24

5.79nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/14/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

m5.12

5.49nom

ofelt

9 felt at HV

O; see note for A

pril 1, 1926.


VO


ed to have dism


May 1, 1926.

4/14/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

s-m4.72

5.07nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/15/265:45

ml sw

r?4.99

4.694.85

honofelt


p?); Honolulu tim

e, 5:46.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 818.

4/15/267:50

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt


p?).D

o.

4/15/2612:12

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/15/2614:05

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/15/2615:20

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/15/2617:21

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/15/2619:15

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/15/2621:09

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/15/2621:15

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/15/2621:45

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/15/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

f-s4.24

5.92nom

oD

o.do; 71 quakes not felt at H

VO

, not reported separately

4/15/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

m5.12

5.64nom

ofelt

13 felt at HV

O; see note for A

pril 1, 1926


VO


ed to have dism


May 1, 1926

4/16/261:15

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt


p?).E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 818.


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

4/16/261:17

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/266:16

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/269:30

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/2610:10

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/2611:00

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/2611:58

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/2612:03

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/2613:10

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/2613:18

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/2613:34

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/2613:59

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/2616:10

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/2617:27

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/2619:56

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/2620:08

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/16/2621:59

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.424.51

4.46hono

Not specifically m

entioned in E

SPHV

O or V

L.

4/16/2623:08

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt


p?).E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 818.

4/16/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

f-s4.24

5.73nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/17/261:16

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 818

4/17/267:26

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/17/2612:06

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/17/2612:12

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/17/2615:44

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/17/2615:45

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

4/17/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

f-s4.24

5.72nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/17/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

m5.12

5.39nom

ofelt

7 felt at HV

O; see note for A

pril 1, 1926.


VO


ed to have dism


May 1, 1926.

4/18/262:35

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.424.69

4.55hono

feltFelt (at W

ingate camp?); H

onolulu time, 2:45.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 818.

4/18/263:50

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt


p?).D

o.

4/18/264:22

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.504.51

4.50hono

feltFelt (at W

ingate camp?); H

onolulu time, 4:33.

Do.

4/18/2611:03

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt


p?).D

o.

4/18/2611:09

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt


p?). Warshauer notes: 250

quakes recorded at HV

O from

4/14 to 4/18 a.m

., none of great strength.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 818; H

SB,

4/20/1926.

4/18/2612:27

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt


p?).E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 818.

4/18/2613:58

ml sw

r?45

45.89m

5.105.16

5.215.18

honofelt

HO

N notes: O

rigin time accepted over H

VO

felt tim

es; sharp earthquake felt at HV

O and

elsewhere at 14:05; felt (at W

ingate camp?) at

13:45. USE

Q notes: Strong shock; H

onolulu tim

e, 13:57; distance, 325 km.

Neum

ann, 1928, has earthquake at 14:00, 325 km

distant; ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 813, 818, 831.

4/18/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

m5.12

5.36nom

ofelt

10 felt at HV

O; see note for A

pril 1, 1926.


VO


ed to have dism


May 1, 1926.

4/18/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

f-s4.24

5.33nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/18/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

s-m4.72

4.78nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/19/269:13

ml sw

r?5

4747.27

s-m4.72

4.72nom

oIII

Dism

antled seismographs at H

ilea, Hilo, and

Kealakekua; felt at, said to be the strongest yet.

Warshauer notes: Severe earthquakes at 9:06

and 9:46 this morning w

ere reported from, but

were not felt at, K

au; felt locally.

Not reported at H

onolulu Magnetic

Observatory; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 831;

HSB

, 4/19/1926; HT

H, 4/25/1926.

4/19/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

f-s4.24

5.33nom

oD

o.D


O, not



Continued

59

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

4/19/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

m5.12

5.17nom

ofelt

4 felt at HV

O.


VO


ed to have dism


May 1, 1926.

4/19/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

s-m4.72

4.96nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/20/2617:00

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Strong, swaying earthquake, w

ith displacement

to N and E

, felt at HV

O. W

arshauer notes: T

errific earthquakes shook the Kilauea section

at 5:05 o'clock this afternoon, causing enorm

ous avalanches in Halem

aumau pit and

frightening guests at Volcano H

ouse.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 813; H

A, 4/21/1926.

4/20/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

f-s4.24

5.44nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/20/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

m5.12

4.90nom

ofelt

2 felt at HV

O; see note for A

pril 1, 1926


VO

, v. 3, p. 811, table; V

L 69; 1.128 quakes assum

ed to have dism

antled seismograph; see note

for May 1, 1926.

4/20/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

s-m4.72

4.39nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/21/2621:30

ml sw

r?47

s-m4.71

4.71nom

ofelt

Small earthquake felt at K

ahuku ranch.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 833.

4/21/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

f-s4.24

5.33nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/21/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

m5.12

4.62nom

ofelt

1 felt at HV

O; see note for A

pril 1, 1926


VO


ed to have dism


May 1, 1926.

4/21/2623:59

ml sw

r?47.3

s-m4.72

4.59nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/22/264:32

kaoiki deep?

40m

5.014.17

4.475.3

maxi-

mum

intensity

5.30inten-sity

V (W

&K

); III (H

onolulu)

Felt reports from H

ilo and Honolulu: H

ilo—P.

one building shaken 6 in. from foundation;

heavy tremors caused by M

auna Loa V

olcano; H

onolulu—felt by m

any; rpd rkg, E-W

, 3 s, m

ts and val. USE

Q notes: R

epeats Neum

ann, 1928.

Seismological R

eport (H

onolulu M

agnetic Observatory), A

pril-June 1926 (N

eumann, 1928); [station H

ON

record alm

ost obscured by m

icroseisms; H

ON

amp &

mag are

low; preferred m

ag based on intensity].

4/22/2623:05

kaoiki?19.2

s-m4.09

4.09nom

oN

o list of separate events.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 806.

4/22/2623:59

kaoiki??19.2

f-s3.61

4.43nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/22/2623:59

kaoiki??19.2

s-m4.09

4.34nom

oD

o.D


O, not


4/23/2623:59

kaoiki??19.2

f-s3.61

4.72nom

oSee note for A

pril 1, 1926.6 earthquakes; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 811,

table.

4/24/2623:59

kaoiki??19.2

f-s3.61

4.56nom

ofelt

See note for April 1, 1926. W

arshauer notes: tw

o probably felt in Hilo.

4 earthquakes; ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 811, table; H

SB, 4/24/1926

4/25/2623:59

kaoiki??19.2

f-s3.61

4.28nom

oSee note for A

pril 1, 1926.2 earthquakes; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 811,

table.

4/26/2623:59

kaoiki??19.2

f-s3.61

4.01nom

oD

o.1 earthquake; E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 811,

table.

4/27/2623:59

kaoiki??19.2

f-s3.61

4.01nom

oD

o.D

o.

4/28/2623:59

kaoiki??19.2

f-s3.61

4.01nom

oSee note for A

pril 1, 1926.D

o.

5/31/2619:10

hilea?35.14

s4.25

4.25nom

oIII (W

aiohinu)

Felt locally and Hilo. H

ON

notes: Not

recorded; felt by many sitting; abr prolonged

but not severe, finished trm; dishes rtl; pln rky.

USE

Q notes: R

epeats Neum

ann, 1928.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 854; VL

75; Seism

ological Report

(Honolulu

Magnetic O

bservatory), April-June

1926 (Neum

an, 1928).

6/4/261:53

east haw

aiis

4.404.40

honoIV

; II (USE

)

Slightly felt in Hilo (V

L). H

ON

notes: Felt by sev lying dow

n [Honom

u]; grd trm, N

-S; 2 shocks abt 2 s each. U

SEQ

notes: Repeats

Neum

ann, 1928.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 858; VL

76; Seism

ological Report

(Honolulu

Magnetic O

bservatory), April-June

1926 (Neum

an, 1928); not found in M

N.


Continued



qg

p

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

6/9/269:34

kaoiki25.6

m4.53

5.3intensity

4.90nom

o

V (W

&K

); IV-V

K

apapala. USE

Q

notes: IV

Waiohinu; IV

Pahala; III Pepeekeo

Dism

antled seismographs; distance, 16 m

i to the SW

; felt locally and stronger at Kapapala;

widely felt over island, shook item

s from

shelves at Kapapala; felt reports from

W

aiohinu, Pahala, and Pepeekeo. Warshauer

notes: Repeats info.

Neum

ann, 1928; ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 856, 858; V

L 76; H

TH

, 6/9/1926; preferred m

agnitude calculated as average of intensity and nom

ogram.

10/25/2621:26

ml sw

r?39.94

m4.84

4.84nom

oIV

Waiohinu

Widely felt, felt locally; felt H

ilo & W

aiohinu; 46 m

i from H

ilo; probably near Mauna L

oa sum

mit; tim

e 21:00; Waiohinu—

felt by many;

rpd trm appeared to be from

N to S; pln rky.

USE

Q notes: R

epeats Neum

ann, 1928.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 912, 913; VL

105; Seism

ological Report

(Honolulu

Magnetic O

bservatory), October-

Decem

ber 1926 (Neum

ann, 1928); not registered on O

ahu.

2/2/2723:26

kona71.88

f4.20

4.20nom

ofelt

Felt locally.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 934.

3/20/274:52

mauna

kea os deep?

3080

m5.32

>6.43

6.77>

6.436

W&

K6.77

hono

V (K

ukuihaele); IV

(Haiku, H

amakua,

Kohala, W

aiohinu, H

onolulu, W

aimanalo); III

(Hilo)

HO

N notes: Felt throughout H

awaiian Islands;

felt times, 4:45-5:00; H

aiku, Maui-felt by

many; rpd trm

; pln. Ham

akua-1 shock; grd trm

N-S; felt by m

any; made loud sounds; hls

sandy. Hilo-felt by sev; grd trm

; 3 clocks on higher levels stopped; pln rocky.

Seismological R

eport (H

onolulu M

agnetic Observatory), Jan.-3/1927

(Neum

ann, 1929): probably submarine

origin; On N

S the motion of the light

spot was too rapid to register the

maxim

um am

plitude. Recorded on the

D and H

variometers at E

wa.

4/30/2713:34

mauna

kea63.9

s4.44

4.44nom

oIV

(Haina)

Not recorded; H

VO

time, 14:43 [w

rong?]; H

aina—felt by part of pop; m

any alarmed;

window

s rtl; rpd trm, then bm

p, then trm: 15 s;

1d thn sounds; hls, rky; felt locally; felt by a few

in HV

O and H

ilo; Hilo dist, 34 m

i; follow

ed by vf aftershocks.

Neum

ann, 1930; ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p.

962; VL

123 [max accel, 11.0 m

m/s

2, m

inimum

slight?].

7/7/273:21

mauna loa

deep?55.91

m5.07

>5.1?

5.07nom

o

IV-V

HV

O; IV

at H

aina & H

onomu

& K

ohala

HO

N notes: det, no am

p; very rapid; Haina-felt

by majority; rpd bm

p EW

about 10 s; 2d shock about 1/2 m

; Honom

u-felt by many; rpd rkg

SW; K

ohala-felt by many; rpd bm

p; 2 shocks each 2 or 3 s; hls; felt all island; w

akened persons at sum

mer cam

p [hnp].

Neum

ann, 1930; ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 991, 993, 1002; V

L 133 [sugg. high

freq. deep event; hotspot activation(?)].

7/24/276:05

a354040

s4.34

4.34nom

ofelt

Felt locally.E

SPHV

O, v. 3, p. 1002; V

L 135.

7/25/272:07

ml nf??

39.94s

4.344.34

nomo

II (Honom

u)

Felt locally; felt Volcano &

Hilo, possibly

elsewhere. H

ON

notes: Tim

e, 2:10; Honom

u-felt by sev; grd rkg N

S; mts. U

SEQ

notes: R

epeats Neum

ann, 1930. Warshauer notes:

Tw

o quakes, 2:07 and 6:13 a.m., felt at H

ilo and volcano districts.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 1002; VL

135; Seism

ological Report

(Honolulu

Magnetic O


ber 1927 (Neum

ann, 1930); H

TH

, 7/25/1927.

7/25/276:13

hilea?44.73

s4.42

4.42nom

oIII (W

aiohinu)

Waiohinu-felt by m

any; grd sway N

-S; rky; felt locally; felt V

olcano & H

ilo, possibly elsew

here. Warshauer notes: T

wo quakes, 2:07

and 6:13 a.m., felt at H

ilo and volcano districts.

Seismological R

eport (Honolulu

Magnetic O


ber 1927 (Neum

ann, 1930) [tim

e given as 7/26 at 6:02—date

wrong?]; E

SPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 1002; VL

135; H

TH

, 7/25/1927.

7/29/2711:31

west

hawaii

62.3s

4.654.65

nomo

feltFelt locally.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 1002; VL

136

7/31/272:14

kl cal deep??

25.56f

3.814.58

4.58hono

II (Kohala and

Honom

u)

Felt locally; felt; barely perceptible (I = II);

time, 02:20; H

onomu-felt by sev; rpd tw

s; val. K

ohala-felt by sev; grd trm; fnt sounds before

and during shock. HO

N notes: L

ocal shock; m

isinterpreted as quarry blast(?). USE

Q notes:

Repeats N

eumann, 1930.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 1002, 1044 [narrative suggests that this event and those in early A

ugust could be Kilauea

events responding to the collapse of the lava colum

n]; VL

136; Seismological

Report

, July-September 1927

(Neum

ann, 1930).

8/3/279:42

hilea?25.6

m [st?]

4.805.86

5.86hono

VI (W

&K

); V

(kona)

Seismom

eter dismantled, felt-K

ona & H

ilo; seis dism

antled, felt by nearly everyone, strongly felt-H

ilo, items off shelves. W

arshauer notes: R

ecorded equally at Kona, H

ilo, and H

VO

; felt strongly-Hilo, no dam

age; Kona,

dishes off shelves; lighter locally.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 1002; VL

136; [34 m

i from H

ilo, 16 mi from

HV

O,

suggests Kaoiki; m

ax accel, 90

mm

/s2]c; [intensity pattern m

atches M

=5.0 8/20/24 &

suggests Hilea]; H

A,

8/6/1927; HT

H, 8/3/1927; H

SB,

8/5/1927; not found in MN

.

10/28/272:38

1937

15556.0

kona73.16

73.273.71

f4.25

4.25nom

ofelt

y;g

ysec trem

ble accompanied by rum

bling; recorded at K

ealakekua and Hilo w

ith origin indicated 4 m

i E of K

ailua on the SW slope of

Hualalai.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 1031; VL

149.


Continued

61

qg

p

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

1/4/2813:07

a303533.55

m4.48

4.48nom

ofelt

Felt locally; felt locally and in south Kau, H

ilo, and other places; not listed in H

onolulu Station B

ulletin.

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 1066; VL

159; not found in H

TH

or HA

.

4/27/2817:16

hualalai?84.66

f4.32

4.32nom

ofelt

Tim

e given as 5:01 p.m., m

ight have been felt (V

L).

ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 1100; VL

175.

2/5/292:25

kl cal deep

305

530.41

st4.92

5.365.36

5.36hono

V (W

&K

); IV (R

-F)

HO

N notes: Felt-M

auna Loa section of

Honolulu; local to K

ilauea; deep quake under E

side of island, S Kilauea; dism

antled seis, w

aked people all Island of Haw

aii, fel hnp, H

ilo, Kohala. W

arshauer notes: Strongly felt eq; felt as far as K

ona and Kohala.

Peters, 1929; ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 1184, 1185, 1189; V

L 215, 216; H

A,

2/11/1929; HSB


TH

or MN

.

3/2/2910:24

kaoiki27

2728.46

m?

4.605.26

5.315.28

honoIV

; III R-F (V

L)

HO

N notes: R

egistered; small landslide in

Halem

aumau; 17 m

i from H

VO

in Kapapala

direction, felt-hnp, strong eq caused small

landslide on E side of H

alemaum

au.

,;

,,p

,1194; V

L 219; m

oderate(?) (see reference to am

plitudes of slight earthquakes in V

L 251, col 2,

paragraph 3!)

6/18/298:42:00

kaoiki?17.6

17.619.77

s (m)

4.624.87

4.904.88

honoIV

HO

N notes: L

ocal; very short period; slides at H

alemaum

au and W w

all of Kilauea crater,

strongly felt at hnp, dismantled seism

ograph. W

arshauer notes: The first of three trem

ors was

barely noticeable in Hilo.

Peters, 1929; ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 1205, 1206; V

L 234; H

TH

, 6/18/1929; HSB


A or M

N.

6/18/299:31:00

kona?40

4041

m5.13

5.835.95

5.89hono

VI

HO

N notes: L

ocal shock; not rep felt; strongly felt at hnp, buildings creaked, prolonged E

-W

swaying, dism

antled seismograph; felt at

halfway house (K

au), acc by rumble, trees set

in motion; felt at H

ilo-articles displaced from

shelves.

Peters, 1929; ESPH

VO

, v. 3, p. 1206; V

L 234 [distance of 44 m

i doesn't m

atch felt reports; intensity map

suggests Hilea, as do new

spaper reports of 20-30 m

i].

9/18/2923:59

hualalai22

2223.77

vf; m

(kona)4.24

5.11nom

oV

? (W&

K)

Seismic crisis on H

ualalai begins after noon; m

any more events reported locally on H

ualalai than the 221 events recorded on the K

ona seism

ometer; details given in V

L 248;

additional analysis and statistics given in VL

309, p. 1-2.

Eqs; 9 [8?-see V

L 247] events (very

feeble at Whitney, m

oderate at Kona)

occurred 9/12-18 inclusive (VL

251 list, col. 2, 3d paragraph from

bottom);

not recorded in Honolulu; m

inimum

nom

ogram m

ag assumed.

9/22/2918:34:00

hualalai22

2223.77

m (kona)

4.484.65

4.654.65

hono

Tim

e fom

station HO

N

ecod. H

ON

notes: T

he following shocks w

ith origin in the volcano district on H

awaii Island w

ere recorded. T

he period is short, between 1 and 2

s, and only the "P" phase is definitely distinguishable

Peters, 1929; VL

248: 79 seismic spells

in 22 hours felt at Puu Waaw

aa.

9/22/2921:28:00

hualalai22

2223.77

m (kona)

4.484.95

4.954.95

honoV

?

Tim

e from H

on record. HO

N notes: T

he follow

ing shocks with origin in the volcano

district on Haw

aii Island were recorded. T

he period is short, betw

een 1 and 2 s, and only the "P" phase is definitely distinguishable.

Peters, 1929; VL

248: 79 seismic spells

in 22 hours felt at Puu Waaw

aa; WK

table show

s 9/23 night; should be 9/22.

9/24/297:44:40

hualalai22

2223.77

m (kona)

4.485.25

5.125.19

honoV

? (BSSA

, 1929)W

arshauer notes: The hardest trem

or in this city [H

ilo] was felt at 7:45 this m

orning.T

ime from

Honolulu record-10.5 hours

subtracted; HT

H, 9/25/1929.

9/24/2913:59:30

hualalai22

2223.77

st (kona)?4.75

4.875.25

5.06hono

V? (W

&K

)hnp(?)-tim

e 1:50 p.m., strong shock, sw

ayed ferns and rocked house, E

-W vibration.

Tim

e from H

onolulu record-10.5 hours subtracted; H

VO

, unpub.

9/25/2918:20:56

1942.0

15554.0

hualalai22

2223.8

st (kona)4.75

6.126.19

5.6;6.1

GU

TE

; W

K6.15

honoV

III (VL

; USE

?)

Felt generally-Haw

aiian island chain; damage

rpt in VL

249. Warshauer notes: Ship captain

in Kealakekua B

ay felt quake as quivering, w

atched landslide into bay; time given as 6:23

p.m.; K

ona Inn twisted on its foundations; also

severe in Kohala and H

ilo.

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K—

magnitude

6.1 assumes subcrustal depth based on

intensity distribution and teleseismic

magnitude; H

A, 9/26/1929; H

TH

, 9/29/1929; M

N, 10/2/1929.

9/25/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

s (kona)3.98

5.30nom

oD

o.

Eqs; 28 events (slight at K

ona) assum

ed for week of 9/19-25/1929;

total event count of 221 reported in VL


bottom

.

9/25/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

m (kona)

4.245.11

nomo

Seismic crisis on H

ualalai begins after noon; m

any more events reported locally on H

ualalai than the 221 events recorded on the K

ona seism

ometer; details given in V

L 248;

preferred mag calculated as nom

ogram

magnitude m

ultiplied by number of events.

Eqs; 9 events (m

oderate at Kona)

occurred 9/19-25/1929 inclusive (VL


bottom

); not recorded in Honolulu;

minim

um nom

ogram m

ag assumed.


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

9/25/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

f (kona)3.44

5.04nom

oD

o.

Eqs; 58 events (feeble at K

ona) assum

ed for week of 9/19-25/1929;


251, list, col. 2, 3d paragraph from

bottom

.

9/25/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

vf (kona)2.42

4.31nom

oD

o.

Eqs; 121 events (very feeble at K

ona) assum

ed for week of 9/19-25/1929;


251, list, col. 2, 3d paragraph from

bottom

.

9/25/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

vf? (kona)2.42

4.06nom

oW

arshauer notes: 63 shocks recorded at HV

O

at distances of 14-46 mi, dom

inantly 23-32 mi.

HA

, 10/2/1929.9/26/29

10:23:30hualalai

2222

23.77st (kona)

4.754.77

4.954.86

hono

9/27/2922:19:50

hualalai22

2223.77

st (kona)4.75

4.955.07

5.01hono

VI (H

TH

)

VL

249 lists time 10:50 a.m

.; WK

lists tim

e 11:20 a.m.; neither fits H

onolulu record.

9/27/2922:27:35

hualalai22

2223.77

st (kona)4.75

4.774.77

hono

9/27/2922:45:30

hualalai5.07

5.175.12

honoN

ot in VL

; time from

station HO

N

record.

9/28/297:10:15

hualalai22

2265

vst (kona)5.75

5.625.65

5.63hono

VII (H

TH

; USE

)

Bull. Seis. Soc. A

m.

(1929, v. 119, p. 185) gives location "15 m

i E of H

ilo in the Puu Oo

district." Warshauer notes: T

he Hilo district

experienced several heavy shocks during the day; strongest shocks at 7 a.m

. and 2 p.m.;

distances, 14-35 mi from

HV

O.

VL

time 7:08; H

A, 9/29/1929.

9/28/2915:17:35

hualalai22

2223.77

st (kona)4.75

5.625.55

5.58hono

VI (H

TH

)

Warshauer notes: T

he Hilo district experienced

several heavy shocks during the day; strongest shocks at 7 a.m

. and 2 p.m. [3? p.m

.]; distances, 14-35 m

i from H

VO

.V

L tim

e 15:18; HA

, 9/29/1929.

9/28/2917:46:10

hualalai22

2223.77

st (kona)4.75

5.515.32

5.41hono

Tim

e from H

onolulu record, 10.5 hours subtracted; not listed in W

K.

9/29/295:31:15

hualalai22

2223.77

st (kona)4.75

5.255.25

5.25hono

Do.

9/29/2922:49:00

hualalai22

2223.77

st (kona)4.75

5.175.17

5.17hono

Tim

e from H

onolulu record, 10.5 hrs subtracted.

9/30/2911:54:00

hualalai22

2223.77

st (kona)4.75

5.375.32

5.35hono

VI (H

TH

)

Warshauer notes: T

wo severe shocks w

ere felt in H

ilo and Kona today. O

ne of these, occurring at 11:55 a.m

., was extrem

ely heavy, destroying several stone fences on the slopes of H

ualalai.V

L tim

e 11:55; HA

, 10/1/1929

10/2/2918:37:40

hualalai22

2223.77

st (kona)4.75

4.544.54

4.54hono

Tim

e from H

onolulu record, 10.5 hrs subtracted; not listed in W

K.

10/2/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

st (kona)4.75

5.39nom

oPreferred m

agnitude calculated as nomogram

m

agnitude multiplied by num

ber of events.

Eqs; 5 events (strong at K

ona), 9/26-10/2/29, cited in V

L 251 list, col. 2, 3d

paragraph from bottom

, are not accounted for in H

onolulu records; m

inimum

magnitude preferred;

magnitude fit im

proved if closer to K

ealakekua.

10/2/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

m (kona)

4.245.38

nomo

Do.

Eqs; 18 events (m

oderate at Kona),

9/26-10/2/29, cited in VL


bottom, are not

accounted for in Honolulu records;

minim

um m

agnitude preferred.

10/2/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

s (kona)3.98

5.37nom

oD

o.


ona) assum

ed for week of 9/26-10/2/1929;



bottom

.

10/2/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

f (kona)3.44

5.09nom

oD

o.


ona) assum

ed for week of 9/26-10/2/1929;



bottom

.


Continued

63

qg

p

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

10/2/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

vf (kona)2.42

4.29nom

oD

o.


ona) assum

ed for week of 9/26-10/2/1929;



bottom

.

10/3/299:42:43

hualalai22

2223.77

st (kona)4.75

5.044.54

4.79hono

Tim

e from H

onolulu record, 10.5 hours subtracted; tim

e not listed in W&

K.

10/5/2921:22:31

hualalai74

75.576.01

st; vst (kona)

5.56

seis-m

om-

eter dis-m

antled

seis-m

om-

eter dis-m

antled6.5

GU

TE

6.50gute

VIII (V

L; U

SE?)

Felt generally-Haw

aiian Island chain; damage

report in VL

250. Warshauer notes: See

references.

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K, w

ho accept G

UT

E m

agnitude 6.5; a crustal depth is consistent w

ith isoseismal gradients;

HA

, 10/6-9/1929.10/8/29

0:37:45hualalai

2222

23.77st (kona)

4.755.20

5.515.35

hono

10/9/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

m (kona)

4.245.11

nomo

Do.

Eqs; 9 events (m

oderate at Kona), 10/3-

9/1929, cited in VL


bottom, are not


minim

um m

agnitude preferred.

10/9/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

s (kona)3.98

5.10nom

oD

o.


ona) assum

ed for week of 10/3-9/1929; total

event count of 129 reported in VL


bottom.

10/9/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

f (kona)3.44

4.87nom

oD

o.


ona) assum




bottom.

10/9/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

st (kona)4.75

4.75nom

oPreferred m

agnitude calculated as nomogram

m

agnitude multiplied by num

ber of events.

Eqs; 1 event (strong at K

ona), 10/3-9/29, cited in V


paragraph from bottom

, are not accounted for in H

onolulu records; m

inimum

magnitude preferred;

magnitude fit im

proved if closer to K

ealakekua.

10/9/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

vf (kona)2.42

4.07nom

oD

o.


ona) assum




bottom.

10/14/2923:35:00

hualalai22

2223.77

m; st

(kona)4.75

4.75nom

ofelt

Felt-Kona; barely felt-hnp.

Assum

e this event is the one strong event cited in V


paragraph from top and 3d paragraph

from bottom

; not recorded in Honolulu.

10/15/299:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

s?; m

(kona)4.24

4.24nom

o

(The next four earthquakes) registered w

ith 3- to 4-cm

amplitude on the seism

ograms of about

120-times m

agnification (ed. note: Whitney is

115). They w

ould rank as slight earthquakes.

Slight class conflicts with later

amplitude ranges w

hich define "m

oderate" as 2.5-6 cm am

plitude; conflict resolved if am

plitudes refer to K

ona seismom

eter.

10/15/2913:04:00

hualalai22

2223.77

s?; m

(kona)4.24

4.24nom

oD

o.

10/15/2917:41:00

hualalai22

2223.77

s?; m

(kona)4.24

4.24nom

oD

o.

10/15/2922:05:00

hualalai22

2223.77

s?; m

(kona)4.24

4.24nom

oD

o.

10/16/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

s (kona)3.98

4.96nom

oD

o.


ona) assum

ed for week of 10/10-16/1929;



bottom

.

10/16/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

f (kona)3.44

4.71nom

oD

o.


ona) assum

ed for week of 10/10-16/1929;



bottom

.


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

10/16/2923:59:00

hualalai22

2223.77

m (kona)

4.244.24

nomo

Preferred magnitude calculated as nom

ogram

magnitude m


Eqs; 1 event (m

oderate at Kona), 10/10-

16/1929, cited in VL


bottom, are not


minim

um m

agnitude preferred.

10/21/2912:00:00

hualalai22

2223.77

f?; m?

(kona)4.24

4.24nom

ofelt

Felt strongly-Kona; strongest of a sw

arm of 36

lasting 1 hr 45 m (B

SSA, v. 19, p. 235-237);

Holualoa felt 6 (10/20), 69 (10/21), 5 (10/22), 2

(10/23), 8 (10/24), 2 (10/25), and 1 (10/26).

Hu sw

arm continues; W

hitney shocks vf (M

3.22); f (M4.23): 10/17-23, 3f, 6

vf; 10/24-30, 12 vf, 1f; 10/31-11/6, 9 vf; 11/7-13, 14 vf; 11/14-20, 5 vf; 11/21-27, 5 vf; 11/28-12/4, 1f, 6 vf; 12/5-11, 5 vf; 12/12-18, 3 vf?, 2t?; 12/19-25, 1 vf, 12/26-1/1/30, 5

10/21/2923:59:00

hualalai4.67

calcu-lated

felt

69 shocks felt at Holualoa; 41 registered;

assume average M

=3; preferred m

agnitude calculated as M

=3 m


events, yielding a minim

um m

oment

magnitude.

VL

253.

11/10/2920:19:00

south haw

aii54.4

54.455.14

f4.02

4.02nom

ofelt

Felt-generally Island of Haw

aii.V

L 255.

11/24/296:59:00

kona?64

6464.63

f4.13

4.13nom

ofelt

40 mi from

HV

O; felt strongly-K

ona.

Hualalai(?)-m

ost distances are greater for the H

ualalai swarm

; not noted in H


; VL

257.

12/1/2914:06:00

kona?67.2

67.267.8

f4.16

4.16nom

ofelt

42 mi from

HV

O; felt-K

ona.

Hualalai(?)-m

ost distances are greater for the H

ualalai swarm

; not noted in H


; VL

258.

1/29/3018:42:00

hualalai?76.8

s4.80

4.80nom

ofelt

g,

;shock [no am

plitude given]; felt locally, probably felt generally on the Island of H

awaii.

[Magnitude fits if referenced to W

hitney rather than K

ona.]Peters, 1930; V

L 267, p. 3-4; not found

in MN

.

2/9/309:43:00

kona?64

f4.12

4.12nom

ofelt

Felt in some places on the island.

VL

268, p. 3

2/19/3017:42:00

hilea?43.2

s4.40

4.40nom

ofelt

Felt strongest in Kau district.

Not registered on O

ahu; VL

270, p. 4.

5/20/302:47:00

hualalai os?

169.6f

4.804.80

nomo

felt

Felt locally, more strongly in N

Hilo; period

slow on E

side of island, quicker in N K

ona, suggesting a H

ualalai source. Warshauer notes:

[Shocks at 2:47 a.m. and 6:52 p.m

.] were

strongly felt at Puu Waaw

aa and, also noticed in H

ilo at Puueo.

Peters, 1930. HO

N notes: R

egistered at 13:18 G

.m.t.; sharp local shock, no

amplitude given, dur 6.2 m

in; VL

283, p. 3-4; H

TH


notes—con.: Sim

ilar felt pattern to H

ualalai eqs of Sept.-Oct./1929.

5/20/3018:52:00

hualalai os?

97.697.6

98.01f

4.424.42

nomo

V (H

TH

; USE

)

HO

N notes: R

egistered at 5:23, 5/21/30 (G

m.t.); local shock, no am

plitude given, dur 3.7 m

in; felt locally, more strongly in N

Hilo;

period slow on E

side of island, quicker in N

Kona, suggesting a H

ualalai source.Peters, 1930; V

L 283, p. 3-4; H

TH

, 5/21/1930.

5/25/3020:17:00

1926.0

15525.0

kl sf?25

26.57m

4.554.7

WK

4.55nom

oV

(USE

)

Felt-all Haw

aii Island, no objects overturned; stronger m

otion in Kau &

Puna (strong at K

eaau beach) than in Kona or K

ohala; seism

ographs dismantled; W

K M

=4.7 based

on intensity distribution; VL

283, p. 4 suggests deep origin beneath K

ilauea or Mauna L

oa.

VL

283—cont.: W

hitney-first motion

down to S and E

; Hilo-began W

sw

aying, then strong jerks that quickly ended, first to N

E, then to SW

; Puu W

aawaa-vibration long, not strong;

Honokahau-a m

oderate shock with

thunderous noise; Kealakekua-

alarmingly sudden.

6/3/304:54:00

north haw

aii107.2

f4.48

4.48nom

ofelt

Felt on both east and west sides of island.

Not registered on O

ahu; VL

285. p. 3.

6/14/300:25:00

kl sf?19.2

s4.09

4.09nom

oIV

HO

N notes: R

egistered at 0:26; nearby type, no am

plitude given; generally felt on E side of

island; movem

ent prolonged and moderate at

Kilauea, shorter and ending in a sharp jerk at

Hilo; vertical com

ponent pronounced on K

ilauea seismogram

; [moderate?].

Peters, 1930; VL

286. p. 3.

7/22/3013:53:00

ml nf?

56m

5.075.07

nomo

V-V

I

Felt generally on island of Haw

aii, especially inN

Kona; w

orkmen severely jolted at halfw

ay house on the M

auna Loa trail; shock alleged to

be strongest since the Hualalai series last

autumn; epicenter in saddle betw

een Mauna

Kea, M

auna Loa, and H

ualalai.

VL

292, p. 3; HT

H, 7/22/1930; not

found in HA

. Warshauer notes: Felt

most strongly in K

ohala (objects throw

n off shelves) and Puu Waaw

aa. Said to be strongest at since H

ualalai series; see references.


Continued

65

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

9/28/3020:35:00

kl cal deep?

25.6m

4.534.53

nomo

III

Dism

antled instruments, strong vertical

movem

ent; felt as v gentle rocking motion by

few; distance given as 12 m

i on some

instruments, 20 m

i on others; inferred deep from

Kona and H

ilo records; felt hnp, kona; felt by som

e in all parts of island.

VL

301, p. 4; VL

302, p. 4 [Powers

inferred location as deep under M

okuaweow

eo-distances fit Kilauea

deep]; Peters, 1930. HO

N notes:

Registered at 20:36:33; no am

plitude given; not found in H

TH

.

10/20/308:25:00

kl cal deep?

303

330.15

m4.92

5.6intensity

5.25nom

oV

-VI; V

(W&

K)

Dism

antled seismographs; felt-all H

awaii

Island, strongest on Kilauea slopes;

seismogram

s indicate source under Kilauea

crater. Warshauer notes: Felt in H

ilo, Honokaa,

Puu Waaw

aa, Kohala, and W

aiohinu. Articles

off shelves in Hilo and W

aiohinu.

Peters, 1930. HO

N notes: R

egistered at 8:25:24; felt sharply at K

ilauea, where

all instruments w

ere dismantled; no

amplitude given, dur 20.5 m

in; distance assum

ed; VL

304, p. 4; HT

H,

10/20/1930; see references.

10/31/3018:23:00

south haw

aii51.2

s4.29

4.29nom

ofelt

Felt locally by many persons, and by a few

persons in H

ilo; probably felt in Kau and K

ona, but not strong enough to cause com

ment.

Not registered on O

ahu; VL

306, p. 2.

12/1/3020:55:00

south haw

aii51.2

s?4.29

4.29nom

ofelt

Felt from H

ilo to Kona (slight?-given as vf).

VL

311, p. 3.

1/16/3120:44:00

ml ner

deep?48

s?4.25

4.25nom

ofelt

Felt generally, more in H

ilo and Ham

akua districts than elsew

here; epicenter apparently under center of island; origin deep under N

E

slope of Mauna L

oa.N

ot registered on Oahu; V

L 317, p. 3;

VL

319, p. 3.

1/29/3123:39:00

kl cal deep?

2222

30s

4.404.40

nomo

V (H

alemaum

au); V

(Waiohinu;

USE

)

HO

N notes: R

egistered 23:38:08, dur 10 s; reported felt in H

onolulu [Haw

aii?]; no amp

given; felt all Haw

aii Island; suggest origin beneath M

auna Loa. W

arshauer notes: Felt all island; duration, 30 s; no dam

age; felt all Kona,

Kohala, H

amakua, and Puna.

Distance of 30 km

assumed to better fit

data; [VL

distance is 22 km]; Peters,

1931; VL

319, p. 3 [rockfalls in H

alemaum

au during quake]; HT

H,

1/30/1931 [moderate(?) and (or)

deeper(?)]; not found in MN

.

3/8/316:53:00

east haw

aii48

s4.47

4.47nom

ofelt

Felt in Hilo.

Not registered on O

ahu; VL

324, p. 4.

6/11/3118:51:00

ml w

f?60

s4.88

4.88nom

oV

Felt stronger and quicker at Honokahau, sm

all objects overturned; felt as a slow

motion at

Waim

ea, Hilo, K

au, and hnp. Warshauer notes:

Felt generally on the island, pronounced at H

olualoa, definite in Hilo (Puueo).

Peters, 1931; VL

338, p. 4. HO

N notes:

Registered at 18:52; local, dur 8 m

in, no am

plitude given; HT

H, 6/12/1931.

Warshauer notes—

con.: Powers quoted

as saying quake 27 mi from

HV

O, on

slopes of Mauna L

oa [distance low(?)-

increased to raise mag].

8/30/316:53:00

mauna loa

24st?

5.005.00

nomo

IV

Tim

e given [in error] as 7:53; .felt generally on Island of H

awaii; dism

antled instruments in

Kona, H

ilo, and Kilauea; felt as slight and

prolonged tremor at K

ilauea, more strongly in

Hilo, O

laa, and Kona; vertical seism

ograph indicates origin N

W of H

VO

.V

L 349, p. 3 [15 m

i from H

VO

; 30 mi

from H

ilo].

12/8/3110:22:00

kaoiki?22.4

m4.43

4.43nom

oV

HO

N notes: R

egistered at 10:22:36; local; am

plitude not given; dismantled seism

ographs; persons near M

auna Iki reported noise seem

ingly from M

auna Loa progressing

underfoot and heard rocks falling down cracks.

Peters, 1931; VL

364, p. 4; not found in H

TH

.

4/26/321:59:00

1936.5

15538.5

ml nf

88

44.146.87

f4.23

4.23nom

oIV

-V

23 mi from

Kealakekua, 32 m

i from H

VO

, 42 m

i from H

ilo; saddle between M

auna Loa and

Hualalai; felt-H

aina, Honom

u, Hilo, K

amuela,

Kohala, W

aikii, hnp.

VL

384, p. 3; Note: distances from

three stations incom

patible; lat and long at center of intersection given; H

onolulu records unavailable; HV

O,

unpub.

6/14/324:51:45

1928.0

15522.0

kaoiki13

1311.2

17.13m

4.254.25

nomo

V; V

(W&

K); III R

F (VL

)

Felt generally Haw

aii Island, Maui. W

arshauer notes: Severe earthquake recorded at 4:55 a.m

.; dism

antled both seismograph com

ponents, strong vertical m

otion; felt by practically everyone in H

ilo and volcano, not felt in Kona;

no damage, 9 m

i from H

VO

.V

L 388; H

TH

, 6/14/1932 [kl sf better fits felt reports(?)]; not found in M

N.

7/3/3223:59:00

maui?

240vf

4.034.03

nomo

Distance, 150 m

i.1 event (vf), no date or tim

e; VL

388.


Continued




Continued

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

7/7/3222:25:00

kl sf?16

m?

4.204.20

nomo

felt

Warshauer notes: A

n earthquake, the strongest in H

ilo in many m

onths, rocked a section of the B

ig Island at 10:25 p.m. last night. N

o damage

was reported from

any districts. Felt most

strongly at Hilo, also felt at volcano, slight at

Puu Waaw

aa & K

apoho.

Not in V

L; H

TH


notes—con.: A

pparently not felt at H

amakua, K

au, and Kohala.

7/7/3222:30:49

1918.8

15515.9

kl sf9.6

9.612.8

13.316.41

m4.22

4.22nom

oIV

-V; V

? (PCA

)

8 mi s of H

VO

; felt generally Haw

aii Island, O

ahu; [kcaldeep?]. Warshauer notes: H

ilo shaken T

hursday night by an earthquake which

lasted a full minute at 10:29 p.m

.; 15 mi from

H

VO

in the direction of Hilo; sim

ilar intensity to event of 6/13; no dam

age.V

L 389; H

TH

, 7/8/1932; not found in M

N.

8/19/3212:30:00

1947.0

1564.7

hualalai os

19.219.2

9495.94

f4.40

4.40nom

ofelt

3 mi N

of Keahole pt and 2 m

i at sea; felt-K

ona, Kohala; H

awi-4; H

ilo-felt lying in bed; K

ukuihaele-3.V

L 390; tim

e given by felt reports (12:25-12:41 p.m

.); HV

O, unpub.

8/31/3223:59:00

kona?72

t2.72

4.06nom

o

Eqs: 30 trem

ors, 30-60 mi distance; preferred

magnitude calculated a nom

ogram m

agnitude m


No specific date or tim

e between 8/29

and 8/31/1932; VL

391.

1/11/3312:00:00

kona os?320.0

320.1vf

4.234.23

nomo

A very feeble shock, about 200 m

i west to

southwest of H

awaii, preceded [the event at

12:45]. This shock w

as probably in the vicinity of a large subm

arine mountain. N

ote: Loihi

distance about 53 km from

Kilauea's sum

mit

VL

395.

1/11/3312:45:00

200.0

15449.5

mauna

kea?78.2

78.7f

4.004.00

nomo

Location uncertain; 20-30 m

i NE

of Hilo;

preceded, during the noon hour, by four foreshocks or trem

ors at unknown distance.

Do.

2/4/336:17:00

1842.00

15515.00

kl kuer sf os deep?

40.081.3

90.6f

4.694.62

no trace4.83

averIV

Felt-Holualoa, H

akalau, Hilo, hnp; H

onaunau-2; H

akalau-4; hnp-window

s rattled, pheasants squaw

ked; Holualoa-4; preferred m

agnitude calculated as average of H

onolulu and nom

ogram.

50 mi due S of H

VO

; recorded at three stations; H

onolulu amplitude average

of two readings; V

L 396; H

VO

, unpub.

6/29/330:44:00

1940.0

15548.0

hualalai1

162.6

62.6s

4.43no trace

no trace4.43

nomo

VI

Reported at three or m

ore stations-moved

furniture; damaged stone w

alls; Puu Ulaula-5,

awakened cam

pers; duration, 4-5 s, dishes m

oved; Honom

u-4, long and feeble; K

ealakekua-6, building shuddered violently 3-4 s; H

ookena-4, objects moved, stone w

all down.

VL

400; HV

O, unpub. [intensities-

arabic numerals-in rem

arks column

refer to HV

O postcards]; postcard data

cont.; Holualoa-4, reported from

north and south K

ona; Hilo-3

7/31/3311:56:00

1920.0

15530.0

kaoiki16

1627.4

31.8s

4.444.76

no record

4.76hono

IV

Felt sharply Kapapala ranch; Pahala, N

aalehu, H

ookena, HN

P; Hookena-2, w

ater agitated in tank;-2, slight; N

aalehu-4, stone wall dow

n(?); Paauilo-4, building shook, w

indows rattled;

Kapapala-house shook strongly.

VL

402; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

9/2/3312:00:00

192.0

15540.0

hilea8

861.5

62.0f

4.104.10

nomo

VL

403

9/7/3314:40:00

1918.0

15527.0

hilea40

4024.7

47.0s

4.45<

4.37<

4.374.45

nomo

IIIFelt-H

VO

, Hilo; H

ilo-2, slight shaking and creaking of building.

looked for but not found on station H

ON

film record; tim

e from felt report;

VL

403; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards]

9/26/3321:15:00

1942.0

15523.0

ml nf

1010

32.634.1

f4.01

4.01nom

oV

Felt-Honom

u, Hakalau, H

ilo, Pahala, Olaa,

Papaikou. Warshauer notes: Slight quake, felt

in some parts of H

ilo;-4, hanging objects shook, felt all O

nomea; H

akalau-6; Olaa-3, jolt,

also felt in Pahala; Hilo-3, m

irror swung;

Honom

u-6, strong.

VL

403; HT

H, 9/27/1933; H

VO

, unpub. [intensities-arabic num

erals-in rem

arks column refer to H

VO

postcards]

10/13/333:01:00

1915.00

15423.00

kl ler sf os?

10.094.7

95.2m

5.20<

4.80<

4.664.50

honofelt

Lightly felt; K

ealakekua-prolonged gentle sw

aying east to west; H

ilo-2, felt in Kaum

ana; preferred m

agnitude estimated from

Honolulu

data, consistent with felt report.

Closer(?); slight(?); V

L 404; H

VO

, unpub.; not found in H

TH

.

10/19/335:57:00

ml nf?

2828.0

29.4s

4.13<

4.40<

4.324.13

nomo

V

Felt-Hilo, H

onomu. W

arshauer notes: Sharp tem

blor rocked Hilo; H

ilo-2, III, mirror sw

ung, building creaked slightly; duration, 15-20 s; H

onomu-2-3;-3, building creaked.

Looked for but not found on station

HO

N film

record; time given as 5:37-

corrected from felt reports; V

L 404;

HT

H, 10/19/1933; H

VO


erals-in remarks

column refer to H

VO

postcards].

67

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

10/21/339:10:00

1921.5

15531.5

kaoiki3.2

3.229.0

29.2m

4.624.76

4.764.76

honoV

?

Felt-all Haw

aii Island. Warshauer notes: Severe

shock felt all island, equally severe shock a few

seconds later; felt-all Hilo, very strong at

Kapapala; additional felt data in H

VO

, unpub.

VL

404; HT

H, 10/21; 23/1933; H

VO


erals-in rem


VO

postcards].

10/21/339:11:00

1925.0

15530.0

kaoiki14

1425.2

28.9m

4.614.82

4.554.68

honoV

?

Felt generally-Haw

aii Island. Warshauer notes:

See above; Honom

u-5 (first), VI (second), dur

3 s, felt by everyone; Kealakekua-4, building

creak, window

rattle; Kapapala-4, felt 4 quakes

(aftershocks at 6:30, 9:19, 10:20 p.m. 10/21

and 4:37 a.m. 10/22).

VL

404; HT

H, 10/21; 23/1933; H

VO


erals-in rem


VO

postcards].

12/2/335:55:00

ml m

ok13

1334

34.036.4

s4.28

<4.50

<4.32

4.28nom

oII R

-F (VL

)

Eruption begins in M

okuaweow

eo at 05:43; trem

or accompanies earthquakes; felt-H

ilo, K

ona. Warshauer notes: T

hree strong earthquakes occurred at 6 a.m

. coincident with

eruption in Mokuaw

eoweo; felt severely at m

l [R

ed Hill] rest house.

VL

406, p. 2; HT

H, 12/2/1933

12/2/336:01:00

1928.5

15537.0

ml m

ok5

537.8

38.1s

4.31<

4.50<

4.324.31

nomo

V

West rim

of Mokuaw

eoweo; felt w

ith alarm, m

l[R

ed Hill] rest house. W

arshauer notes: See above; H

ilo-very slight (6:03 a.m.).

VL

406, p. 2; HT

H, 12/2/1933; H

VO


erals-in rem


VO

postcards].

12/2/336:06:00

1932.0

15535.0

ml m

ok5

535.8

36.2s

4.27<

4.50<

4.324.27

nomo

VI (U

SE)

3 mi N

E of north end of M

okuaweow

eo; felt w

ith alarm, m

l [Red H

ill] rest house, lightly at H

ilo. Warshauer notes: See above.

VL

406, p. 2; HT

H, 12/2/1933.

1/9/341:59:00

1912.5

15544.0

hilea5

555.6

55.8s

4.35no trace

no trace4.35

nomo

V

Felt-Hookena, K

apapala, Pahala, HV

O; H

ilo-slight; duration, 15 s; H

akalau-4 (time 4 a.m

.); Pahala-3, buildings shook; H

ilea-sharp quake; duration, 6 s; H

onaunau-3, awakened; H

ookena-2 (3 a.m

.).

VL

407; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

1/13/3413:35:00

1911.00

15511.00

kl kuer sf os deep?

16.040.0

27.028.7

49.2s

4.755.46

5.115.28

honoV

Felt generally-Haw

aii Island; Hakalau-6;

Pahala-3, building shook/window

s rattle; H

olualoa-4, long double quake, felt all north and south K

ona; hnp-4, window

/door rattle acc by rum

ble, decided jolt, then 2d lesser; H

onaunau-3, window

s rattle.

Honolulu am

plitude average of two

readings; nomogram

magnitude low

-deeper(?) and (or) m

oderate(?); not m

entioned in W&

K; V

L 407; H

VO

, unpub.

2/9/349:59:00

1913.0

15533.0

hilea38.7

39.7s

4.34no trace

incom-

plete4.34

nomo

IV

Felt sharply-Kapapala ranch; felt-H

ookena,, H

VO

; Pahala-3, building creak and shake, W

ood valley-cane thrashing, horse disturbed; H

ookena-4; duration, 6 s, building creak, hanging objects m

oving.

VL

408; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

2/24/3417:31:00

1946.0

15542.0

mauna

kea16

1659.5

61.6f

4.10<

4.35no

record4.10

nomo

IVFelt-H

VO

, Hakalau,;-3, slight shock; hnp-felt

at summ

er camp; H

akalau-4.

VL

408; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

3/1/3422:22:00

1933.0

15535.0

ml nf

36.537.6

s4.30

<4.55

no trace4.30

nomo

V

Felt generally-Haw


See references; Pahala-2; Honom

u-3, rocking; duration, 1 s, w

est to east; Hilo-felt strongly by

person lying down, E

-W follow

ed by N-S;

Kona-felt; H

akalau-5.

VL

408; HT

H, 3/2/1934; H

VO


erals-in remarks

column refer to H

VO

postcards].

4/9/342:06:00

209.0

15553.0

kohala103.4

103.8vf

4.19no trace

no trace4.19

nomo

IV

Fet

Koha

a, Hio, M

aui; Koha

asho

t, shap

earthquake; Kam

uela and Kaw

aihae-felt; central M

aui-felt by many; H

ilo-slight;-felt; N

Kohala-5 quakes betw

een 1 and 8 a.m. (num

ber disputed), slight, finishing sharp, severe, short;-3.

VL

410; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

4/9/348:21:00

206.0

15543.0

kohala88.6

89.0f

4.08no trace

no trace4.08

nomo

IV

Less w

idely felt; Kohala-short, sharp

earthquake; Kam

uela and Kaw

aihae-felt; H

onomu-felt by m

any, 2 shocks (9:15 a.m.),

trembling; duration, 2 s;-felt; N

Kohala-short,

heavy shock accompanied by rum

ble;-4.

VL

410; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

4/14/3419:51:00

1937.5

15443.0

hilo os61.3

62.0s

4.65<

4.92<

4.704.65

nomo

III?

Felt-Olaa, H

ilo; Hilo (7:52:40 p.m

., 7:50 p.m.)-

felt by several in at least two locations, slight

shock.

VL

410; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

4/14/3419:51:00

1937.50

15443.00

kl ler os5.0

61.361.5

s4.64

no traceno trace

4.64nom

ofelt

Felt-Olaa, H

ilo.C

loser(?); VL

410.


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

5/10/3410:09:00

1938.0

15523.0

ml nf?

2525

25.936.0

m-st

>5.04

5.805.60

5.70hono

VI

Felt-all Haw

aii Island, Maui. W

arshauer notes: A

strong, slow earthquake, felt severely-H

ilo, people ran into streets; felt slightly at K

ona; m

uch less at Kapapala than H

ilo and volcano; m

inor damage in N

Kohala; dur 26 s, beginning

light, end sharp.

Depth, 28 km

in HV

O catalog; V

L 411

[detailed damage report given]; H

TH

, 5/10; 14 [see below

]/1934; additional felt reports in H

VO

, unpub.

5/13/3415:23:00

1922.5

15522.5

kaoiki20

2013.5

24.2s

4.254.45

no trace4.45

honoV

Felt-HV

O, H

ilo. Warshauer notes: H

ilo rocked by 2 shocks 3 m

inutes apart, 2d more feeble;

generally felt, strongly in Kohala, m

inor dam

age; Hilo-3-4, building rocked, felt

moderately, furniture rattled; H

onokaa-4.

VL

411; HT

H, 5/14/1934; H

VO


erals-in rem


VO

postcards].

5/13/3415:25:00

1913.0

15539.0

hilea4

447.4

47.6s

4.24det.?

over-exposed

4.24nom

oIII

Felt-HV

O, H

ilo. Warshauer notes: See above;

Hilo-2-3, v short, hnp-felt.

Aftershock; V

L 411; H

TH

, 5/14/1934; H

VO


erals-in remarks colum

n refer to H

VO

postcards].

6/26/3419:07:00

1912.00

1555.00

kl mer sf

os?10.0

10.031.8

33.3m

4.714.75

4.754.75

honoV

Felt-Hilo,, H

VO

; more detail given in H

VO

, unpub. W

arshauer notes: Felt strongly in some

parts of Hilo, and m

ore generally on the island; no dam

age.V

L 412; H

VO

, unpub.; HT

H,

6/27/1934.

9/17/3411:56:00

192.0

15513.0

loihi17

1744.5

47.6f

4.244.24

nomo

IIFelt-H

VO

, Honom

u; Honom

u-2; duration, 1 s.

VL

415; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

10/13/3419:14:00

1928.0

15530.0

mauna loa

deep65

6525.5

69.8m

5.225.22

5.185.20

honoV

Felt generally-Haw


The entire island rocked by an earthquake;

duration, 30 s, no damage; felt w

idely in Kona,

also at Waim

ea, and the Ham

akua Coast;

motion gentle sw

aying, two parts w

ith long intervals betw

een.V

L 416; H

TH

, 10/15/1934; extensive felt reports in H

VO

, unpub.

10/19/340:20:00

1930.0

15540.0

mauna loa

deep60

6043.5

74.1f

4.22<

4.32no

record4.22

nomo

V

Fet gene

ay

Haw

aii Isand. W

ashaue

notes: E

arthquake of moderate intensity rocked the

Big Island, hard enough in H

ilo to awaken

sleepers, no damage; 3 sharp quakes felt in

Waim

ea, followed by several of slighter

intensity.

VL

416; [some aftershocks evidently

not recorded at Whitney vault]; H

TH

, 10/19/1934; extensive felt reports in H

VO

, unpub. [felt reports give date as 10/19].

1/2/356:47:17

1925.50

15517.00

kl cal deep

3.030.0

2.430.1

m4.64

4.754.80

5.90W

&K

; S&

C5.15

averV

I (W&

K); V

(C

&S)

Felt generally-Haw

aii Island, objects fell in H

ilo, landslide at Halem

aumau. W

arshauer notes: Felt-all island, least in K

ohala; two

waves, slight, then heavy; bottles, pictures

broken in Hilo; pref m

ag calculated as w

eighted average of WK

(1) and Hono(2).

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K (M

=5.9 too

high because intensity V in K

au and K

ona incorrect); depth changed to im

prove magnitude agreem

ent, consistent w

ith felt reports; VL

419; H

TH

, 1/2/1935; additional felt data in H

VO

, unpub.

3/3/350:12:00

maui?

240.0vf

4.034.27

4.434.35

honoV

Haleakala-4, m

ovement up and dow

n, cement

cornice of building fell off; Wailuku-not very

strong; felt-all Maui, O

ahu, and in Kohala.

Not separately reported in V

L 420, but

included in table; time from

station H

ON

film record; H

VO


erals-in remarks

column refer to H

VO

postcards]; M

aui/Molokai consistent w

ith Hon

mag and felt reports.

6/5/356:55:00

1928.0

15548.0

kona24

2457.0

61.8f

4.10<

4.62<

4.554.10

nomo

IIIFelt-H

VO

and Honokaa; H

onokaa-felt a light shake.

VL

424; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards]; stronger trace

on Kona seism

ograph.

6/25/350:45:00

1926.50

15516.50

kl cal 10-20

5.015.0

1.915.1

m4.16

<4.37

<4.42

4.16nom

oV

Aw

akened people generally south side Haw

aii Island, dism

antled seismographs; A

nuhea-3, building creaked;-quite a shock; hnp-w

akened m

any, quite hard at; Puu Ulaula-w

akened party at rest house; Papaikou-felt, H

ilo-many

awakened.

Greater depth assum

ed consistent with

felt reports; VL

424; HV

O unpub.

6/27/358:14:00

1940.0

1560.0

hualalai82.2

82.7vf

4.03<

4.07<

4.074.03

nomo

V

Felt-north Kona, Puu W

aawaa. W

arshauer notes: W

hile the Kona district yesterday

morning [June 27] experienced one of the

worst quakes in the past 6 years, the entire

district being rocked; dishes knocked off in K

ona, felt hard at Puu Waaw

aa.

Looked for but not found on station

HO

N film

record; VL

424; HT

H,

6/28/1935.


Continued

69

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

6/28/359:00:00

kl sf?8.0

10.019.2

21.6m

-st4.69

5.715.82

5.6;5.7

GU

TE

; W

&K

5.76aver

VI; V

I (W&

K;

S&C

); V (U

SE)

Dism

antled seismographs; som

e damage in

Hilo; felt generally-H

awaii Island; extensive

felt reports in HV

O, unpub. W

arshauer notes: hard in H

ilo/Kapoho, less in K

ona/Kohala;

preferred magnitude calculated as an average of

GU

TE

, W&

K, and H

onolulu.

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K [location

given in VL

(19.6, 155.18-Mauna L

oa N

E rift) disagrees w

ith felt reports w

hich strongly favor kl sf]; VL

424; H

VO

, unpub.; HT

H, 6/28/1935.

9/30/3522:36:00

1922.0

15539.5

ml sw

r45

4542.5

61.9m

4.904.70

4.804.75

honoIV

Felt generally-Haw


Felt locally (long, swaying), one of 4 shocks

felt islandwide, no dam

age.Seism

ogram pictured in V

L 444, p. 3;

VL

428; HT

H, 10/1/1935.

9/30/3523:58:00

1938.7

15526.3

ml nf

2626

30.339.9

m-st

5.615.46

5.795.62

honoV

; IV (S&

C)

Felt-all Haw

aii Island, some dam

age in Hilo.

Warshauer notes: Strongest of series; felt H

ilo, volcano, K

au, Kona; no dam

age.

Seismogram

pictured in VL

444, p. 3, E

-W labeled m

-dismantled, p. 5, n-s

labeled slight; assume drum

moves at

60 mm

/min, am

p >142 m

m E

-W, 95

mm

N-S [st, as m

easured]; VL

428; H

TH

, 10/1/1935; additional felt reports in H

VO

, unpub.

10/1/350:02:00

1938.7

15526.3

ml nf?

30.331.6

m4.67

lost in m

slost in

ms

4.67nom

ofelt

Felt as a continuation of M=

5.6 eq; location uncertain. W

arshauer notes: Felt-Hilo,

Volcano, K

au, Kona (H

olualoa-light shock); H

onomu-felt(?).

VL

428; HT

H, 10/1/1935; H

VO


erals-in rem


VO

postcards].

10/1/350:34:00

1938.7

15526.3

ml nf?

30.331.6

s4.18

4.18nom

ofelt

Associated w

ith preceding two quakes.

Warshauer notes: Felt-H

ilo, not volcano.V

L 428; H

TH

, 10/1/1935.

10/1/3510:22:00

1938.3

15519.2

ml ner

23.925.5

m4.29

<4.63

4.154.15

honoII

Felt-Hilo and H

VO

; felt at Pahala and Hilo

(10:37); Hilo-2.

Honolulu data average of tw

o readings; V

L 428; H

VO



n refer to H

VO

postcards].

11/21/351:11:00

1931.0

15531.5

ml ner

55

29.429.8

m (st?)

5.645.03

5.055.6

W&

K5.43

averV

I; V (S&

C)

Felt-Waikiki (O

ahu), Hana (M

aui), Kapapala

ranch; duration, 90 s, items off shelves,

window

broke. Warshauer notes: See

references; extensive felt reports in HV

O,

unpub.; preferred magnitude calculated as

average of Honolulu, W

hitney as read, and W

&K

.

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K; seism

ogram

pictured in VL

444, p. 1, assume drum

m

oves at 60 mm

/min, am

p 210 mm

N-

S [st, as measured]; seism

ogram s-p

agrees with V

L distance; H

TH

, 11/21/1935; H

VO

, unpub. —see

references.

11/21/3518:35:00

ml ner

534

34.034.4

s4.01

4.01nom

oD

o.

Mauna L

oa eruption begins, from north

bay of Mokuaw

eoweo to R

ed Hill, 4 m

i dow

n Mauna L

oa northeast rift zone; V

L 429.

11/21/3518:42:00

ml ner

534

34.034.4

s4.01

4.01nom

oD

o.V

L 429.

2/5/3612:00:00

1935.8

15541.3

ml nf deep

33.633.6

48.759.1

f4.07

<5.22

<5.22

4.07nom

ofelt

5 mi N

W of Puu K

oli; felt-Hilo, hnp.

VL

432, p. 2; time not given.

3/21/3615:50:00

hualalai77

77.077.5

f4.26

<4.77

no trace4.26

nomo

W slope H

ualalai.V

L 433, p. 3.

4/15/368:27:00

1924.00

15515.00

kl cal deep

30.030.0

3.630.2

m4.64

4.724.60

4.66hono

V (U

SE); IV

(kona)

Felt generally-Haw

aii Island, specific reports from

Olaa, H

ookena, and Ham

akua coast; felt rather strongly in volcano; E

-W com

ponent dism

antled; Hookena-3, building creaked.

VL

434, p. 2; HV

O, unpub.

1/31/377:33:00

1945.5

15555.3

hualalai28.8

28.878.6

83.7s

4.63<

4.77<

4.774.63

nomo

IV

Felt-Hookena, K

amuela. W

arshauer notes: The

entire island was rocked by an earthquake at

7:34 a.m. Sunday; estim

ated to originate in H

ualalai direction; Hookena-4 (7:02

a.m.—

same event?), building creaked, hanging

objects moved.

VL

444, p. 6; HT

H, 2/1/1937; H

VO


erals-in rem


VO

postcards].

4/9/377:29:00

1916.30

15512.20

kl kuer sf11.2

11.218.7

21.8m

4.42<

4.65<

4.814.42

nomo

VL

446, p. 7.

4/18/374:10:00

1941.7

15552.3

hualalai70.8

71.3f

4.20<

4.35<

4.474.20

nomo

IV

Hua

aai; fe

tvo

cano, Hio, K

amue

a, Puu W

aawaa (strong). W

arshauer notes: Felt sharply throughout island, m

ore in Waim

ea and; v strong at; additional felt reports in H

VO

, unpub.

VL

446, p. 7; HT

H, 4/19/1937; H

VO


erals-in rem


VO

postcards].

7/30/3714:40:00

1932.0

15528.0

ml ner

24.526.1

m4.30

4.284.20

4.24hono

Near Puu U

laula.V

L 449, p. 7.

1/22/3822:03:00

2112.0

1566.0

maui

215.7215.9

m-st

6.29>

6.2>

6.26.8

GU

TE

6.80gute

VIII; V

III (W&

K;

Cox); V

II (S&C

)

Felt throughout the Haw

aiian chain. Warshauer

notes: A quake, duration, 90 s, felt in every

section of the big island, also on Maui, O

ahu, and K

auai; channel between M

aui and Kohala;

maxim

um dam

age (broken dishes and rearranged furniture) in both places.

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K; N

eumann,

1940a Honolulu station dism

antled]; V

L 455, p. 6-7 [dam

age report given]; Jaggar, 1938 [dam

age reports from all

islands]; HT

H, 1/24-28/1938; extensive

felt reports in HV

O, unpub.

P34


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

2/17/382:18:00

1933.0

15527.0

ml ner

12.812.8

23.927.1

m4.33

4.27no trace

4.27hono

IV-V

Felt strongly in Kona and hnp, slightly by

many in H

ilo; Kealakekua-very slight single

shake; duration, 3-5 s.

VL

456, p. 3; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

3/7/385:56:00

1942.0

15532.0

mauna loa

deep44.8

44.841.5

61.0m

4.894.91

4.284.60

honoV

Felt-Hilo, K

ona, hnp. Warshauer notes: rocked

entire island; double shock in Hilo and volcano,

both prolonged; mod strong, duration, 30 s,

waking m

any; strong at, slight at Kohala and

Puu Waaw

aa; prolonged at Kona; H

VO

seism

ometers dism

antled.V

L 457, p. 6; H

TH


VO

, unpub.

5/28/386:35:00

kl cal deep?

30.05.1

30.4s?

4.154.30

4.074.18

honofelt

Should be feeble if kcaldeep, slight if south flank, m

oderate if uer; obscured by tremor(?);

felt(?).

Not in V

L 459; kuer sf or kcaldeep(?)

to be consistent with being recorded on

Oahu.

6/1/3810:38:00

1918.20

15511.50

kl kuer sf11.2

10.016.0

18.8m

4.31no

recordno

record4.31

nomo

Warshauer notes: A

moderate shock about

10:45 a.m. W

ednesday dismantled the

instruments

Station HO

N film

record missing; V

L

460, p. 3; HT

H, 6/6/1938; not found in

PCA

.

6/2/3815:33:00

1921.70

15519.50

kl cal deep

24.024.0

10.226.1

s4.05

<4.50

<4.42

4.05nom

oV

L 460, p. 3; not found in PC

A.

8/8/3823:59:00

kl uer3.0

5.65.6

6.4s

3.064.42

calc

Assum

e uer/Koae; average depth, 3 km

; average distance, 5.6 km

; preferred magnitude

calculated as nomogram

magnitude m

ultiplied by num

ber of events.

Earthquake sw

arm; 31 events (slight)

not separately tabulated in VL

462 or recorded in H

onolulu.

8/8/3823:59:00

kl uer3.0

5.65.6

6.4f

2.524.02

calc

Assum

e uer/Koae; av depth =

3 km; average

distance, 5.6 km; preferred m

agnitude calculated as nom

ogram m

agnitude multiplied

by number of events.

Earthquake sw

arm; 45 events (feeble)

not separately tabulated in VL

462 or recorded in H

onolulu.

10/25/3812:18:00

1927.80

1559.50

kl gln deep

25.625.6

11.428.0

s4.10

<4.2

<4.2

4.10nom

oIII

Felt-Hilo, hnp. W

arshauer notes: An

earthquake, classified as slight at Kilauea

observatory, was sharply felt in H

ilo yesterday about 12:20 p.m

.V

L 462, p. 5; H

TH

, 10/26/1938.

10/27/3818:11:00

1942.0

15550.2

hualalai24

967.7

68.3s (kona?)

4.00<

3.95<

4.074.00

nomo

V

Felt-Kona,; H

ookena-5, sharp perpendicular shock follow

ed by gentle side motion for 5-6 s,

buildings creak, hanging objects move, w

ater tanks slopped over; K

ealakekua-telephone central reports strong shock.

Better fit if distance referenced to

Kona, not W

hitney; shallower(?); V

L

462, p. 5; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

1/19/3914:58:00

1941.6

15552.0

hualalai25.6

25.620.8

33.0s

4.214.35

4.164.25

honoIV

Felt strongly-Kona, K

ohala; lightly-Hilo, K

au. W

arshauer notes: An earthquake rocked the

Kona area at 2:58 p.m

. today for about 15 seconds. N

o damage w

as reported; felt strongly K

ona, short and sharp at, slight in Kau, not felt

at Volcano or H

ilo.

Magnitudes agree if am

plitude referenced to distance from

Kona

seismom

eter; VL

463, p. 2; HA

, 1/20/1939; H

TH

, 1/20/1939; see references for com

plete felt report.

4/12/394:18:00

1927.00

15514.00

kl gln deep

28.828.8

3.629.0

s4.12

<4.32

<4.32

4.12nom

oV

Felt-Hilo, O

laa, hnp; Hilo-3. W

arshauer notes: felt generally on B

ig island; awakened sleepers

in Hilo; no dam

age.V

L 464, p. 5; H

VO

unpub; HT

H,

4/12/1939

5/15/3910:28:00

1922.00

1558.00

kl mer sf

16.010.0

15.218.2

m-st

4.745.06

4.734.90

honoV

I; VI (S&

C)

Strongly felt-all Haw

aii Island except Kohala;

strongest in Hilo (slight dam

age to masonry

and plaster) and hnp. Warshauer notes: Felt

strongly in all districts except Kohala; m

inor dam

age in Hilo, household articles knocked

from shelves, building cracks.

HV

O ocation off(?); m

ag agees fo

south flank (likely considering high m

ag and not felt in Kohala); V

L 464, p.

6; additional felt reports in HV

O,

unpub.; HT

H, 5/15/1939; see H

VO

, unpub., and references for com

plete felt report.

5/23/3914:14:00

1928.5

15522.0

kaoiki19.2

19.212.2

22.7m

-st4.72

4.885.07

4.8W

&K

4.97hono

VI

Felt generally-Haw

aii Island; all seismographs

on island dismantled. W

arshauer notes: Felt in all districts except K

ohala; strong like last w

eek; Kona, H

ilo, and volcano stronger than last w

eek; Kau strong; duration, 30 s; m

any aftershocks.

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K; C

ox, 1986; H

onolulu records suggest that quake has different source from

5/24/39 kl cal deep; m

ag agreement O

K for K

aoiki quake at depth given; V

L 464, p. 6;

HT

H, 5/23; 24/1939; additional felt

reports in references and HV

O, unpub.

5/24/3912:59:00

1925.00

15514.00

kl cal deep

24.030.0

3.330.2

m-st

4.925.26

5.525.39

honoV

I

Felt-entire Haw

aii Island, dismantling all

instruments. W

arshauer notes: Felt in all districts of H

awaii Island, also O

ahu [denied, H

TH

, May 26]; objects knocked from

shelves in volcano district; duration, 15 s (felt), 6 m

in (instr.); deep K

ilauea origin.

Honolulu am


readings; VL

464, p. 6; HT

H, 5/24;

26/1939; see also HV

O, unpub., and

references for additional felt reports.5/24/39

13:09:0019

25.00155

14.00deep

32.032.0

3.332.2

s4.19

no traceno trace

4.19nom

ohnp-felt, caused landslide in H

alemaum

au.V

L 464, p. 6; H

VO

, unpub.


Continued

71

qg

p

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

5/29/3919:15:00

1930.0

15650.0

lanai se40

40166.0

170.7vf

4.534.91

4.784.85

honoV

Felt widely-O

ahu, Maui; 20-30 m

i deep, 90 mi

S of Lanai. W

arshauer notes: Felt sharply throughout O

ahu, not felt on Haw

aii; 150 mi

from H

onolulu, duration, 10 s (felt), 5 min

(instr.); recorded at HV

O; felt on O

ahu, Maui,

and Haw

aii.

Attenuated at W

hitney(?); VL

464, p. 6; H

TH

, 5/30/1939; HA

, 5/30/1939; see additional felt reports in references and H

VO

, unpub.

5/31/3915:10:00

1918.50

15514.50

kl kuer sf17.6

10.013.8

17.0m

-st4.52

4.714.63

4.67hono

Vhnp-6.

Honolulu am


readings; VL

464, p. 6; HV

O, unpub.

5/31/3920:38:00

1937.5

15515.5

ml ner

19.219.2

21.628.9

s4.12

4.12nom

oV

Felt-Hilo, hnp. W

arshauer notes: Generally felt

throughout volcano and by a few persons in

Hilo; hnp-6.

VL

464, p. 6; HT

H, 6/1/1939; H

VO


erals-in rem


VO

postcards].

5/31/3920:51:00

1934.0

15510.5

kaoiki17.6

17.617.6

24.9m

-st4.78

4.454.60

4.52hono

V

Felt-all Kau, H

ilo, all island, strong at hnp. W

arshauer notes: Very hard in volcano and all

Hilo, w

indows and doors rattled; duration, >

30 s; slight in K

ohala and Kona; hnp-6; Paauhau-

3, quite sharp, duration, 5 s; Hilo-slight, felt by

most.

Shallower(?); V

L 464, p. 6; H

TH

, 6/1/1939; H

VO



n refer to H

VO

postcards].

6/12/391:11:00

1921.00

15517.00

kl cal deep

20.820.8

9.322.8

m-st

4.724.64

4.654.65

honoV

Felt generally-Haw

aii Island, strongest in Hilo

and hnp; Kealakekua-short trem

or, slight shake, short trem

or; hilo-mod, w

akened many;

hnp-3, wakened persons. W

arshauer notes: H

ilo-wakened person, prolonged rattling of

window

s/doors; dismantled instrum

ents

Honolulu am


readings; possible surface waves noted

on Honolulu seism

ogram; V

L 464, p.

6; HV

O, unpub.; H

TH

, 6/12/1939; w

eaker than earlier four shocks; felt duration, 30 s.

6/19/393:49:00

1925.30

15515.00

kl cal deep

24.024.0

1.624.1

m4.25

<4.60

<4.53

4.25nom

oIII

Felt-Hilo, hnp; H

ilo (time 3:38:15—

same

event?), 2 mild w

aves, slight, felt by a few.

Warshauer notes: Slight to m

oderate quake was

generally felt in the Hilo and volcano districts

at 3:48:45 a.m. In H

ilo, felt as a prolonged shock, not strong.

Tim

e changed to agree with new

spaper and postcard data; V

L 464, p. 7; H

VO

, unpub.; H

TH

, 6/19/1939.

7/1/390:20:00

1923.00

15511.50

kl cal 10-20?

17.617.6

9.019.8

m4.35

4.304.48

4.39hono

V

Aw

akened many in H

ilo and hnp, dism seis;

hale Pohaku (Mauna K

ea)-fairly sharp quake, dur 3-4 s, w

akened most sleepers; hilo-3,

wakened. W

arshauer notes: Felt-all Hilo and

volcano dist; dur ~6 min, felt ~15 s; rattled

window

s, awakened m

any, no damage.

Honolulu am


readings; VL

464, p. 7; HV

O, unpub.;

HT

H, 7/1/1939.

7/14/393:51:00

1919.50

1557.00

kl mer sf

8.08.0

19.220.8

m-st

4.664.99

5.085.50

W&

K;

S&C

5.04hono

V; V

(S&C

)

Felt generally-Haw

aii Island; intensity greatest in K

au, Puna; sleepers wakened in H

ilo, hnp; unusually strong at Pahoa. W

arshauer notes: Felt-entire island, strongest in Puna &

volcano district; sleepers aw

akened and window

s rattled, but no dam

age done.

Honolulu am


readings; isoseismal m

ap in W&

K

(mag too high?); V

L 465, p. 5; H

TH

, 7/14/1939; see H

VO

, unpub., and references for com

plete felt report.

8/5/3913:46:00

1931.0

1562.0

hualalai?12.8

12.882.0

83.0vf

4.034.03

nomo

IV

Felt-Holualoa, H

ookena; Hookena-2; K

au and K

ona-rather sharp and short, single shake with

vertical motion; H

olualoa-5.

VL

465, p. 5; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards]; not found in

HT

H.

8/17/395:57:00

1919.50

1556.50

kl mer sf

12.810.0

20.022.3

m4.43

4.264.46

4.36hono

No intensity reports!

Honolulu am


readings; VL


TH

.

8/17/396:18:00

1921.50

1557.00

kl mer sf

6.46.4

17.218.4

m4.30

<4.46

<4.46

4.30nom

oD

o.V

L 465, p. 6; not found in H

TH

.

6/11/4017:32:00

1926.8

15531.6

kaoiki28.8

28.828.1

40.2s-m

(f-s?)4.12

<4.27

<4.02

4.12nom

o V

Felt-Hookena, K

ealakekua, hnp; Kealakekua-

slight tremor follow

ed by shake that dwindled

away; duration, 5 s; H

ookena-4, slight tremble

followed by sharp shake, buildings shook,

objects on shelves moved.

Feeble-slight(?); shallower(?); V

L 468,

p. 12; HV

O, unpub. [intensities-arabic

numerals-in rem

arks column refer to

HV

O postcards].

6/16/4023:56:49

210.0

15518.0

maui east

174.5174.8

st6.14

off scaleoff scale

6.0G

UT

E6.00

guteV

I; V (S&

C)

Felt generally-Haw

aiian chain, particularly on O

ahu, Maui, H

awaii. W

arshauer notes: At least

2 sharp earthquakes felt in Honolulu; first

lasted several seconds, window

s rattled, houses creaked; also H

ilo, Maui, M

olokai (articles off shelves); no dam

age.

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K; V

L 468, p.

12 [detailed felt report given]; HSB

; H

TH

; HA


VO

, unpub.


Continued



qg

p

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

6/17/400:14:00

210.0

15518.0

maui east

174.5174.8

s5.37

lost in m

slost in

ms

5.37nom

oIV

Aftershock of 6/16/40 earthquake. W

arshauer notes: Slight shock; duration, 2 s; second slight quake; K

ealakekua-very slight and very short; H

ookena-2; duration, 5 s, sort of bubbling m

otion; (Maui)-4, shook w

indows.

VL

468, p. 12; HSB

; HT

H, 6/17/1940;

HV


numerals-in rem


HV

O postcards].

6/17/407:47:00

210.0

15518.0

maui east

174.5174.8

m (f?)

4.824.59

4.724.65

honoV

(S&C

)

Aftershock of 6/16/40 earthquake; felt-H

awaii,

Maui, O

ahu. Warshauer notes: A

moderate

quake.


o readings; nom

ogram agrees only if earthquake is

"feeble"; error in VL

(?); VL

468, p. 12; H

SB; H

TH

, 6/17/1940.

6/17/4012:39:00

210.0

15518.0

maui east

174.5174.8

s5.37

5.425.00

5.20hono

V (S&

C); III

(hamakua)

Aftershock of 6/16/40 quake; felt-H

awaii,

Maui, O

ahu. Warshauer notes: A

nother aftershock bet slight and m

oderate; Hakalau-

moderate; K

ealakekua-very slight shake of 2-s dur, felt by few

; Paauhau-3, 2-s med vib, 2

lighter vibs; Wailuku-3, shook w

indows.

VL

468, p. 12; HT

H, 6/17/1940; H

VO


erals-in rem


VO

postcards].

7/4/4015:55:00

204.9

15442.2

mauna

kea os93.2

93.7f

4.124.05

4.004.03

hono40 m

i NE

of Hilo.

VL

469, p. 5.

7/9/4019:30:00

208.6

1559.1

mauna

kea os80.0

80.6f

4.614.78

4.784.78

honoO

ffshore 12 mi N

E of O

okala.D

o.

7/15/4016:48:00

2054.0

1558.0

maui east

163.9164.2

m5.82

5.905.91

5.6G

UT

E5.90

honoV

; V (S&

C)

Main shock: felt-all islands exc K

auai. W

arshauer notes: Strong at Kohala; duration,

30 s; slight in Hilo, felt by m

any; Paauhau-3, single brief very noticeable vibration; U

lupalakua (Maui)-light shock; duration, 20 s;

visible bouncing of bed mattresses.

W&

K report M

5.5-not derived from

felt area; VL

469, p. 5; HT

H,

7/16/1940; HA

, 7/18/1940; HV

O,

unpub. [intensities-arabic numerals-in

remarks colum

n refer to HV

O

postcards].

7/15/4021:13:00

2054.0

1558.0

maui east

163.9164.2

vf4.51

4.524.52

4.52hono

II

Afte

shock of 7/15/40 eathquake; fe

tPaauhau, M

aui (Ulupalakua); U

lupalakua (M

aui)-extremely slight, horizontal E

-W

motion, double shake w

ith 1/2-s separation; Paauhau-2, single vibration, brief and very w

eak.

VL

469, p. 5; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

9/1/4022:15:00

210.0

15516.0

maui east

174.5174.7

m5.62

5.585.20

5.6G

UT

E5.39

honoIV

(S&C

); V

(USE

)Felt generally-H

awaii Island.

W&

K report M

5.5-not derived from

felt area; VL


TH

.

1/17/417:30:00

1940.3

1563.5

hualalai22.4

22.488.2

91.0s

4.914.77

3.934.77

honoV

I

Felt strongly-Puu Waaw

aa; also, Kailua,

Hookena, H

ilo; Puu Waaw

aa ranch-6, buildings shook quite hard, som

e objects fell off shelves; H

ookena-2, building shaken; W

aimea-rattled w

indows; duration, 15 s.

VL

471, p. 4; not found in HT

H; H

VO


erals-in rem


VO

postcards].

1/18/419:34:00

2012.3

15513.2

mauna

kea os86.2

86.6f

4.334.62

4.444.53

hono15 m

i N of Papaaloa near earthquakes of

summ

er 1940.V


TH

.

2/8/419:19:00

2010.2

1550.0

mauna

kea os86.7

87.1f

4.344.56

4.694.62

honoD

o.

2/11/4121:56:00

2034.0

15449.0

kohala os134.7

135.0f

4.374.13

4.014.07

honoV

L 471, p. 4.

2/18/4111:53:00

1941.0

15539.0

deep48

4849.7

69.1s

4.724.56

4.564.56

honoV


TH

.

4/20/4110:46:00

1923.90

15516.00

kl cal deep

1.625.0

3.725.3

m4.52

4.584.47

4.53hono

IV

Felt-hnp, Kau, K

ona, Hilo. W

arshauer notes: A

moderate earthquake felt throughout E

ast H

awaii dism

antled instruments at H

VO

and H

alemaum

au; felt duration, about 30 s; occurred at 11:46 a.m

. [time off?], preceded by

a series of lesser quakes.

VL

472, p. 3; HT

H, 4/21/1941; see

HV

O, unpub., for additional felt

reports.

9/25/417:18:00

1921.0

15527.0

kaoiki11.2

11.221.9

24.6m

-st4.78

5.805.85

6.0

5.82hono

VII; V

II (S&C

)

SE flank m

l, 4 mi N

of Kapapala ranch house;

felt generally-Haw

aii Island, by some in

Honolulu. W

arshauer notes: Felt most strongly-

Pahala and Kapapala, dishes fell, bottles

broken; plaster cracked in Hilo; strong at

Kohala, Puna, and K

ona; no damage.

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K; strong(?); V

L

473 [includes damage report;

dismantled all seism

ographs, low m

ag instrum

ent not operating], p. 3; HT

H,

9/25/1941; extensive felt reports in H

VO

, unpub.

10/25/418:54:00

mauna

kea40

7373.0

83.2f

4.634.96

5.205.08

honofelt

N slope M

auna Kea near; felt generally-H

awaii

Island; this and subsequent quakes precursory to M

auna Kea sw

arm starting N

ovember 13.

Warshauer notes: Felt at H

awaii N

ational Park, H

ilo, and Kohala.

Slight(?); VL

474, p. 3; HT

H,

10/30/1941.

11/13/4120:07:00

204.0

15542.0

mauna

kea?43

83.284.5

94.8f; s (m

l)4.40

3.99; 4.61

thick line

4.30hono

felt

52 mi from

HV

O; felt-. W

arshauer notes: Felt at; felt in K

ohala, north Kona, H

amakua, and

[probably] at Kilauea.

HO

N m

agnitude average of two

readings; VL

474, p. 3; HT

H, 11/15;

21/1941.


Continued

73


Continued


Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

11/15/416:53:00

204.0

15542.0

mauna

kea?43.2

43.283.2

84.594.9

s5.20

5.734.91

5.32hono

felt

52 mi from

HV

O; H

ilo dismantled. W

arshauer notes: T

he strongest earthquake [in a series] w

as reported at 6:58 a.m. today [doesn't say

whether felt!]; felt islandw

ide by a few and by

many in K

ohala, north Kona, and H

amakua.

VL

474, p. 3; HT

H, 11/15; 21/1941;

not found in HA

.

11/15/4118:37:00

mauna

kea?43

83.283.2

93.7f

4.394.02

4.224.12

honofelt

52 mi from

HV

O; felt generally-N

Haw

aii Island. W

arshauer notes: Felt in northern part of island and by several in H

ilo.V

L 474, p. 3; H

TH

, 11/21/1941.

11/16/412:31:00

mauna

kea?43.2

43.281.9

81.992.6

f4.11

<4.10

<4.10

4.11nom

ofelt

Near 52 m

i from H

VO

; newspaper tim

e accepted. W

arshauer notes: Felt in Hilo; felt at

and perhaps other places in N H

awaii.

Do.

11/16/419:41:00

204.0

15542.0

mauna

kea?43.2

43.283.2

84.594.9

m5.71

5.835.83

5.83hono

V; V

(S&C

)

Near 52 m

i from H

VO

; felt generally Haw

aii Island; slight dam

age. Warshauer notes: Felt by

many in all parts of H

awaii; no dam

age reported; not felt on O

ahu.D

o.

11/18/412:56:00

204.0

15542.0

mauna

kea?43.2

43.283

84.594.9

m-st

5.716.07

6.176.12

honoV

I; V (S&

C)

Near, slight dam

age; felt strongly-Haw

aii Island, less on M

aui. Warshauer notes: D

ishes and bottles w

ere broken at early this morning

by an earthquake also felt strongly in Hilo;

approximate tim

e of the quake was 2:53 a.m

.V

L 474, p. 3; H

TH

, 11/18/1941.

11/18/4110:30:00

204.0

15542.0

mauna

kea?43

8384.5

94.8f

4.725.05

4.504.72

honofelt

Felt generally-Haw

aii Island.V

L 474, p. 3.

11/18/4110:33:00

204.0

15542.0

mauna

kea?43

8384.5

94.8f

4.40<

4.22<

4.224.40

nomo

feltD

o.D

o.

11/19/417:43:00

204.0

15542.0

mauna

kea?43

83.284.5

94.8f

4.725.17

5.405.29

honofelt

52 mi from

HV

O; felt w

idely.Slight(?); V

L 474, p. 3.

11/22/4110:04:00

204.0

15542.0

mauna

kea?43

8384.5

94.8f

4.134.13

nomo

Near.

VL

474, p. 4.

11/22/4121:23:00

204.0

15542.0

mauna

kea?43

8384.5

94.8s

5.205.61

5.505.56

honoV

(W&

K)

Near; felt generally-H

awaii Island, few

on M

aui.M

oderate(?); VL

474, p. 4.

11/22/4122:12:00

204.0

15542.0

mauna

kea?43

8384.5

94.8vf

4.134.13

nomo

feltFelt.

VL

474, p. 4.

1/25/426:13:00

kaoiki?25.6

25.627.1

s4.07

4.07nom

oV

-VI

16 mi from

HV

O; felt-hnp; broke dishes at

KM

C.

VL

475, p. 2

2/8/4217:48:00

1938.0

15510.0

hilo deep48

4824.5

24.653.9

s4.81

5.155.23

5.19hono

felt8 m

i SW of H

ilo; felt-Hilo, hnp; H

ilo seism

ograph dismantled.

Farther away(?) or m

oderate(?); VL


TH

.

2/18/4211:09:00

1925.80

15516.60

kl cal 10-20

12.812.8

2.01.7

12.9m

4.05no

recordno

record4.05

nomo

VN

end Kilauea crater; felt-hnp, aw

akened m

any, dismantled H

VO

and mlo seism

ographs.V

L 475, p. 2.

2/21/428:11:00

1932.0

15528.0

ml ner

88

2424.5

25.8m

4.816.09

6.096.09

honoV

I

Felt widely. W

arshauer notes: Hilo-dishes and

bottles fell, plaster cracked, parked cars shook from

two strong quakes; dism

antled seism

ographs, slides in Kilauea crater; bottles

broken at Volcano H

ouse.

Strong(?) or deep(?); VL

475, p. 2; H

TH

, 2/21; 22/1942; HSB

, 2/21/1942; tim

e given as "shortly after 9 a.m.

today" [Haw

aii war tim

e, 1 hour later].

2/21/428:14:00

1932.0

15528.0

ml ner

88

2424.5

25.8m

4.816.14

6.096.11

honoV

ID

o.; felt widely; another and stronger shock

occurred at about 9:14 a.m.

VL

475, p. 2; HT

H, 2/21; 22/1942;

HSB

, 2/21/1942; time given as "shortly

after 9 a.m. today" [H

awaii w

ar time, 1

hour later].

2/21/428:36:00

1932.0

15528.0

ml ner

88

2424.5

25.8s

4.04no trace

no trace4.04

nomo

Warshauer notes: T

hen, at 9:37 there was

another shake, strong enough to dismantle the

east-west com

ponent of the seismograph at the

Volcano H

ouse.[T

imes are H

awaii w

ar time, 1 hour

later]; VL

475, p. 2; HT

H, 2/22/1942.

2/22/4214:47:00

ml ner?

825.6

25.626.8

s4.06

4.06nom

o16 m

i from H

VO

.V

L 475, p. 2.

2/22/4215:05:00

ml ner?

824

24.025.3

s4.02

4.02nom

o15 m

i from H

VO

.D

o.

3/7/426:41:00

1929.4

15535.0

ml m

ok8

3634.6

35.5s

4.044.04

nomo

N end of M

okuaweow

eo.D

o.

3/15/429:35:00

1927.2

15535.8

ml m

ok8

3435.5

36.4s

4.054.05

nomo

S end of Mokuaw

eoweo.

Do.

3/16/4221:57:00

1927.2

15535.8

ml m

ok5

3435.5

35.8s

4.044.04

nomo

feltD

o.; felt-Kona.

Do.

3/19/420:17:00

ml m

ok5

3535.0

35.4s

4.034.03

nomo

Near M

okuaweow

eo; E-W

dismantled.

Do.

3/20/4223:05:00

ml sw

r5

4343.0

43.3m

5.17>

5.675.88

5.88hono

V

SW rift; felt w

idely; stopped clocks in S Kona.

Warshauer notes: D

eep-seated earthquake felt generally in H

ilo; dismantled seism

ic equipm

ent; no damage.

Strong(?); must be deep to fit felt

reports and HO

N m

agnitudes; VL

475, p. 2; H

TH

, 3/21/1942; time given as

"12:04 a.m. today" [daylight saving

time in effect; see V

L 476, p. 2, 1st

paragraph].

3/21/4220:14:00

ml sw

r5

5353.0

53.2f

4.004.00

nomo

feltSW

rift; felt-S Kona.

VL

475, p. 2.


qg

p

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

3/28/4221:55:00

ml ner

525

25.025.5

s4.03

no traceno trace

4.03nom

ofelt

NE

rift; felt-hnp, Hilo.

Do.

4/26/4223:41:00

ml ner

55

3434.0

34.4m

4.734.61

4.984.79

honofelt

Upper N

E rift; felt-hnp, H

ilo.V

L 476, p. 7.

4/27/420:01:00

ml ner

534

34.034.4

s4.24

4.24nom

oU

pper NE

rift.D

o.

4/27/424:21:00

ml ner

534

34.034.4

s4.24

4.24nom

oD

o.D

o.

4/27/428:49:00

ml ner

534

34.034.4

s4.50

4.974.61

4.79hono

Do.

Deeper(?); V

L 476, p. 7.

4/27/429:52:00

ml m

ok5

3535.0

35.4s

4.264.26

nomo

Near M

okuaweow

eo.V

L 476, p. 7.

4/27/4211:53:00

1932.5

15528.0

ml ner

525

24.925.4

s4.03

4.03nom

oN

E rift above Puu U

laula.D

o.

4/27/4214:12:00

ml ner?

525

25.025.5

s4.03

4.03nom

oR

ecord confused; no location or distance given.D

o.

4/27/4214:23:00

ml ner?

525

25.025.5

s4.03

4.03nom

oN

o location or distance given.D

o.

4/27/4216:44:00

ml ner?

525

25.025.5

s4.03

4.03nom

oD

o.D

o.

4/27/4221:43:00

ml ner?

525

25.025.5

m4.80

6.09light trace

6.09aver

feltFelt strongly-Puu U

laula; instruments

dismantled.

Strong(?); VL


TH

.

4/29/4211:10:00

ml ner?

524

24.024.5

s4.00

4.00nom

oN

o location or distance given.V

L 476, p. 7.

7/9/423:00:00

kohala os115

115.0115.4

s5.34

5.925.50

5.71hono

IV

In ocean N of K

ohala; felt strongly-Kohala.

Warshauer notes: A

n earthquake between slight

and moderate w

as recorded at 3:59 a.m.

[daylight saving time in effect]; dism

antled seism

ograph, felt strongly in district, also in H

ilo.M

oderate(?); VL

477, p. 3; HT

H,

7/9/1942.

10/11/4211:43:00

1929.4

15535.0

ml m

ok34

34.635.8

s4.26

4.26nom

oN

end of Mokuaw

eoweo.

VL


H.

12/6/4212:08:00

196.0

15541.3

ml sw

r59

58.258.9

s4.39

no traceno trace

4.39nom

ofelt

SW rift near source of 1868 flow

; felt-Hilo to S

Kona.

Closer(?); V

L 478, p. 4; not found in

HT

H.

12/21/4223:59:00

kl mer?

2.016.0

16.016.1

s3.71

4.15calc

Preferred magnitude calculates as nom

ogram

magnitude m


3 slight events on Decem

ber 21 not separately tabulated; V

L 478, p. 4.

1/9/4320:04:00

ml sw

r?59

59.059.7

f4.07

4.07nom

ofelt

Felt-S Kona.

VL

479, p. 5.

1/17/4314:08:00

ml ner

2424.0

25.6s

4.034.03

nomo

feltN

E rift; felt-hnp.

Do.

1/19/432:48:00

ml ner?

2424.0

25.6s

4.034.03

nomo

feltFelt-hnp, H

ilo.D

o.

5/8/434:10:00

ml m

ok35

35.036.1

s4.27

no traceno trace

4.27nom

ofelt

[On p. 3, tim

e given as 5:10 April 8—

probably the sam

e quake, given a daylight-saving-time

correction and a misprint of the m

onth]; near M

okuaweow

eo; felt generally-E H

awaii Island.

VL

480, p. 3, 4; not found in HT

H.

6/14/4321:38:00

204.0

15542.0

kohala?84.5

85.0s

4.64no trace

no trace4.64

nomo

feltN

ear; felt widely-H

awaii Island.

Closer(?); calc m

ag accepted on the basis that there m

ay have been high background noise on the H

onolulu seism

ogram preventing the earthquake

from being seen; V

L 480, p. 4; not

found in HT

H.

10/16/432:36:00

mauna

kea45

45.045.9

s4.44

4.44nom

ofelt

E slope M

auna Kea; felt-hnp, H

akalau.V

L 482, p. 2.

11/10/4316:22:00

hilea?43

43.043.9

m4.90

4.884.88

4.88hono

VI; V

I (USE

); V

(W&

K; S&

C)

Felt widely-S half H

awaii Island; stone w

alls throw

n down SW

of Pahala; dismantled

instruments.

VL


H.

12/22/4319:50:00

ml sw

r?45

45.045.9

s4.21

no traceno trace

4.21nom

ofelt

SW slope M

auna Loa; felt-hnp, H

ilo.C

loser(?) or feeble(?); VL


TH

.

1/23/4414:40:00

1932.0

15528.0

ml ner

24.526.1

s4.05

4.05nom

ofelt

NE

rift near Puu Ulaula; felt-hnp, Pahala.

VL

483, p. 3.

7/2/4420:48:00

kohala?90

90.090.4

f4.36

4.744.92

4.83hono

NW

Haw

aii.O

ffshore(?); VL

485, p. 3.

10/2/4417:27:00

201.0

15517.0

mauna

kea40

65.276.5

s4.79

<4.50

4.404.40

honoD

eep focus, near Ookala.

shallower(?); V

L 486, p. 3; not found

in HT

H

10/17/4413:54:00

mauna

kea55

55.055.7

f4.03

<4.32

<4.02

4.03nom

ofelt

Mauna K

ea; felt-Hilo.

VL

486, p. 3.

10/29/4417:17:00

mauna

kea55

55.055.7

f4.03

4.03nom

ofelt

Mauna K

ea; felt-hnp, Hilo.

Do.

11/12/444:56:00

1924.00

15517.70

kl cal deep?

14.430.0

4.55.0

30.4m

4.654.58

4.584.58

honoV

(W&

K; U

SE)

SW of H

alemaum

au; felt widely-S half H

awaii

Island, dismantled seism

ographs at Hilo, K

ona, and H

VO

.

Depth increased to m

atch HO

N

magnitude consistent w

ith felt reports; V


TH

.

12/27/443:42:00

1929.0

15535.0

ml m

ok24

2434.5

42.0st

5.15light trace

5.785.6

GU

TE

5.78hono

VI; V

I (USE

; S&

C)

E edge M

okuaweow

eo; fet w

idey

Haw

aii Island, plainly on O

ahu; objects off shelves Pepeekeo, and stone fences dow

n in Hilea;

dismantled seism

ographs. Warshauer notes:

Sharp quake awakened people; dur few

seconds, no dam

age in Hilo; pronounced in

hnp.V

L 486, p. 3; H

TH

, 12/27/1944.


Continued

75

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

12/27/445:46:00

1929.0

15535.0

ml m

ok24

2434.5

42.0s

4.38no trace

no trace4.38

nomo

III

Do.; dism

antled seismographs. W

arshauer notes: T

he earthquake [at 4 a.m. H

.s.t.] was

followed by tw

o smaller quakes at 6 and 7 a.m

. [daylight saving tim

es approximate?].

VL

486, p. 3; HT

H, 12/27/1944.

12/30/449:21:00

1929.0

15535.0

ml m

ok24

2434.5

42.0m

5.155.36

5.505.43

honoIII

Do.

Deeper(?); V


HT

H.

12/31/4411:10:00

1916.2

15528.9

hilea20.8

20.829.4

36.0m

5.044.93

5.085.00

honoIII

Wood valley; do.

VL


H.

1/9/4518:57:00

hilea?35

35.036.1

s4.27

4.27nom

ofelt

Felt-Pahala.V

L 487, p. 5.

1/24/4510:38:00

1925.00

15516.20

kl cal deep

20.021.0

1.921.1

m4.39

4.324.33

4.32hono

feltE

rim K

ilauea crater; felt widely-S half H

awaii

Island.D

o.

3/5/450:00:00

ml sw

r45

45.045.9

m4.93

4.915.04

4.97hono

VSW

rift; felt widely-H

awaii Island; stopped

clocks in S Kona.

VL

487, p. 6; VL

date w

rong—H

onolulu record shows 3/5.

3/12/4519:00:00

1919.00

1552.00

kl kuer sf?10.0

28.027.2

28.9m

4.38<

4.47<

4.324.38

nomo

feltIn ocean off Puna-K

au boundary; felt-hnp, dism

antled seismograph.

Location onshore w

ould be more

consistent with m

odern catalog and give better m

ag agreement w

ith HO

N

consistent with felt report; V

L 487, p.

6; not found in HT

H.

5/19/451:48:00

kaoiki20

20.021.9

m4.70

5.225.37

5.30hono

V (U

SE; S&

C)

E slope M

auna Loa; felt generally-H

awaii

Island, slightly on Oahu.

Deeper(?); V


HT

H.

5/29/4518:45:00

1931.0

15532.4

kaoiki20.8

20.830.9

37.3s

4.29no trace

no trace4.29

nomo

felt5 m

i SW of Puu U

laula; felt-hnp, Hilo, s K

onaV

L 488, p. 3.

6/14/4519:46:00

1911.3

15528.7

hilea35.4

36.5s

4.28<

4.454.07

4.07hono

feltN

ear Pahala; felt-hnp, Pahala.D

o.

7/13/452:15:00

1920.00

155kl m

er sf8.0

8.029.6

30.6m

4.654.98

4.604.79

honoIV

Coast SW

of Kalapana; felt w

idely-E half

Haw

aii Island; dismantled E

-W com

ponent. W

arshauer notes: Residents in several sections

of Hilo felt an earthquake that som

e describe as "fairly strong" at 3:15 a.m

. [daylight saving tim

e]; duration, >5 m

inutes.V

L 489, p. 4; H

TH

, 7/13/1945.

9/19/455:33:00

ml nf

3636.0

37.1s

4.294.38

3.894.14

honoV

(USE

)B

etween M

auna Loa and M

auna Kea; felt

widely-H

awaii Island.

VL


H.

12/16/4520:30:00

kaoiki20

20.021.9

s4.18

5.414.96

5.19hono

feltE

flank of Mauna L

oa; felt-hnp, Pahala, Hilo; E

-W

component dism

antled.

deeper(?), farther away(?) or

moderate(?); H

onolulu mag too high

for felt report(?); VL

490, p. 3

2/6/464:45:00

198.0

15528.7

hilea40.3

41.3s

4.364.76

4.764.76

honofelt

Near coast below

Pahala; felt-Kau, S K

ona.V

L 491, p. 5.

2/8/466:15:00

ml ner

3030.0

31.3s

4.174.37

4.374.37

honofelt

NE

rift; felt-hnp, Pahala, Hilo.

Do.

2/14/469:03:00

ml sw

r48

48.048.8

s4.26

no traceno trace

4.26nom

oM

iddle SW rift.

Do.

2/23/4622:44:00

kohala?60

60.060.7

s4.41

no traceno trace

4.41nom

ofelt

Felt-N K

ona, S Kohala.

Closer(?) or feeble(?); V

L 491, p. 5.

4/8/468:58:00

ml m

ok deep?

4035

35.053.2

s4.32

no traceno trace

4.32nom

ofelt

Deep under M

auna Loa in; felt w

idely.V

L 492, p. 7.

5/19/4618:36:00

kl ler sf?10.0

60.060.8

s4.63

4.734.72

4.72hono

feltFelt-hnp, H

ilo.

Honolulu am


readings; s-p on Honolulu record, felt

report, and magnitude suggests ler sf;

ed assumed for m

ag agreement; V

L

492, p. 7.

8/8/4616:28:00

ml ner?

3030.0

31.3s

4.17no trace

no trace4.17

nomo

feltN

E slope M

auna Loa; felt-hnp.

VL

493, p. 3.

9/4/4613:21:00

ml ner?

3030.0

31.3s

4.17no trace

4.124.12

honoIII

NE

slope Mauna L

oa; felt-hnp. Warshauer

notes: The strongest quake w

e've had in quite aw

hile rocked the volcano and Kau regions;

felt duration, several seconds, no damage; felt

in Honolulu [unlikely?].

VL

493, p. 3; HT

H, 9/5; 10/6/1946.

10/8/4623:56:00

1929.7

15522.5

kaoiki16

1614.0

21.2s

3.90no trace

no trace4.06

4.06hono

feltN

E slope M

auna Loa, 1 m

i E of M

auna Loa

seismograph; felt-hnp, H

ilo.V

L 494, p. 7.

10/10/465:59:00

hualalai deep

4090

90.098.5

vf4.15

obscure trace

obscure trace

4.794.47

averfelt

NW

coast of Hualalai; felt-K

ona, Maui.

Warshauer notes: A

n earthquake October 10

was w

idely felt on Maui and scattered points on

this island originated deep under the Hualalai

coast.V

L 494, p. 7; H

TH

, 11/5/1946.


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

10/29/4618:43:00

kaoiki deep

2020

20.028.3

s4.10

<4.37

<4.27

3.594.10

nomo

E slope M

auna Loa. W

arshauer notes: The

earthquake of October 29, w

hich rocked most

of the east half of Haw

aii, originated deep under the east slope of M

auna Loa.

[Not sure w

hether s-p horizontal has the sam

e characteristics as the N

eumann-L

aBarre instrum

ent after N

ov. 1946]; station HO

N film

time is

18:46, nomogram

magnitude accepted;

VL

494, p. 7; HT

H, 11/5/1946.

11/30/461:54:00

deep40

2020.0

44.7s

4.424.22

no trace4.22

honoE

slope Mauna L

oa.V

L V

L 494, p. 7.

12/22/467:02:00

hilo24

2430

30.038.4

f4.09

<4.32

<4.32

4.324.32

honofelt

Felt-E H

awaii Island.

VL

494, p. 7; station HO

N film

time is

7:04.

1/15/479:47:00

ml ner

3030.0

31.3s

4.174.37

<4.27

4.834.37

honoN

E rift; M

-S magnitude accepted as preferred.

N-L

high(?); VL

495, p. 6; station H

ON

film tim

e is 9:48.

2/26/4718:54:00

ml ner

3030.0

31.3f (s?)

4.17<

4.55no trace

<4.47

4.17nom

ofelt

NE

rift; felt generally-e Haw

aii Island; mag

calculated assuming "slight" fits felt report

betterV


TH

.

3/19/4723:06:00

ml m

ok deep

4040

3535.0

53.2m

(s?)4.80

4.384.22

4.424.34

honoV

(USE

)

Deep under M

auna Loa; felt w

idely-Haw

aii Island; dism

antled ML

O seism

ometer.

Warshauer notes: Strong quake under M

auna L

oa east slope dismantled seism

ographs at H

VO

; shallower than others recently;

especially strong at and Kapapala; felt in H

ilo.Shallow

er(?), or slight(?); VL

495, p. 6; H

TH

, 3/20/1947.

3/21/4717:37:00

1944.0

1563.8

hualalai91.0

91.5f

4.37<

4.17<

4.174.57

4.37nom

oK

eahole pt.N

-L high(?); V


HT

H.

4/12/471:46:00

kaoiki20

20.021.9

s4.18

no traceno trace

trace4.18

nomo

feltFelt-K

apapala.V

L 496, p. 3.

4/12/472:29:00

kaoiki20

20.021.9

s4.18

no traceno trace

no trace

4.18nom

ofelt

Do.

Do.

6/14/4723:00:00

kl cal 10-20?

15.04.0

4.015.5

m4.18

<4.12

<4.2

4.484.18

nomo

felt

Moderate depth under K

ilauea; felt locally and as far as Papaikou; M

LO

instrument

dismantled.

N-L

high(?); VL

496, p. 3

6/19/475:24:00

kl cal 10-20?

13.04.0

4.013.6

m4.09

4.184.02

3.854.02

honofelt

Shallow under K

ilauea; felt locally; E-W

dism

antled.V

L 496, p. 3.

8/18/479:52:00

kl cal deep

21.05.0

5.021.6

m4.41

4.154.39

no record

4.27hono

felt

Deep under K

ilauea; felt locally and at N

aalehu; E-W

seismograph dism

antled. W

arshauer notes: An earthquake at 9:52 a.m

. w

as felt as far as Hilo.

VL

497, p. 3; HT

H, 8/18; 19/1947.

8/19/476:44:00

kaoiki?20

20.021.9

s4.18

no traceno trace

no record

4.18nom

ofelt

ynotes: Felt at and K

apapala, "much stronger"

than the [Kilauea] quake at 9:52 a.m

. August

18.V

L 497, p. 3; H

TH

, 8/19/1947.

9/21/475:50:00

1942.2

15528.0

ml nf deep

3636

37.251.8

s4.52

4.35<

4.504.28

4.31hono

IV

Deep below

Hum

uula; felt widely-H

awaii

Island, few on M

aui. Warshauer notes: B

ig Island, from

to Hilo and as far w

est as Pahala in K

au, shook for 3.5 min early Sunday; no

damage; slow

swaying, intense for 20 s, acc by

rumbling.

Honolulu data average of 2 readings;

shallower(?); V

L 497, p. 3; H

TH

, 9/22/1947.

9/30/474:04:00

kl cal deep

11.225.0

5.05.0

25.5m

4.524.45

4.635.15

4.74hono

V

East of K

ilauea crater; felt generally-S Kona to

Hilo. W

arshauer notes: Roused sleepers all

over island, duration, >1 m

in; toppled radio antenna and caused a hole to form

in Hilo;

movem

ent horizontal and vertical; dismantled

all seismographs on island.

N-L

peak trace invisible; VL

497, p. 3; H

TH

, 9/30/1947.

10/17/470:27:00

1916.8

15527.2

kaoiki26

26.327.8

s4.09

no traceno trace

4.114.11

honofelt

Near K

apapala; felt generally-E H

awaii Island.

VL

498, p. 3.

10/31/472:13:00

1928.5

15535.5

ml m

ok35.2

36.3m

4.534.43

4.334.11

4.29hono

VM

okuaweow

eo; felt widely-E

half Haw

aii Island; clocks stopped in S K

ona.V


TH

.

12/14/4710:10:00

kl cal deep

32.032.0

5.032.4

m4.69

<4.27

<4.27

4.894.69

nomo

IV

Felt-hnp, Hilo. W

arshauer notes: Deep

earthquake 20 mi under K

ilauea; rattled w

indows and dishes in the H

ilo, Volcano, and

Kau districts; pronounced vertical m

otion; felt quite plainly in hnp region, acc. by a rum

ble; dism

antled mlo and H

VO

seismographs.

N-L

high, M-S low

; VL

498, p. 3; H

TH

, 12/15/1947.

12/20/475:18:00

1928.5

15535.5

ml m

ok35.2

36.3s

4.28<

4.17<

4.224.72

4.42hono

feltM

okuaweow

eo; felt-E half H

awaii Island.

Warshauer notes: W

idely felt.

Honolulu data average of 2 readings; N

-L

mag high; V

L 498, p. 3; H

TH

, 12/2/1947.


Continued

77

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

12/24/476:38:00

1921.5

15525.6

kaoiki19.2

21.2s

4.16no trace

no traceno

trace4.16

nomo

V

E slope M

auna Loa near A

inapo; felt-hnp, H

ilo. Warshauer notes: T

he third earthquake to originate under M

auna Loa in 5 days aw

akened B

ig Island residents at 6:38 a.m. today. It w

as particularly noticeable in the Puueo section of H

ilo.V

L 498, p. 3; H

TH

, 12/24/1947.

1/8/4816:15:00

kaoiki20

20.021.9

s4.18

no traceno trace

4.124.12

honofelt

E slope M

auna Loa; felt-hnp. W

arshauer notes: Seism

ographs at Haw

aii National Park

registered a fairly deep earthquake southwest of

Kilauea V

olcano at 4:30 p.m. T

hursday. The

quake was felt in the volcano district and parts

of Hilo.

VL

499, p. 3; HT

H, 1/9/1948 [tim

e differs from

VL

—sam

e quake or a separate one, possibly kl cal deep, not recorded in V

L 499(?)].

1/15/486:16:00

ml ner

3030.0

31.3s

4.17<

4.37no trace

<3.27

4.17nom

oIII

NE

slope Mauna L

oa; felt-hnp, Hilo.

Warshauer notes: a m

oderate [slight in] earthquake w

as felt at 6:16 a.m. today, lasting

several seconds in the Puueo section of Hilo. It

was felt, not severely, in the volcano region and

other sections of the island. V

L 499, p. 3; H

TH

, 1/15/1948.

1/26/4823:02:00

ml ner

3030.0

31.3s

4.43no trace

no trace4.61

4.61hono

felt

NE

rift; felt- to Hilo. W

arshauer notes: A

moderate earthquake, originating on the

northeast slope of Mauna L

oa, was registered at

11:02 p.m.; the earthquake w

as felt over a wide

area, including the Puueo section of Hilo

N-L

high(?); VL

499, p. 3; HT

H,

1/27/1948.

3/9/4815:46:00

kohala?65

65.065.6

s4.46

no traceno trace

4.434.43

honofelt

Felt from H

ilo to Kona; off coast north of

Hualalai. W

arshauer notes: An earthquake,

originating either under Hualalai or M

auna K

ea, was recorded by H

VO

at 3:46 p.m.

Tuesday. T

he quake was felt over a w

ide area, including H

ilo and.

Closer(?) or feeble(?); new

spaper location (approx 65 km

from H

VO

gives better fit than location (95 km

from

HV

O); V

L 499, p. 3; H

TH

, 3/10/1948.

3/19/4816:18:00

kl cal deep

25.03.0

25.2m

4.524.16

det4.78

4.35hono

IV

Deep K

ilauea; felt-Hilo to N

aalehu. Warshauer

notes: A sharp tem

blor shook the Big Island at

4:18 p.m. Friday, the strongest in 3 m

onths; a vertical quake, strongly felt in the volcano area and in m

ost areas of Hilo.

Honolulu am


readings; N-L

high; M-S E

-W detected;

not read because record was being

changed; VL

499, p. 3; HT

H,

3/20/1948.

5/22/4811:34:00

hualalai deep

2070

70.072.8

s4.54

4.10no trace

no record

4.10hono

felt

Hualalai. W

arshauer notes: An earthquake

originated deep under Hualalai at 11:33 a.m

. Saturday. T

he temblor w

as felt in the volcano district.

Closer to K

ilauea(?) and/or shallow

er(?); VL

500, p. 4; HT

H,

5/24/1948.5/24/48

23:16:00m

l ner30

30.031.3

s4.17

no traceno trace

trace4.17

nomo

feltN

E rift; felt-hnp.

VL

500, p. 4.

6/28/481:42:00

2112.0

15754.0

oahu340.8

340.9s

5.61seis

dism.

seis dism

.seis

dism.

4.8

Cox;

(W&

K, p.

72)5.20

averV

I; VI (C

ox; S&C

)

Oahu; felt-H

ilo. Warshauer notes: felt in H

ilo and recorded at H

VO

; 125-150 miles aw

ay, possibly in M

olokai vicinity; considerable dam

age in Honolulu, including houses shifted

on foundations, pipes broken and lots of broken plaster and w

indow panes.

Cox, 1986; C

ox mag too low

(?)-even H

VO

location near Molokai yields

M=

5.4 5; wrong date—

6/26/48—in V

L

500, p. 4; HT

H, 6/28/1948; see

references for more com

plete damage

report; preferred mag calculated as

average of nomogram

and Cox.

7/30/482:28:00

kl cal 10-20?

9.615.0

3.015.3

m4.17

4.254.33

3.704.10

honoV

E of K

ilauea crater; felt-hnp; awakened people.

Warshauer notes: R

esidents of the volcano district w

ere jarred by two "fairly sharp"

temblors at 2:28 and 2:31 a.m

. today. Both

quakes were felt generally in the volcano

district. No reports from

elsewhere.

N-L

low; V

L 501, p. 3; H

TH

, 7/30/1948; H

TH

, 8/5/1948.

7/30/482:31:00

kl cal 10-20?

9.615.0

3.015.3

m4.17

4.154.25

3.884.10

honoV

Do.

Do.

9/13/488:20:00

ml nf

3636

3232.0

48.2m

4.975.15

5.234.88

5.09hono

IV

SE of M

auna Kea; felt-E

half Haw

aii Island. W

arshauer notes: A heavy earthquake, felt all

the way from

Hilo to, rocked the south end of

the Big Island at 8:22 a.m

. today. Finch said they w

ere deep under Mauna L

oa.V

L 501, p. 3; H

TH

, 9/13/1948.9/15/48

9:45:0019

28.5155

35.5m

l mok

35.236.3

s4.05

no traceno trace

3.224.05

nomo

Mokuaw

eoweo.

N-L

low(?); V

L 501, p. 3.

1/6/4915:59:00

1928.5

15535.5

ml m

ok8

35.236.1

m4.53

no traceno trace

no trace

4.53nom

o2 m

i NE

of Mokuaw

eoweo; one of the

strongest quakes of the series.C

loser(?) or slight(?); VL

503, p. 7, 8.


Continued




Continued

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

1/15/496:40:00

ml sw

r deep

3620

2525.0

32.0m

4.454.45

no trace4.07

4.26hono

IV

Above w

ood valley. Warshauer notes: H

ilo this m

orning was rocked by a heavy earthquake at

6:40, dismantled the E

-W com

ponent of the H

ilo seismograph; the tem

blor was felt in all

parts of the island, particularly in Kona, K

au, Puna, and H

ilo.

closer(?) normal K

aoiki depth(?); VL

503, p. 8; H

TH

, 1/15; 16/1949 [ time

given as 12:40 a.m.-new

spaper time

fits Hon tim

e]

1/15/4911:16:00

kohala os110

110.0110.4

s4.82

4.504.08

4.784.45

honoocean W

of Kohala.

closer(?); VL

503, p. 8

1/20/4914:27:00

1955.0

15546.7

mauna

kea deep40

76.886.6

vf4.06

4.06nom

ofelt

Deep; 10 m

i SW of. W

arshauer notes: A

moderate earthquake at 2:28 p.m

. Thursday

originated at Kohala or the N

W part of M

auna K

ea; described as "very distinct" at. It was also

felt at Kona and K

ohala and very slightly at the volcano.

VL

503, p. 8; HT

H, 1/21/1949

1/26/4913:06:00

1955.0

15546.7

mauna

kea deep40

76.886.6

f4.33

no traceno trace

no trace

4.33nom

o10 m

i SW of W

aimea.

VL

503, p. 8

1/26/4923:57:00

1924.5

15522.7

kaoiki8

812.6

14.9m

4.154.16

4.184.38

4.24hono

felt

Ohaikea. W

arshauer notes: A slight tem

blor at 11:47 p.m

. originated under the east slope of M

auna Loa; plainly felt at; [sam

e as the m

oderate quake in at 11:57?].H

onolulu data average of two readings;

VL

503, p. 8; HT

H, 1/27/1949

1/28/4915:50:00

kaoiki8

820

20.021.5

m4.41

<4.02

<4.20

4.284.28

honoE

slope Mauna L

oa.H

onolulu data average of two readings;

VL

503, p. 8; HT

H, 2/26/1949

2/26/4913:54:00

1933.2

15524.2

ml ner

20.322.2

st4.70

4.854.71

5.134.90

honoV

(USE

); IV

NE

rift, 7,000 ft; felt strongly-Hilo to N

aalehu. W

arshauer notes: The large [quake] at 1:55

emanated from

the northeast rift at an altitude of 7,000 ft; dism

antled instruments at H

VO

and H

ilo; felt from N

aalehu to Hilo, perhaps w

ider.V

L 503, p. 8; H

TH

, 2/27; 28/1949.

4/11/4918:40:00

kaoiki20

20.021.9

m4.42

no traceno trace

4.464.46

honofelt

Kaoiki fault; felt-

Closer(?) or slight(?); V

L 504, p. 5.

5/2/495:02:00

kona?15

15.017.5

st4.54

4.00det.

4.344.17

honoV

I; V (U

SE; S&

C)

W slope M

auna Loa; felt-H

ilo, strongly at Puu U

laula, Holualoa to; K

ona seismograph broken;

many sleepers aw

akened, some rushed out of

doors; some objects throw

n from shelves-

Honaunau to K

ealakekua.


o readings; distance given from

crude isoseismal

map—

assumes strong on K

ona seism

ograph; VL

504, p. 5.

5/7/4923:26:00

1928.5

15535.5

ml m

ok19.2

19.235.2

40.1st

5.12no trace

no trace4.47

4.47hono

IV (W

&K

); IIIB

oth ml seism

ograph components dism

antled; M

okuaweow

eo; felt-Holualoa, K

ealakekua.C

loser(?) or moderate(?); V

L 504, p. 5.

5/21/491:06:00

ml w

f50

50.050.8

f3.96

no traceno trace

4.144.14

honofelt

W slope M

auna Loa; felt-H

olualoa.V

L 504, p. 5.

5/23/4910:24:00

1916.8

15527.2

kaoiki26

26.327.8

m4.35

3.97det.

4.164.07

honoV

(W&

K); IV

S slope ml near K

apapala; felt strongly-Pahala; also hnp, H

ookena; both comp. m

l seismograph

dismantled. W

arshauer notes: Sharp earthquake under M

auna Loa w

as also recorded on the H

ilo seismograph; T

he quake was felt

particularly strongly at Kapapala.


o readings; V

L 504, p. 5; H

TH

, 5/23/1949.

6/8/4914:12:00

ml ner

55

2525.0

25.5m

4.29no trace

no traceno

trace4.29

nomo

IIIN

E rift; both com

ponents of ml seism

ograph dism

antled.C

loser(?) or slight(?); VL

504, p. 5.

6/25/4919:27:00

1915.0

15536.5

hilea16

1641.8

44.7s

4.20no trace

no traceno

trace4.20

nomo

Do.

VL

504, p. 5.

7/5/490:44:00

1930.40

15451.00

kl ler sf?19.2

10.044.1

45.3m

4.924.74

4.654.70

4.70hono

E rift near K

apoho [Honolulu m

agnitude suggests either deep rift event or adjacent south flank].

Shallow on H

onolulu seismogram

; VL

505, p. 3.

8/30/4914:27:00

199.20

1558.80

kl kuer sf os deep

36.036.0

31.533.1

48.9s

4.484.07

<4.17

4.874.47

honofelt

8 mi SSE

of Apua pt; felt-volcano.

Honolulu am


readings; VL

505, p. 4

9/1/4912:53:00

1919.7

15525.7

kaoiki21.0

22.9m

4.45<

4.12<

4.124.16

4.16hono

IV; V

(W&

K)

Kaoiki fault, 3-4 m

i NE

of Kapapala ranch; felt

strongly-Kapapala to, w

eakly-volcano to Hilo,

pahoehoe to Holualoa. W

arshauer notes: "Strong" earthquake disabled m

lo seismograph

[otherwise repeats info].


o readings; V

L 505, p. 4; H

TH

, 9/2/1949

11/4/4912:12:00

1949.5

15528.5

mauna

kea32

3249.3

58.8f

4.06no trace

no traceno

trace4.06

nomo

felt

Mauna K

ea summ

it; felt-hunters at 10,000 ft on M

auna Kea. W

arshauer notes: A rapid-fire

series of earthquakes in a pattern often indicative of an im

pending eruption occurred N

ovember 4 directly under the sum

mit of

Mauna K

ea at a depth of 20 mi.

VL

506, p. 4; HT

H, 11/18/1949

11/4/4913:02:00

1949.5

15528.5

mauna

kea32

3249.3

58.8f

4.06no trace

no traceno

trace4.06

nomo

feltM

auna Kea sum

mit; felt-hunters at 10,000 ft on

Mauna K

ea V

L 506, p. 4

79


Continued


Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

11/25/497:58:00

1928.5

15533.0

ml m

ok32

21.630.9

37.7m

4.56<

4.67<

4.55bad

recordbad

record4.56

nomo

III

E slope M

auna Loa near M

okuaweow

eo; felt-hnp, N

Kona to H

ilo. Warshauer notes: Felt

over most of B

ig island; Finch placed the quake12-15 m

i below M

auna Loa's sum

mit [20 m

i in]; dism

antled one component H

VO

, both com

ponents mlo seism

ographs.

New

spaper depth used; shallower(?),

closer(?) or slight(?); VL

506, p. 4; H

TH

, 11/25/1949.

3/25/505:43:00

kaoiki28

1027

27.028.8

st4.89

4.504.50

4.364.67

4.51hono

V

5,000 ft, east slope Mauna L

oa; felt widely-

Haw

aii Island; quake awakened m

any on Big

island; particularly strong at Hilo and hnp;

described as "moderate to strong"; dism

antled seism

ographs at Mauna L

oa, Hilo and H

VO

(one com

ponent).Shallow

er(?), closer(?) or moderate;

VL

507, p. 4; HT

H, 3/25/1950.

5/29/5015:17:00

1930.0

1560.0

kona?70

78.378.8

st5.59

no record

no record

no record

no record

6.25; 6.4

PAS;

W&

K6.32

w&

kV

II; VII (S&

C)

Upper SW

rift; widely felt; all instrum

ents dism

antled; damage to w

ater tanks, stone walls,

in Kona. W

arshauer notes: Quake rocked B

ig Island; duration, >

5 min; H

ilo-broke china, lam

ps swung; K

ona-bottles off shelves; K

ona/Hilo seis dism

; felt offshore.

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K [W

&K

prefer K

ona location, which w

e accept]; VL

508, p. 12; additional felt reports in H

TH

, 5/30; 6/1/1950.

6/2/5020:54:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

s?3.93

<3.97

<3.97

4.00<

3.274.00

hono

Seismogram

pictured in VL

509, p. 4; m

easured amplitude fits slight, but

caption gives wrong day; H

onolulu data average of tw

o readings; not separately listed in V

L 508.

6/4/5010:13:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

m?

4.41no trace

no trace3.92

3.424.04

averPreferred m


onolulu and nomogram

.N

ot separately listed in VL

508.

6/4/5023:59:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

s4.15

4.43calc


ogram

magnitude m


Earthquake sw

arm; 2 events (s), not

separately listed in VL

508, p. 12.

6/4/5023:59:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

f3.61

4.15calc

Do.

Earthquake sw

arm; V

L 4 events (f), not


508, p. 12.

6/5/503:08:21

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

m?

4.654.80

5.034.83

4.824.87

honofelt

Warshauer notes: A

series of tremors recorded

by HV

O w

ere punctuated sharply by a heavy earthquake at 3:09 a.m

. and another at 9 a.m.

yesterday. The first one w

as sufficient intensity to dism

antle the instrument and the second w

as strong enough to be felt

Not separately listed in V

L 508; H

TH

, 6/6/1950.

6/5/5023:59:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

f3.61

4.04calc


ogram

magnitude m


Earthquake sw

arm; 3 events (f), not


508, p. 12.

6/6/5015:27:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

m?

4.414.20

4.204.32

4.354.27

honoD

o.

6/6/5016:08:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

m?

4.414.19

4.07<

3.923.87

4.04hono


o readings; not separately listed in V

L 508; should

be "moderate", according to table at top

of p. 12, VL

508; nomogram

m

agnitudes high unless closer to Kona

station(?)

6/6/5023:59:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

s4.15

4.43calc


ogram

magnitude m


Earthquake sw



508, p. 12.

6/7/5023:59:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

s4.15

4.15calc

Do.

Earthquake sw



508, p. 12.

6/8/506:25:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

m?

4.414.22

no traceno

traceno

trace4.22

hono


L 508; should

be "moderate," according to table at top

of p. 12, VL

508; nomogram

m


station(?).

6/8/506:37:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

m?

4.414.07

no traceno

traceno

trace4.07

honoD

o.

6/9/5022:49:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

m?

4.413.97

4.204.32

3.874.09

hono


L 508; should

be "moderate", according to table at top

of p. 12, VL

508; nomogram

m


station(?).

6/11/5015:43:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

m?

4.414.40

4.404.40

4.274.37

hono

Warshauer notes: T

wo rather strong

earthquakes were registered at the H

awaiian

Volcano O

bservatory Sunday [June 11].N


508; HT

H,

6/13/1950.

6/11/5023:59:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

s4.15

4.15calc


ogram

magnitude m


Earthquake sw



508, p. 12.


Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

6/13/503:01:00

ml sw

r?5

30.030.4

m?

4.414.28

4.404.32

4.054.26

honoN

ot in VL

508.

6/13/5014:04:00

ml sw

r?5

3737.0

37.3m

?4.55

4.584.50

4.524.47

4.52hono

Warshauer notes: T

wo strong earthquakes w

ere registered yesterday [June 13], one at 2:05 p.m

. and a second at 7:30 p.m

. both originating under the southern rim

of Mokuaw

eoweo, the

Mauna L

oa summ

it craterN


508; HT

H,

6/14/1950.

6/13/5019:47:47

ml sw

r?5

3737.0

37.3st?

5.075.12

5.21

record dis-

turbed5.03

5.12hono

Do.

US C

&G

S location given as lat 20° N.,

long 155.5° W; w

rong(?); not separately listed in V

L 508; H

TH

, 6/14/1950.

10/11/5020:06:00

kaoiki deep

4020

20.044.7

s4.20

no traceno trace

no trace

3.884.04

averfelt

E slope M

auna Loa; felt w

idely-most of H

awaii

Island; preferred magnitude calculated as

average of Honolulu and nom

ogram.

VL

510, p. 4.

12/9/505:43:00

kl koae7.2

7.212.0

12.014.0

m4.11

<4.47

<4.47

no trace

4.404.40

honofelt

E of M

auna Iki; felt widely. W

arshauer notes: See above.

Calculated m

ag low; strong signal lost

in swarm

(?), or deeper(?); Honolulu

amplitude average of tw

o readings; VL

510, p. 4; H

TH

, 12/9/1950.

12/9/5020:45:00

1919.00

15522.00

kl koae?7.2

7.215.5

16.934.4

m5.01

5.095.28

5.055.06

5.12hono

felt

Near K

amakaia hills; felt w

idely. Warshauer

notes: Dism

antled seismographs at H

VO

, ml,

and Hilo; felt in H

ilo and Kau.

Calculated m


in swarm

(?), or deeper(?); VL

510, p. 4; H

TH

, 12/11/1950.

12/9/5023:59:00

kl koae4.0

6.77.8

s3.21

4.12calc

Do.; preferred m

agnitude calculated from

nomogram

magnitude m


events.

Kilauea caldera-K

oae earthquake sw

arm; V

L 510, p. 4, col. 1; 10 slight

events.

12/10/500:42:00

kl koae?7.2

16.016.0

17.5s?

4.034.64

4.684.79

4.684.70

honoIV

?

If slight, must be kcaldeep. W

arshauer notes: D

ismantled H

VO

and ml seism

ographs; felt in K

au, most strongly at K

apapala, and probably in H

ilo.N

ot in VL

510; HT

H, 12/11/1950.

12/10/505:57:00

1919.00

15522.00

kl koae?7.2

7.215.5

16.918.4

m4.30

4.444.74

4.854.78

4.70hono

IV?

Near K

amakaia hills. W

arshauer notes: D

ismantled H

VO

and ml seism

ographs; felt in K

au, most strongly at K

apapala, and probably in H

ilo.

Calculated m


in swarm


510, p. 4; H

TH

, 12/11/1950.

12/10/508:23:00

1918.00

15522.00

kl koae?7.2

7.217.0

18.319.7

m4.35

5.025.13

4.794.96

4.98hono

IV?

Below

Kam

akaia hills. Warshauer notes:

Dism

antled HV

O and m

l seismographs; felt in

Kau, m

ost strongly at Kapapala, and probably

in Hilo.

Calculated m


in swarm


510, p. 4; H

TH

, 12/11/1950.

12/10/5017:29:00

1919.00

15522.00

kl koae?7.2

7.217.0

16.918.4

m4.57

4.604.71

4.794.68

4.70hono

IV?

Kam

akaia hills. Warshauer notes: D

ismantled

HV

O and m

l seismographs; felt in K

au, most

strongly at Kapapala, and probably in H

ilo.

Calculated m


in swarm


510, p. 4; H

TH

, 12/11/1950.

12/10/5021:25:00

1919.00

15522.00

kl koae?7.2

7.217.0

16.918.4

st4.57

5.215.37

5.315.15

5.26hono

V?

Kam

akaia hills; felt widely. W

arshauer notes: Strongest of series; dism

antled HV

O, m

l, and H

ilo seismographs; felt in K

au and Hilo.

Calculated m


in swarm


510, p. 4; H

TH

, 12/11/1950.

12/10/5023:59:00

kl koae4.0

6.77.8

s3.21

4.22calc

Do.; preferred m

agnitude calculated from

nomogram

magnitude m


events.

Kilauea caldera-K

oae earthquake sw

arm; V

L 510, p. 4, col. 1; 13 slight

events.

12/11/5012:53:00

1915.50

15525.30

kl swr sf?

7.27.2

25.626.6

m4.55

3.953.95

4.414.34

4.16hono

SW rift below

upper end of 1823 flow.

Honolulu am


readings; VL

510, p. 4.

12/26/502:55:00

1924.50

15515.00

kl cal 10-20?

12.815.0

3.02.8

15.3m

4.174.12

<4.32

4.204.85

4.16hono

V

South of Kilauea Iki; felt w

idely. Warshauer

notes: A plainly felt earthquake accom

panied by a loud rum

ble and a roar startled many H

ilo and volcano residents out of their sleep early this m

orning; preferred magnitude calculated

without N

-L.

N-L

high; VL

510, p. 4; HT

H,

12/26/1950.

1/6/514:58:00

1917.0

15543.0

ml sw

r51

50.851.6

s4.30

no traceno trace

no trace

4.054.05

honoSW

rift, 8,000 ft. Warshauer notes: Felt in H

ilo and, no report from

Volcano, probably deep.

VL

511, p. 4; HT

H, 1/6/51.

2/16/517:26:00

1932.0

15528.0

ml ner

deep24

2424.5

24.534.3

s; m (m

l)4.01

<4.07

<4.07

<3.27

4.01nom

ofelt

NE

rift near Puu Ulaula; felt-H

ilo to.m

l mag V

L 4.0-4. 5; V

L 511, p. 4.

4/22/514:53:53

1924.50

1556.80

kl cal deep

33.633.6

9.015.8

37.1m

4.55<

4.20<

4.27no

trace4.21

4.21hono

III

E rift 7 m

i S15E from

Glenw

ood; felt-K

apapala, volcano to Hilo. W

arshauer notes: A

moderate earthquake that originated on the east

rift of Kilauea about 5 m

i south of Glenw

ood and at a depth of 31 m

i; Hilo-3.

Honolulu am


readings; mag agreem

ent improved if

shallower (20 km

or less); epicenter estim

ated noninstrumentally, its

location only approximate; V

L 512, p.

2, 4; HSB

, 4/24/1951; HV

O unpub.


Continued

81

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

4/22/5114:52:00

1924.50

15513.30

kl cal deep

44.035.0

4.04.9

35.3vst

6.276.31

5.955.72

5.79

6.5;6.0;6.3

Pasadena; B

erkeley; W

&K

6.23aver

VII; V

II (USE

; S&

C)

Felt-entire island, Maui, O

ahu; Hilo-5, N

-S, objects onto floor, clock stopped. W

arshauer notes: L

ittle damage, H

ilo-buildings sw

ayed/dishes broke, glass cracked, water m

ain broke; hnp-dam

age to roads, new cracks, som

e subsidence, landslides in H

alemaum

au

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K; E

rift near K

ilauea crater; VL

512, p. 4, damage

report on p. 1-3; HV

O unpub.; H

TH

, 4/23/1951; H

A, 4/23/1951; H

SB,

4/24/1951; preferred mag calculated as

weighted average of M

ilne-Shaw avg

(1), Berkeley, Pasadena, and W

&K

(all 1).

4/26/513:58:00

1923.40

1558.30

kl mer

19.210.0

11.513.7

17.0st (m

?); s (hilo)

4.00<

4.47<

4.47<

3.90<

3.854.00

nomo

felt

E rift near M

akaopuhi crater; felt-volcano. W

arshauer notes: An earthquake described as

"strong" was recorded on H

VO

and Hilo

[slight] seismographs at 3:57:44 this m

orning.

Strong classification inconsistent with

indicated hypocenter, absence of a record in H

onolulu, and limited felt

reports; Hilo (s) yields calculated m

ag 3.90-4.38; error in V

L 512, p. 5(?);

HT

H, 4/26/1951.

6/11/518:33:00

1929.80

1552.10

kl gln11.2

10.024.9

26.9s

4.07no trace

no traceno

traceno

trace4.07

nomo

III6 m

i w of Pahoa; felt-H

ilo to volcano; Hilo-2,

typical local quake, one short quick jerkV

L 512, p. 5; H

VO

, unpub.

8/21/510:57:00

1930.0

15557.0

kona72

73.073.6

st5.54

5.875.90

6.355.68

6.75; 7.0;6.9

PAS;

BE

RK

; G

UT

E6.90

guteV

III; VIII (W

&K

; S&

C)

3 mi W

NW

of Napoopoo-prob on K

ealakekua Fault; strong-all H

awaii Island, also M

aui, O

ahu, much dam

age on W side H

awaii.

Warshauer notes: See refs; K

apapala-severe quake follow

ed by smaller shocks, last at 6:16

am, phone service disrupted, no m

ajor damage.

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K; depth 10 km

; location, lat 19°29.5′ Ν

., long 155°58.3′W

., offshore; VL

513, p. 6; HT

H,

8/21/1951; HV

O, unpub.; see

references for detailed felt reports.

8/21/518:03:00

kona10

10.013.5

m (kona)

4.084.40

4.484.24

3.844.24

honoC

loser(?) or moderate at K

ona; VL

513, p. 6.

8/21/519:57:00

kona10

10.013.5

st (kona)4.36

4.244.10

3.973.92

4.06hono

feltFelt-K

ona to volcano; Kapapala ranch (10:00

a.m.)-slight earthquake.

VL

513, p. 6; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

8/21/5110:12:00

kona10

10.013.5

st (kona)4.36

4.184.24

4.274.44

4.28hono

feltFelt(?); K

apapala ranch (11:15 a.m.—

time off

by 1 hour?)-slight earthquake.

VL

513, p. 6; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

8/21/5118:32:00

kona10

10.013.5

st (kona)4.36

4.304.30

4.394.44

4.36hono

VL

513, p. 6.

8/21/5122:48:00

kona10

10.013.5

st (kona)4.36

4.784.70

4.875.01

4.84hono

V?

Felt-Kona to volcano; C

apt. Cook (G

reenwell

diary)-big shaker.

VL

513, p. 6; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

8/22/516:38:00

kona10

10.013.5

m (kona)

4.084.40

4.244.09

4.224.24

honoIII

Felt-Kona to K

apapala; Kapapala ranch (6:20

a.m.)-slight earthquake; C

apt. Cook (G

reenwell

diary)-0630, good one.

Closer(?) or m

oderate at Kona; V

L

513, p. 6; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

8/22/5117:15:00

kona10

10.013.5

st (kona)4.36

4.744.70

4.494.76

4.67hono

IVFelt-K

ona to volcano; Kapapala ranch (5:18

p.m.)-m

edium earthquake.

VL

513, p. 6; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

9/1/5112:29:00

kona60

60.060.7

f; s (kona)4.09

4.09nom

oIII

Kealakekua fault; C

apt. Cook (G

reenwell

diary)-PM, fair one.

Kona m

ag 3.8-4.3 if S part of fault; VL

513, p. 6; H

VO



n refer to H

VO

postcards].

9/16/511:43:00

1919.0

15525.9

kaoiki21.5

22.023.8

st4.75

4.875.22

4.944.93

5.04.99

honoV

(VL

; S&C

)

Kaoiki fault, 3 m

i NE

of Kapapala; felt-K

ona to H

ilo; felt-Hilo-3 to IV

; Hilo-3 to IV

[date given as 9/15]. W

arshauer notes: Shook the Big

Island; dismantled H

VO

and ML

seism

ographs; strong in Hilo, V

olcano. Pahala, and K

ona; no serious damage.

VL

513, p. 6; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards]; H

TH

, 9/17/1951.

9/25/511:23:00

1943.6

15555.8

hualalai77

77.878.3

s; m

(kona)4.59

no traceno trace

3.584.07

4.17aver

felt

Do.; felt generally-N

Kona. W

arshauer notes: See above; preferred m



.

Kona m

ag VL

4.3-4.8; closer to K

ona(?); preferred magnitude averages

Whitney, K

ona and two H

onolulu m

agnitudes; VL

513, p. 6; HT

H,

9/25/1951.

10/9/514:45:00

kona60

60.060.7

s4.63

no traceno trace

no trace

3.624.12

averIV

Central K

ona; assume 10 km

from K

ona; felt-K

ona to Hilo; K

ealakekua-strong and short; H

ilo-2, very light; preferred magnitude

calculated as average of Honolulu and

nomogram

.

VL

514, p. 4; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

10/17/5121:12:00

1933.6

15512.1

hilo17

15.618.1

s; m-m

l4.05

no traceno trace

no trace

no trace

4.05nom

ofelt

3,000 ft, NE

rift; felt-volcano, Hilo.

ml m

ag 3.9-4. 4; VL

514, p. 4.


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

11/8/519:34:00

199.0

15544.0

ml sw

r60

58.859.5

st5.39

5.625.63

5.665.61

5.63hono

VI; V

I [USE

; S&

C]

4,500 ft, SW rift; felt-S H

awaii Island.

Warshauer notes: "Strong" quake shook the B

ig Island; no dam

age; felt-all island; Kona dur 30

s; Kahuku R

anch-stone fences down, concrete

sidewalks cracked, few

dishes broken; additional felt reports in H

VO

, unpub.

VL

514, p. 5; HT

H, 11/8; 9/1951;

HV


numerals-in rem


HV

O postcards].

11/23/518:22:00

1928.5

15559.8

kona75

77.778.2

s; m

(kona)4.59

no traceno trace

no trace

no trace

4.00nom

ofelt

Kealakekua fault, 5 m

i W of N

apoopoo; felt-central K

ona to Kahuku.

Kona m

ag 3.8-4.3; location wrong-SE

of N

apoopoo(?); or feeble at W

hitney(?); Kona m

agnitude preferred; V

L 514, p. 5.

12/6/5120:19:00

1925.00

1551.00

kl mer sf?

5.025.8

26.3st (m

?)4.55

<4.52

<4.52

<4.0

4.534.53

honoIV

E rift, 7 m

i SW of Pahoa; felt-K

apapala to Hilo

and east Puna. Warshauer notes: A

strong earthquake w

as felt all over the Hilo and

Volcano districts at 8:19 last night.

Honolulu am


readings; [moderate(?), or closer to

summ

it(?); probably kl sf rather than rift]; V

L 514, p. 5; additional felt data

in HV

O unpub; H

TH

, 12/7/1951

2/2/521:16:00

hilo deep48

4831

31.057.1

m4.85

4.904.45

4.564.76

4.67hono

V

Nearly under K

aumana [H

ilo]; felt-most of

Haw

aii Island, strongly at Hilo. W

arshauer notes: A

short strong earthquake jerked some

Hiloans aw

ake at 1:16 this morning, but no

damage reported; C

aptain Cook-4; H

ilo-2 to III, rattled w

indows; K

ukuihaele-5.

Location reasonable(?); V

L 515, p. 6;

HT

H, 2/2/1952; H

VO


erals-in remarks

column refer to H

VO

postcards].

3/13/5211:38:00

192.40

1556.20

kl mer sf

os10.0

46.547.6

st5.23

5.375.35

5.215.23

5.29hono

feltO

ff south shore; felt-volcano to Naalehu.

VL

515, p. 6.

3/14/5218:21:00

192.80

1554.80

kl mer sf

os10.0

46.847.9

st5.24

5.255.07

5.215.23

5.19hono

feltO

ff south shore; felt-Hilo to K

apapala.D

o.

3/17/5217:58:00

197.50

1552.00

kl mer sf

os?10.0

41.642.8

st5.16

5.88no

record5.50

5.635.00

USE

?5.67

honoV

; V (U

SE; S&

C)

Felt-Naalehu; sm

all tsunami at K

alapana. W

arshauer notes: Tsunam

i at Kalapana;

earthquake not felt there.

VL

515, p. 7; HT

H, 3/18/1952; see

references; coverage of the earthquake sw

arm continues daily through 3/28.

3/18/529:02:00

kl kuer sf os

<4.27

<4.27

<4.05

4.284.28

honoO

ff south shore.N

ot in VL

515.

3/18/5210:53:00

190.10

15519.80

kl kuer sf os

10.048.3

49.3m

4.754.78

4.654.75

4.654.71

honofelt

Off south shore; felt-N

aalehu.V

L 515, p. 7.

3/18/5213:01:00

196.10

15520.50

kl kuer sf os

10.037.6

38.9m

4.58<

4.27<

4.27<

4.054.30

4.30hono

Off south shore.

Honolulu am


readings; VL

515, p. 7.

3/18/5214:18:00

194.60

15524.70

kl swr sf

os10.0

42.543.6

st5.17

5.575.73

5.435.51

5.56hono

Do.

VL

515, p. 7.

3/19/522:55:00

196.50

1551.80

kl mer sf

os?10.0

43.444.5

st5.19

5.485.68

5.405.43

5.50hono

feltO

ff south shore; felt-Naalehu.

Do.

3/19/5214:15:00

kl kuer sf os

10.047.0

47.048.1

s?4.73

4.60no

record4.65

4.484.58

honoO

ff south shore.N

ot in VL

515.

3/19/5215:51:00

192.00

15520.10

kl swr sf

os10.0

44.946.0

st5.21

5.52no

record5.36

5.295.39

honoD

o.V

L 515, p. 7.

3/20/521:22:00

192.30

15518.50

kl kuer sf os

10.043.9

45.1st

5.205.52

no record

5.255.30

5.36hono

Do.

Do.

3/20/529:51:00

193.20

15514.70

kl kuer sf os

10.042.0

43.2st

5.175.50

5.455.25

5.285.37

honofelt


aalehu.D

o.

3/20/5220:16:00

193.50

15523.70

kl swr sf

os10.0

43.844.9

m4.68

4.494.49

4.604.49

4.52hono

feltD

o.D

o.

3/20/5223:48:00

192.20

15523.60

kl swr sf

os10.0

46.047.1

m4.71

4.494.43

4.704.43

4.51hono

feltD

o.D

o.

3/21/524:35:00

192.70

15513.90

kl kuer sf os

10.043.0

44.2st

5.184.78

4.784.83

4.784.79

honofelt

Do.

Mag agreem

ent improved if m

oderate rather than strong; V

L 515, p. 7.

3/21/5210:55:00

kl kuer sf os

10.040.0

40.041.2

s?4.62

4.564.54

4.704.40

4.55hono

Off south shore.

Honolulu am


readings; not in VL

515.

3/21/5214:25:00

194.30

15514.30

kl kuer sf os

10.040.0

41.3m

4.624.40

4.404.35

4.304.36

honoD

o.M

ag agreement im

proved if closer to shore; V

L 515, p. 7.

3/22/522:02:00

192.50

15512.10

kl kuer sf os

10.043.7

44.9st

5.195.04

5.225.09

4.905.06

honofelt


aalehu.V

L 515, p. 7.

3/22/526:19:00

197.80

1550.40

kl mer sf

os?10.0

42.944.0

m4.67

4.354.35

4.704.53

4.48hono

Off south shore.

Do.

3/22/5219:20:00

196.40

1553.90

kl mer sf

os?10.0

41.642.8

m4.65

4.704.75

4.704.70

4.71hono

feltO


Do.


Continued

83

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

3/22/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

s4.40

6.12calc

sf offshore; preferred magnitude calculated as

nomogram

magnitude m


events.

Reconciliation of the w

eekly tabulation (V

L 515, p. 5) w

ith the earthquake list on p. 7 (including those identified at H

onolulu) shows 79 (s) unaccounted

for between 3/16 and 22/1952,

assuming that all belong to the sw

arm.

3/22/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

f3.85

5.71calc

Do.


eekly tabulation (V

L 515, p. 5) w


onolulu) shows 111 (f) unaccounted



arm.

3/22/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

vf2.83

5.27calc

Do.


eekly tabulation (V

L 515, p. 5) w


onolulu) shows 483 (vf) unaccounted



arm.

3/23/526:52:00

1911.70

15455.00

kl mer sf

os?10.0

44.845.9

m4.70

4.704.70

4.804.70

4.73hono

V


aalehu and Pahala; Pahala-3 to V

, shook house, rattled window

s, house and bed m

oved.V

L 515, p. 7; H

VO

, unpub.

3/23/5215:05:00

192.80

15514.40

kl kuer sf os

10.042.8

43.9m

4.674.48

4.654.65

4.604.60

honofelt


aalehu and Pahala.V

L 515, p. 7.

3/24/522:02:00

198.00

1551.70

kl mer sf

os?10.0

41.242.4

m4.64

4.534.53

4.804.70

4.64hono

feltO


Do.

3/24/5213:29:00

196.30

1552.40

kl mer sf

os?10.0

43.144.2

st5.18

4.834.92

4.88no

record4.88

honofelt

Do.

Do.

3/25/520:30:00

191.30

15517.00

kl kuer sf os

10.045.6

46.7m

4.71<

4.273.70

4.59no

record4.25

honoO

ff south shore.H

onolulu amplitude average of tw

o readings; V

L 515, p. 7.

3/25/527:04:00

194.30

1555.80

kl kuer sf os

10.043.6

44.7st

5.194.70

4.784.68

no record

4.72hono

feltO


Do.

3/25/529:17:00

195.20

1555.10

kl kuer sf os

10.042.5

43.7st

5.185.19

5.205.20

5.185.19

honofelt

Do.

VL

515, p. 7.

3/26/524:40:00

193.30

15513.80

kl kuer sf os

10.041.9

43.1m

4.65<

4.47<

4.47<

3.954.10

4.10hono

feltO


Honolulu am


readings; VL

515, p. 7.

3/27/524:31:00

193.10

15512.60

kl kuer sf os

10.042.5

43.7m

4.664.70

4.604.75

4.604.66

honofelt

Do.

VL

515, p. 7.

3/27/5222:44:00

192.20

15513.90

kl kuer sf os

10.044.0

45.1m

4.684.78

4.60no

trace4.48

4.68hono

IV


aalehu, Pahala; Pahala-shook house, rattled w

indows; 4, shook bed.

Warshauer notes: T

he quake at 10:43 p.m. w

as reported by a N

aalehu resident as "quite strong" and w

as felt rather longer than usual.V

L 515, p. 7; H

VO

unpub; HT

H,

3/28/1952

3/28/5211:57:00

193.30

15511.50

kl kuer sf os

10.042.4

43.6m

4.66<

4.47<

4.424.48

4.284.38

honofelt


aalehu.H


o readings; V

L 515, p. 7.

3/29/522:42:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

m4.65

4.654.74

det4.78

4.72hono

feltD

o.V

L 515, p. 7.

3/29/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

s4.40

6.17calc


nomogram

magnitude m


events.

Reconciliation of w

eekly tabulation (V

L 515, p. 5) w

ith earthquake list on p. 7 (including those identified at H



assuming all belong to the sw

arm.

3/29/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

f3.85

5.50calc

Do.

Reconciliation of w

eekly tabulation (V

L 515, p. 5) w





arm.

3/29/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

vf2.83

5.10calc

Do.

Reconciliation of w

eekly tabulation (V

L 515, p. 5) w





arm.


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

3/30/5213:53:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

st5.17

4.844.87

4.754.78

4.81hono

IV

Off south shore. W

arshauer notes: Quakes off

south coast total 2,995. The only heavy

earthquake in the past 24 hours came at 1:53

p.m. Sunday.

VL

515, p. 7; HT

H, 3/31/1952.

3/30/5216:03:00

kl sf os10.0

42.042.0

43.2m

?4.65

4.404.30

no trace

4.304.33

honoO

ff south shore.N

ot in VL

515.

3/31/5222:00:00

192.20

15513.40

kl kuer sf os

10.044.0

45.2st

5.204.78

4.784.75

4.814.78

honofelt


aalehu.V

L 515, p. 7.

4/5/5211:23:00

1922.00

15510.50

kl mer

20.811.5

11.514.6

m4.14

no traceno trace

no trace

no trace

4.14nom

oE

rift near Makaopuhi crater.

Could be shallow

; VL

516, p. 7.

4/5/5214:16:00

kl kuer sf os

10.042.0

42.043.2

m4.65

4.404.40

no trace

4.404.40

honoO

ff south shore.C

loser to shore(?); VL

516, p. 7.

4/5/5221:04:00

1922.60

1558.80

kl mer

5.013.5

13.514.4

m4.40

4.604.60

4.604.43

4.56hono

East rift near N

apau crater.C

ould be deeper; VL

516, p. 7.

4/5/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

s4.40

5.82calc


nomogram

magnitude m


events.

Reconciliation of w

eekly tabulation (V

L 515, p. 5) w



for between 3/30 and 4/5/1952,


arm.

4/5/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

f3.85

5.25calc

Do.

Reconciliation of w

eekly tabulation (V

L 515, p. 5) w





arm.

4/5/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

vf2.83

5.00calc

Do.

Reconciliation of w

eekly tabulation (V

L 515, p. 5) w





arm.

4/6/5214:57:00

kl kuer sf os

10.042.0

42.043.2

s?4.40

4.44<

4.57<

4.054.20

4.32hono

Off south shore.

Honolulu am


readings; not in VL

516.

4/6/5215:10:00

kl kuer sf os

10.042.0

42.043.2

m4.65

4.404.48

4.654.40

4.48hono

Do.

VL

516, p. 7.

4/6/5215:36:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

s?4.40

4.404.40

det4.30

4.37hono

IIIO

ff south shore; Kealakekua (G

reenwell diary-

3:30 p.m.)-4, very good shake.

Not in V

L 516; H

VO

, unpub.

4/6/5221:20:00

oahu?4.33

4.56off

scaleoff

scale4.45

honoIV

(Cox; S&

C); V

(U

SE)

Offshore betw

een Molokai and lanai; felt

widely on O

ahu, houses creaked, window

s rattled, fixtures rocked; short quake centered on O

ahu or offshore was felt w

idely in Honolulu,

also felt lightly on Maui and K

auai. Rated as

intensity IV and not dam

aging.C

ox, 1986; not recorded at Whitney

vault; VL

516, p. 7; HT

H, 4/7/1952.

4/7/5212:53:00

1922.00

15510.50

kl mer sf?

19.210.0

11.511.5

15.3st

4.444.69

4.654.63

4.904.72

honoIII

East rift near M

akaopuhi crater; felt-Naalehu to

volcano. Warshauer notes: A

quake at 12:54 p.m

. was lightly felt in the national park area.

VL

516, p. 7; HT

H, 4/8/1952.

4/7/5213:00:00

kl kuer sf os

10.042.0

42.043.2

m4.65

4.304.48

<4.20

4.404.39

honoO

ff south shore.H


o readings; V

L 516, p. 7.

4/7/5223:55:00

1922.10

15512.00

kl uer11.2

11.29.0

9.514.7

m4.14

no traceno trace

no trace

no trace

4.14nom

oE

ast rift near Alae crater.

VL

516, p. 7.

4/10/5216:56:00

1918.80

15510.10

kl kuer sf10.0

15.516.3

19.1m

4.334.20

4.20no

trace4.20

4.20hono

feltH

ilina fault at Poliokeawe pali 3.5 m

i N45W

of K

aena pt; felt-Naalehu

Do.

4/12/525:53:00

1923.30

15514.60

kl cal 10-20

20.815.0

5.05.1

15.8st

4.474.59

4.554.53

4.404.52

honofelt

East rift 1 m

i NW

of Heake; felt-N

aalehu, K

apapala.M

oderate(?) or shallower(?); V

L 516,

p. 7.

4/12/526:22:00

kl kuer sf os

10.044.7

44.745.8

m4.69

4.404.40

det4.40

4.40hono

Off south shore.

VL

516, p. 7.

4/12/5219:40:00

1922.50

15512.50

kl cal deep?

30.08.5

8.331.1

s4.17

4.17nom

oIII

East rift near Puu H

uluhulu; felt-volcano; K

ealakekua (Greenw

ell diary-7:45 p.m.)-slight,

long jiggle; Honokaa-5. W

arshauer notes: A

quake at 7:50 p.m. Saturday w

as felt in the Hilo

and Volcano areas.

Depth assum

ed consistent with felt

reports; VL

516, p. 7; HV

O, unpub.;

HT

H, 4/14/1952.


Continued

85

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

4/12/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

s4.40

5.30calc


nomogram

magnitude m


events.

Reconciliation of w

eekly tabulation (V

L 516, p. 7) w



for between 4/6 and 12/1952, assum

ing all belong to the sw

arm.

4/12/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

f3.85

4.80calc

Do.

Reconciliation of w

eekly tabulation (V

L 516, p. 7) w





arm.

4/12/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

vf2.83

4.61calc

Do.

Reconciliation of w

eekly tabulation (V

L 516, p. 7) w





arm.

4/16/527:08:00

kl kuer sf os

10.042.0

42.043.2

m4.65

4.404.48

4.534.40

4.45hono

Off south shore.

VL

516, p. 7.

4/19/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

s4.40

4.94calc


nomogram

magnitude m


events.

Reconciliation of w

eekly tabulation (V

L 516, p. 7) w


onolulu) shows 4 (s) unaccounted for

between 4/13 and 19/1952, assum


arm.

4/19/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

vf2.83

4.24calc

Do.

Reconciliation of w

eekly tabulation (V

L 516, p. 7) w





arm.

4/19/5223:59:00

kl kuer sf os?

10.042.0

42.043.2

f3.85

4.12calc

Do.

Reconciliation of w

eekly tabulation (V

L 516, p. 7) w


onolulu) shows 2 (f) unaccounted for

between 4/13 and 19/1952, assum


arm.

4/21/5217:45:00

191.90

15513.70

kl kuer sf os

10.044.5

45.6m

4.694.54

4.65det

4.544.58

honoO

ff south shore, 16 mi S. 10° W

. of Apua pt.

VL

516, p. 7.

5/3/5218:16:00

1912.50

15520.80

kl swr sf

os10.0

26.428.2

m4.59

4.434.43

no trace

4.554.47

honoO

ff south shore.D

o.

5/10/5219:14:00

kl cal 05-10

11.28.0

3.03.0

8.5st

4.04<

4.12<

4.20<

3.98<

3.704.04

nomo

feltK

ilauea crater; felt(?).D

o.

5/19/521:16:00

192.70

1557.20

kl kuer sf os

10.045.4

46.5s

4.22<

4.17<

4.27<

4.30<

3.784.22

nomo

Off south shore.

Do.

5/19/524:08:00

1920.2

15528.9

kaoiki20

25.527.1

s4.07

4.324.19

<3.71

<3.24

4.19hono

SE slope M

auna Loa.

Do.

5/21/5217:13:00

1918.1

15528.3

kaoiki20

26.527.9

m4.35

4.334.25

4.113.94

4.16hono

IISE

slope Mauna L

oa; Kapapala ranch-2.

VL

516, p. 7; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

5/23/5212:13:00

1929.0

15559.0

kona9.6

9.676.4

77.0st

5.575.61

5.455.49

5.236.0

S&C

(Pas)

5.69aver

VI; V

I (S&C

)

Felt-all Haw

aii Island, some on M

aui. W

arshauer notes: "Strong" quake felt Kona to

Hilo, dur 23 m

in at HV

O; landslides, road

damage, w

ater-tank breaks, and merchandise

swept off shelves in K

ona; preferred mag

calculated as average of M-S (2) and Pas (1).

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K; K

ealakekua Fault 3.5 m

i w of N

apoopoo; VL

516, p. 8 [dam

age report on p. 6]; HT

H,

5/24/1952; additional felt reports in H

VO



n refer to H

VO

postcards].

6/11/528:01:00

190.70

15516.30

kl kuer sf os

10.05.0

46.646.9

s4.23

<4.17

<4.27

<4.05

<3.70

4.23nom

oO

ff south shore.V

L 516, p. 8.

6/18/525:17:00

192.10

15519.80

kl kuer sf os

10.044.6

45.7s

4.444.37

4.404.35

4.204.33

honoD

o.D

o.


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

6/19/5216:03:00

1921.30

15521.20

kl cal deep?

2.025.0

12.512.9

28.1st

4.874.83

4.964.86

4.794.86

honoSW

rift 0.5 mi N

E of M

auna Iki; shallow.

Honolulu am


readings; "shallow" designation in V

L

516 unlikely; Honolulu records

consistent with deep origin; H

onolulu am

plitude average of two readings; V

L

516, p. 8.

6/19/5216:27:00

1919.00

15522.00

kl swr

5.017.0

16.917.6

m4.03

<4.12

<4.12

<4.10

<3.75

4.03nom

oSW

rift near Kam

akaia hills.V

L 516, p. 8.

7/6/5222:56:00

mauna

kea?67

67.067.6

f4.16

4.174.17

3.874.00

4.05hono

IV

Do.; assum

e epicenter between K

ukuihaele and H

ilo. Warshauer notes: 2 quakes w

ere recorded last night, one at 10:56 p.m

., and the other at 4:42 a.m

. Both w

ere felt in Hilo; K

ukuihaele-5, rum

bling noise followed by quake, buildings

shook, objects rattled.

VL

517, p. 6; HT

H, 7/7/1952; H

VO


erals-in rem


VO

postcards].

7/7/524:43:00

mauna

kea?67

67.067.6

s4.48

4.454.25

4.574.62

4.47hono

V

Felt-Kukuihaele, H

ilo; assume epicenter bet

Kukuihaele and H

ilo. Warshauer notes: See

above; Kukuihaele-5, buildings shook,

awakened persons.

VL

517, p. 6; HT

H, 7/7/1952; H

VO


erals-in rem


VO

postcards].

7/12/5213:38:00

kona60

60.060.7

m; st

(kona)4.89

3.974.05

3.874.36

4.38aver

V

Central K

ona; assume 15 km

from K

ona; felt-K

ona to Hilo; preferred m



; K

ealakekua-5, strong all over Kona, strong and

hard, not long, came from

south, sounded like a blast.


o readings; V

L 517 tim

e 13:53; Honolulu records

record event at 13:38; our calculated m

ags are 4.9 (Whitney), 4.5 (K

ona); V

L 517, p. 6; H

VO



n refer to H

VO

postcards].

8/9/5210:31:00

mauna

kea?48

48.048.8

f; s (ml;

hilo)4.07

4.07nom

oA

ssume m

k summ

it; 37 km from

ml, 43 km

from

Hilo, 48 km

from W

hitney.H

ilo mag, 3.9-4. 4; m

l mag, 3.8-4.2;

VL

517, p. 6.

8/14/5214:08:00

kl kuer sf os

10.044.7

44.745.8

s4.44

<4.17

<4.17

<4.25

4.884.44

nomo

feltO

ff south shore; felt-volcano, Kapapala,

Naalehu.

Honolulu am


readings; N-L

high; VL

517, p. 6.

8/16/5221:07:00

kl kuer sf os

10.010.0

44.744.7

45.8m

4.694.30

4.304.35

4.404.34

honoO

ff south shore.V

L 517, p. 6.

9/2/524:45:00

kl cal deep?

30.04.0

4.030.3

f3.60

<4.20

<4.02

<3.8

4.634.10

averIV

Kilauea crater; felt-G

lenwood, volcano,

Naalehu, H

ilo; Capt. C

ook-3, slight rattle of w

indows; preferred m



.N

-L high; V

L 517, p. 7; H

VO

, unpub.

11/16/522:41:00

kl kuer sf os

10.044.7

45.8s

4.214.27

<4.17

<4.25

<3.85

4.27hono

Off south coast.

VL

518, p. 12.

11/27/5222:14:00

1929.0

15538.0

ml m

ok39.7

40.7s

4.13no trace

no traceno

traceno

trace4.13

nomo

III

Felt-Kona; C

apt. Cook-2, rum

ble preceded quake, appeared to com

e from M

auka, longish trem

or as though a wave passed through the

house, soft noise acc quake, dog disturbed and anxious before and during quake.

VL

518, p. 12; HV

O, unpub.

[intensities-arabic numerals-in rem

arks colum

n refer to HV

O postcards].

1/9/5316:42:00

kona15

15.017.5

vf (kona)2.95

4.24aver

feltC

entral Kona; assum

e 15 km from

Kona; felt-

Kona.

VL

519, p. 6

1/12/533:27:00

kona15

15.017.5

t; vf (kona)

2.214.35

nomo

Central K

ona; assume 15 km

from K

ona.D

o.

1/13/537:29:00

kaoiki?25

25.026.6

vf3.24

5.45hono

feltFelt strongly-K

apapala.D

o.

3/25/5310:50:00

1930.4

15533.4

ml ner

3332.3

33.5vf; s (m

l)3.40

4.41aver

Near M

auna Loa sum

mit, probably on N

E rift

zone.m

l mag 3.3-3.8; closer to m

l(?); VL

519, p. 6.

4/16/5314:36:00

kona10

10.013.5

vf (kona)2.02

4.04nom

oA

ssume 10 km

from K

ona.V

L 520, p. 4.

5/22/5323:22:00

kona60

60.060.7

vf; f (kona)

3.074.50

honoV

Kealakekua Fault(?); assum

e 15 km from

K

ona; felt-central Kona; C

apt. Cook-3 to IV

, cam

e suddenly with very rapid vibrations,

objects on shelves vibrated, a few fell to floor;

strong jolt in Kealakekua.

Kona m

ag, 3.0-3. 5; VL

520, p. 4; H

VO



n refer to H

VO

postcards].

5/27/5319:33:00

kaoiki?20

20.021.9

t1.89

4.12aver

feltFelt-K

apapala.V

L 520, p. 4.

8/21/5317:00:00

kona?5.06

honoII

Capt. C

ook-felt as quiver at Kealakekua by

several.

Not in V

L 521-date and tim

e from felt

report; HV


numerals-in rem


HV

O postcards].

8/22/532:00:00

hualalai?4.17

honoIII

Capt. C

ook-3, duration, 20 s; gentle continuous trem

ors, felt at Kalahiki, m

auka to makai

movem

ent.D

o.


Continued

87

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

10/2/5322:06:00

kona15

15.017.5

vf (kona)2.95

4.31hono

feltC

entral Kona; assum

e 15 km from

Kona; felt-

Capt. C

ook.

VL

522, p. 3; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

10/27/534:30:00

1922.10

15512.00

kl kuer sf?10.0

9.09.5

13.8st

4.374.38

4.444.65

4.554.51

honoIII

East rift near A

lae crater; felt-volcano; volcano-slight. W

arshauer notes: No m

ention of earthquake being felt; volcano-slight.

Checked paper records w

. bob k 8/96-all four quakes look the sam

e; VL

522, p. 4; H

TH

, 10/27; 28/1953; HA

, 10/28; 29/1953; H

VO

, unpub.

10/27/536:20:00

1922.10

1558.80

kl kuer sf?5.0

13.58.0

9.4st (m

?)4.11

<4.22

<4.22

<4.15

<3.90

4.11nom

oE

ast rift S of Napau crater. W

arshauer notes: N

o mention of earthquake being felt.

Lack of H

onolulu signature suggests shallow

uer closer to summ

it than location given, or m

oderate; checked paper records w

. bob k 8/96-all four quakes look the sam

e; VL

522, p. 4; H

TH

, 10/27; 28/1953; HA

, 10/28; 29/1953.

11/28/5315:38:00

kl cal 05-10

8.05.0

9.4m

3.83no trace

no traceno

trace4.03

4.03hono

feltN

ear Kilauea crater; felt-hnp.

Depth assum

ed consistent with

Honolulu m

agnitude and felt report; V

L 522, p. 4.

11/29/5320:43:00

1922.60

1558.80

kl mer sf?

2.010.0

13.516.8

st4.51

<4.52

<4.42

4.304.49

4.40hono

IV

East rift near N

apau crater; felt-hnp to Hilo.

Warshauer notes: Shook H

ilo home sharply,

intensity 3; hit Hilo w

ith a joggly sharpness, SEN

W; heavy shock, then lighter; sustained

motion that rattled w

indows and doors

vigorously; depth, 10 mi (change V

L?)

Honolulu am


readings; VL

522, p. 4; additional felt reports in H

VO

, unpub.; HT

H,

11/30/1953.

3/30/546:40:00

1921.00

155kl m

er sf24.0

10.029.0

30.6st

4.936.06

6.135.91

6.016.03

honoV

I

About 15 m

i deep between east rift and

Kalapana; felt-entire H

awaii Island; H

ilo-5, dishes off shelves; K

alahiki (Kona)-4, long and

gentle. Warshauer notes: See references for

damage report in H

ilo.

VL

523, p. 5, 7; HV

O, unpub.; H

TH

, 3/30/1954; H

A, 3/31/1954; H

SB,

3/31/1954.

3/30/546:57:00

1921.00

155kl m

er sf24.0

10.029.6

29.030.6

s4.16

4.16nom

oA

ftershock; Hilo-light aftershock.

VL

523, p. 7; HV

O, unpub.

3/30/548:42:00

1921.00

155kl m

er sf24.0

10.029.0

30.6st

4.936.50

6.516.39

6.416.5;6.0

W&

K;

PAS

6.45hono

VII; V

II (USE

); VI

(S&C

)

Felt-entire Haw

aii Island, parts of Maui;

shaking most intense in Puna: w

ater tanks throw

n down, stone fences dam

aged; extensive dam

age in Hilo: broken w

indows, houses

moved or throw

n down. W

arshauer notes: See reference for com

plete damage report in H

ilo

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K; V

L 523, p. 5,

7; additional felt reports in HV

O,

unpub.; HT

H, 3/30/1954; H

A,

3/31/1954; HSB

, 3/31/1954.

3/31/5416:00:00

kl mer sf

24.010.0

15.015.0

18.0m

4.05<

4.22<

4.30<

4.24.03

4.03hono

Aftershock-m

agnitude comparison suggests

epicenter closer to Kilauea's sum

mit than the

main shock.

VL

523, p. 7.

4/1/5415:56:00

kl ler2.0

35.035.0

35.1s

4.03<

4.27<

4.27poor

<3.70

4.03nom

ofelt

East Puna; felt-Puna.

VL

524, p. 10.

7/3/5411:52:35

1922.10

15512.00

kl mer sf?

12.010.0

9.513.8

st4.37

4.835.02

5.215.24

5.40hvo

(S&C

)5.24

averV

I (W&

K; S&

C)

E rift near A

lae crater, felt generally-S half H

awaii Island, accom

panied and followed by

numerous rockfalls on seaw

ard face of Puu K

apukapu. Warshauer notes: int 4, felt in H

ilo, V

olcano and Kapapala, item

s off shelves; detailed felt reports in H

VO

unpubM

agnitude not given in VL

; VL

525, p. 6; H

TH

, 7/4/1954; HV

O, unpub.

8/2/5413:40:33

kl uer15.0

2.09.0

9.09.2

st4.09

<4.17

<4.17

<3.85

<3.75

4.09nom

ofelt

East rift A

lae crater; felt-hnp.M

agnitude agrees if shallow; V

L 525,

p. 7.

8/7/5414:26:17

kl cal deep

25.025.0

4.04.0

25.3st

4.805.16

4.454.98

5.425.00

honoV

Kilauea crater; felt generally-central H

awaii

Island; Kam

uela-5, vigorous shake, rumbling,

window

s rattle; Capt. C

ook-3 to 4, 2 distinct, 2nd stronger, com

b dur 1 min, sw

aying, felt by persons w

alking outdoors; Honokahau-w

indow

rattle.V

L 525, p. 7; additional felt reports in

HV

O, unpub.

8/30/5423:17:04

1922.00

15510.50

kl mer

20.05.0

11.511.5

12.6m

4.034.12

<4.22

3.784.35

4.08hono

feltE

ast rift Makaopuhi crater; felt-hnp.

Honolulu am


readings; mag agreem

ent best for shallow

depth; VL

525, p. 7.

10/7/5418:43:22

1922.50

15513.70

kl uer10.0

10.07.0

7.112.3

m4.02

no traceno trace

no trace

no trace

4.02nom

o

East rift near Pauahi. W

arshauer notes: Slight shock at 6:43 p.m

.; hnp (time 18:58)-set off

buzzer.V

L 526, p. 5; H

TH

, 10/8/1954; HV

O,

unpub.10/8/54

11:56:3919

29.5155

23.5kaoiki

15.515.3

17.8vf; f (m

l)2.22

4.28aver

SE flank M

auna Loa near m

l seismom

eter.m

l mag, 2.2-2.8; V

L 526, p. 5.


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

2/23/5513:58:49

1922.00

15510.50

kl cal deep?

25.030.0

13.514.0

33.1

s (uwe,

ml, pahoa;

vf (hilo, naalehu, kam

uela)4.01

<4.22

<4.37

<4.23

4.084.08

honoV

East rift near M

akaopuhi crater; felt-hnp, volcano; volcano-aw

akened; felt by several hnp/volcano, quite strong acc by a roar; felt; depth as given or deeper gives best fit to H

onolulu magnitude and felt report.

Honolulu am


readings; ml m

ag, 3.8-4.3; Pahoa mag,

3.8-4.3; Hilo m

ag, 2.2-3.4; Naalehu

mag, 2.30-3.5; K

amuela m

ag, 2.6-3.8; m

ags reconciled if Naalehu, K

amuela,

and Hilo w

ere feeble; VL

527, p. 5; H

VO

, unpub.

3/1/5514:21:30

1924.30

1554.20

kl mer

2.013.5

16.416.5

st (pahoa)>

4.174.35

4.434.70

4.554.51

honoV

East rift near K

alalua; felt-volcano; hnp (bird park)-felt like som

eone shaking car; hnp-rec on experim

ental instrument, not felt; volcano-felt,

water tank splashed; hnp-m

irror thrown to

floor, felt.

Assum

e strong at Whitney (V

L 527, p.

4, table); M (W

hitney)>4.65; V

L 527,

p. 5; HV

O, unpub.

3/5/5512:39:08

1923.70

1556.10

kl mer

2.010.0

20.519.8

22.1st; m

? (pahoa)

4.38no

record<

4.28<

3.9<

3.954.38

nomo

III

Records at W

hitney and Uw

ekahuna unreadable during first few

hours of swarm

; rift 4 km

E of N

apau crater; felt-Hilo; H

ilo-felt by m

any, slow and w

eak, dur 3 s, many near

quakes these days.C

loser to Pahoa(?); VL

527, p. 5; H

VO

, unpub.

3/5/5512:53:44

1924.30

1554.20

kl mer

2.02.0

13.516.4

16.5st (pahoa)

4.17poor

no traceno

traceno

trace4.17

nomo

East rift K

alalua.C


527, p. 5.

3/5/5512:58:26

1923.70

1556.10

kl mer

2.02.0

17.519.8

19.9st (pahoa)

4.30poor

4.734.70

4.954.79

hono

4 km w

of Kalalua-largest quake of series;

assume strong at W

hitney (VL

527, p. 4, table); M

(Whitney)>

4.65.V

L 527, p. 5.

3/5/5514:22:08

1924.30

1554.20

kl mer

2.02.0

13.516.4

16.5st (pahoa)

4.17poor

no traceno

traceno

trace4.17

nomo

East rift K

alalua.C


527, p. 5.

3/6/5511:45:06

1924.30

1554.20

kl mer

2.02.0

13.516.4

16.5st (pahoa)

>4.17

no traceno trace

no trace

no trace

4.20aver

East rift K

alalua; assume m

oderate at Whitney

(VL

527, p. 4, table); M (W

hitney)=4.13-4.65;

preferred mag m

inimum

consistent with H

on, Pahoa, and W

hitney.C


527, p. 6.

3/7/5522:21:31

1921.20

1550.30

kl mer sf

10.010.0

18.016.8

19.6st (pahoa)

>4.29

5.205.23

5.235.35

5.40hvo

(S&C

)5.32

averV

(W&

K); IV

(S&

C)

Near H

eiheiahulu; felt-s half Haw

aii Island; assum

e strong at Whitney (V

L 527, p. 4, table);

M (W

hitney)>4.92; N

ote: A second strong

quake listed in table on p. 4 inconsistent with

Honolulu data; preferred m

ag average of H

onolulu and HV

O.

Strong at Whitney (M

>4.92); location

corrected to south coast of Kilauea 2

mi W

of Kalapana (M

acdonald and E

aton, 1964, p. 146); VL

527, p. 6; detailed felt reports given in H

VO

, unpub.; m

ag not given in VL

.

3/7/5522:57:38

1921.20

1550.30

kl mer sf

10.010.0

18.016.8

19.6st (pahoa)

>4.29

<4.22

<4.42

3.784.27

4.02hono

IV

Near H

eiheiahulu; felt-Pahoa, Hilo, hnp, C

apt. C

ook; Hilo-3, felt by m

any, slow and m

oderate,dur 15 s, w

indows, doors, dishes rattled; C

apt. C

ook (23:00)-2, v slight vibration, similar to

22:25 quake but shorter and lighter, no window

rattle.

Honolulu am


readings; strong at Whitney (V

L 527,

p. 4, table) yields M>

4.92, slight(?); location corrected to south coast of K

ilauea 2 mi W

of Kalapana

(Macdonald and E

aton, 1964, p.146); closer to Pahoa(?); V

L 527, p. 6; H

VO

, unpub.

3/7/5523:32:41

1921.20

1550.30

kl mer sf

10.010.0

18.016.8

19.6st (pahoa)

>4.29

no traceno

recorddet?

no trace

4.00aver

III

Near H

eiheiahulu; felt-Pahoa, Hilo, hnp; H

ilo-felt by few

, slow and w

eak, door rattled, felt in bed, slightly, just one jolt; preferred m

ag average of Pahoa and W

hitney.

Cose

to Pahoa(?); assume feeb

e at W

hitney (VL

527, p. 4, table); M

(Whitney)=

3.33-3.92; location corrected to south coast of K

ilauea 2 m

i W of K

alapana (Macdonald and

Eaton, 1964, p.146); V

L 527, p. 6;

HV

O, unpub.

3/11/5523:59:00

kl ler5.0

7.07.0

8.6s (pahoa)

2.954.02

calcD

o.L

ower east rift earthquake sw

arm; 15

events; VL

527, p. 6.

3/28/5514:31:00

hilea?4.15

nomo

IIIPahala-5, felt generally, heard as w

ell as felt, m

ovement acc by rum

bling.

Not in V

L 527-date and tim

e from felt

report; HV


numerals-in rem


HV

O postcards].

3/30/5513:41:31

1920.3

15541.0

ml sw

r32.3

33.5 m

(naalehu)

4.15no trace

no traceno

traceno

trace4.13

nomo

Closer to N

aalehu(?); VL

527, p. 6.

4/1/554:24:28

1924.30

15517.70

kl cal deep

10.030.0

4.52.1

30.1st (uw

e)4.46

4.754.78

5.135.33

5.20hvo

5.10aver

V; V

(W&

K;

S&C

)

South rim of K

ilauea crater; felt generally-H

awaii Island; few

on Maui, O

ahu; detailed feltreports in H

VO

unpub. Warshauer notes: H

ilo, K

ona seismom

eters dismantled; felt-K

ona, K

au, Hilo. Pahoa, volcano, G

lenwood-M

t. view

; objects off shelves at Kapapala

Depth changed to 30 km

in accordance w

ith similar felt reports over a broad

area of Haw

aii Island; VL

528, p. 5; H

VO

unpub.; HT

H, 4/1/1955; m

ag not published in V

L; preferred m

ag average of H

onolulu and HV

O.

4/7/551:27:22

kl cal deep

25.025.0

15.015.0

29.2s (uw

e)3.93

<3.90

<4.12

<3.75

4.254.25

honoH

ilina pali.H


o readings; V

L 528, p. 5.


Continued

89

Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

8/5/552:33:00

kona?5.21

honoII

Kalahiki-2

Not in V

L 529-530-date and tim

e from

felt report; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

8/14/552:28:05

1918.60

15517.40

kl cal deep

25.025.0

15.012.7

28.0st (uw

e)4.41

6.115.97

5.735.50

6, 5.7W

&K

; hvo

5.84aver

VI; V

I (S&C

)

Hilina fault s of H

VO

; felt over entire island of H

awaii, on M

aui, Oahu and by a few

persons on K

auai; detailed felt report in HV

O unpub.

Warshauer notes: dur 5 m

in, felt only few sec;

cracked paint, plaster fall, articles from shelves

at Kapapala

Isoseismal m

ap in W&

K; V

L 529-530,

p. 12; HV

O, unpub.; H

TH

, 8/14/1955; H

VO

mag not published; preferred

mag calculated as average of H

on, H

VO

, and W&

K.

9/20/5523:50:00

kona?4.13

honoIII

Kalahiki-3, pictures creaked.

Not in V

L 529-530-date and tim

e from

felt report; HV



arks column

refer to HV

O postcards].

10/24/5517:16:53

kohala25

252

2.025.1

s (kam

uela)3.47

no traceno trace

no trace

no trace

4.55hono

IV

Near K

amuela; K

amuela-4, slight rum

ble, very m

oderate, duration 3-5 s, buildings shook, rattled w

indows; U

mikoa-felt.

VL

529-530, p. 13; HV

O, unpub.

[intensities-arabic numerals-in rem

arks colum

n refer to HV

O postcards].

2/18/5617:02:50

1925.0

15521.0

kaoiki6.1

10.9m

(uwe)

3.484.27

honofelt

Kaoiki Fault W

of Kilauea crater; felt-hnp.

Macdonald and E

aton, 1956a.

4/15/5619:09:20

1954.0

1567.0

kohala os15

1548.8

51.1 m

(kam

uela)4.45

no traceno trace

no trace

3.974.62

averIV

20 km N

NW

of Keahole pt; felt-; K

ealakekua-5, very fast and quite strong; K

ukuihaele-4, shook buildings, also felt in; H

akalau-not strong, house shook; preferred m

agnitude calculated as average of nom

ogram and

Honolulu.

Macdonald and E

aton, 1956b; additional felt reports in H

VO

, unpub.

5/21/561:06:30

206.7

15546.7

kohala30

3015

15.033.5

s (kam

uela)3.67

4.24hono

15 km N

W of K

amuela.

Macdonald and E

aton, 1956b.

10/11/5612:53:34

208.9

15548.4

kohala15

1520

20.025.0

s (kam

uela)3.69

5.26aver

felt20 km

NN

W of K

amuela; felt-K

amuela;

Kam

uela-felt by several.

Eaton and Fraser, 1956b; H

VO


erals-in remarks

column refer to H

VO

postcards].

10/16/560:44:55

1938.9

15625.5

kona os5

554

55.455.7

st (kona)5.34

5.035.25

5.14light trace

5.5H

VO

4.50hono

V (S&

C); IV

(hilo, kona)

45 km w

of Kailua, K

ona; felt-all Haw

aii Island, O

ahu; extensive felt reports in HV

O,

unpub.; preferred magnitude calculated as

average of Honolulu (w

t 2) and HV

O.

Assum

e 5-km depth (too shallow

to fit felt reports?); E

aton and Fraser, 1956b [m

agnitude given to S&C

not published]; H

VO



n refer to H

VO

postcards].

1/6/578:45:00

kona5

5.010.3

f (kona)3.18

4.00aver

feltFelt-central K

ona.

Central K

ona; Eaton and Fraser, 1957a;

HV


numerals-in rem


HV

O postcards].

1/14/5716:15:00

kona?4.04

averIV

Capt. C

ook-3, like explosion, strong jolt, m

auka heard rumble from

Kau and strong

shake; Konaw

aena-boom follow

ed by jolt, also felt in K

ona theater area.

Not in E

aton and Fraser, 1957a; date and tim

e from felt report; H

VO


erals-in remarks

column refer to H

VO

postcards].

2/11/5714:03:24

1915.7

15516.00

kl kuer sf15.0

10.016.5

19.121.5

m (uw

e)4.23

<4.07

<4.07

<4.76

4.00hvo

4.00hvo

IV

7 km w

of Apua pt, felt-hnp, K

ona; hnp-sharp jolt like car striking house, also felt at volcano; C

apt. Cook-2, gentle, quick jiggle, dur >

7 s, prob 12-15 s, pheasants cackling, felt lightly by few

.H

TL

high; Eaton and Fraser, 1957a;

HV

O, unpub.

3/17/5710:51:11

1925.8

15523.4

kaoiki5

57

6.98.5

s (ml)

2.944.08

nomo

7 km S. of m

l seismom

eter.E

aton and Fraser, 1957a.

6/23/5723:00:25

1910.8

15535.0

hilea5

513

13.013.9

m

(naalehu)3.78

3.3hvo

4.47aver

13 km N

of (?).E

aton and Fraser, 1957b.

7/22/5710:17:22

215.0

15614.0

maui

3535

35.349.7

3.2hvo

4.52aver

35 km N

of Haleakala seism

ometer.

Eaton and Fraser, 1957c.

7/27/572:16:57

kona10

10.013.5

f (kona)3.04

4.16aver

felt

Near K

ealakekua; felt-Kealakekua; sharp at

Kealakekua, aw

akened people; felt by a few

people in Capt. C

ook.

Eaton and Fraser, 1957c; H

VO


erals-in remarks

column refer to H

VO

postcards].

8/10/5714:43:43

2048.0

15528.0

maui

1010

153.5153.8

4.254.05

4.064.2

hvo4.21

averIII


Honolulu and H

VO

.L

atitude given in error as 23°48′; Eaton

and Fraser, 1957c.8/16/57

13:30:00m

aui?no trace

no trace3.53

5.41aver

Not in E

aton and Fraser, 1957c.

9/4/576:28:18

203.5

15542.4

kohala30

3083.6

88.83.3

hvo4.03

aver5 km

NW

of Kam

uela.E

aton and Fraser, 1957c.

2/15/5816:48:38

1858.0

15529.0

kl swr sf

os deep35.0

35.056.0

56.766.6

<4.04

no trace4.54

3.90hvo

4.10aver

felt

17 km se of N

aalehu, felt-Naalehu, Pahoa; felt

at Pahoa and Naalehu; preferred m


onolulu and HV

O.

HT

L high; E

aton and Fraser, 1958a; H

VO

, unpub.

4/18/587:57:41

1928.1

15555.1

kona5

568.8

69.02.5

hvo4.49

aver5 km

s of Kealakekua on K

ealakekua faultE

aton and Fraser, 1958b.


Continued



Date

Tim

e (H

ST)

Lat

(deg)L

at (m

in)L

on (deg)

Lon

(min)

Region

Publ. D

epthPref.

Depth

Publ. D

ist. C

alc. D

istSlant dist

Mag class

M

nomo

M M

-S E

-WM

M-S

N-S

M vert M

hor N

-L M

other

M

(other) source

M

pref

M

(pref) source

I (max)


Com

ment

7/6/5823:59:00

1928.5

15512.80

kl gln deep

55.055.0

10.07.3

55.54.82

calcPreferred m

agnitude calculated as Richter

distribution.

Deep earthquake sw

arm north of

Kilauea caldera; 2,052 events of

M<

2.5 with b

=1.5 w

hose magnitudes

are not tabulated separately (Eaton and

Krivoy, 1958, p. 4).

9/20/5820:09:18

204.0

15536.4

mauna

kea deep40

4079.0

88.62.7

hvo4.04

aver10 km

E of K

amuela.

Eaton and K

rivoy, 1958a.

10/22/5823:43:28

1912.5

15519.00

kl kuer sf os

5.05.0

25.526.0

<4.57

<4.57

4.534.30

hvo4.41

averV

Felt-hnp to Kealakekua; hnp-felt; Pahala-felt

by many in K

au, very strong; Capt. C

ook-felt [postcard tim

e 23:50-24:00—should be earlier

to agree with seism

ic summ

ary felt info]; preferred m


VO

and Honolulu.

Honolulu am


readings; HT

L high; E

aton and Krivoy,

1958b; HV

O, unpub.

10/23/5812:23:23

1912.5

15519.00

kl kuer sf os

5.05.0

25.526.0

4.624.74

4.604.30

hvo4.47

averIV

Felt-Pahala; hnp-felt; Pahala-felt by many in

Kau, very strong; C

apt. Cook-felt; preferred

magnitude calculated as average of H

VO

and H

onolulu.

Honolulu am


readings; Eaton and K

rivoy, 1958b; H

VO

, unpub.

11/2/585:55:44

1924.4

15518.40

kl cal deep

30.030.0

4.55.1

30.4<

4.504.60

4.704.40

hvo4.40

hvoIV

4 km SE

of Uw

ekahuna, felt-hnp to Hilo;

hnp/volcano-felt generally; Hilo-felt; K

apoho-felt (ranch), w

akened by gentle motion, E

-W, 2

distinct waves, dur 15 s; H

ilo-moderate, began

gradually, dur 10 s, pulsating rocking motion,

felt generally.

Honolulu am


readings; Eaton and K

rivoy, 1958b; H

VO

, unpub.

12/24/5817:05:21

1924.5

15525.5

kaoiki10

1016.9

19.63.5

hvo4.50

hvo5 km

w of O

haikea.E

aton and Krivoy, 1958b.

1/7/5923:59:00

kl gln deep

4.47calc

Preferred magnitude calculated as a R

ichter sw

arm

Deep earthquake sw

arm north of

Kilauea caldera; 571 events of M

<2.5

with b

=1.5 w

hose magnitudes are not

tabulated separately (Eaton and K

rivoy, 1963a, p. 2).

2/19/5920:00:28

1921.0

1559.00

kl mer sf

5.05.0

15.416.2

4.624.90

5.114.50

hvo4.69

averIII (S&

C)

Felt-Capt. C

ook, Honokaa, H

ilo, hnp; preferred m

agnitude calculated as average of HV

O and

Honolulu.

Honolulu data is average of tw

o readings; E

aton and Krivoy, 1963a.

2/28/596:54:54

1926.0

15529.0

kaoiki5

522.8

23.43.2

hvo4.10

averE

aton and Krivoy, 1963a.

6/25/5916:11:30

1915.0

15531.0

hilea5

533.3

33.62.6

hvo4.18

averE

aton and Krivoy, 1963b.

8/18/5913:54:50

1917.0

15457

deep?45.0

45.037.3

58.5no trace

no tracedet?

4.00hvo

4.00hvo

feltFelt-hnp, H

ilo.E

aton and Krivoy, 1963c.

8/20/5923:59:00

kl gln deep

51.551.5

6.551.9

4.75calc

Preferred magnitude calculated as a R

ichter sw

arm.

Deep G

lenwood earthquake sw

arm;

2,358 events of M<

2.5 with b=

1.5 w

hose magnitudes are not tabulated

separately (Eaton and K

rivoy, 1963c, p. 2, 10–13).

9/18/5914:50:04

1924.0

1556

kl mer

5.05.0

18.018.7

no record

no record

no record

4.00hvo

4.00hvo

feltFelt-hnp, H

ilo.E

aton and Krivoy, 1963c.


Continued

Selected Series of U.S. Geological Survey Publications

Books and Other Publications

Professional Papers report scientific data and interpretations of lasting scientific interest that cover all facets of USGS inves-tigations and research.

Bulletins contain significant data and interpretations that are of lasting scientific interest but are generally more limited in scope or geographic coverage than Professional Papers.

Water-Supply Papers are comprehensive reports that present significant interpretive results of hydrologic investigations of wide interest to professional geologists, hydrologists, and engi-neers. The series covers investigations in all phases of hydrol-ogy, including hydrogeology, availability of water, quality of water, and use of water.

Circulars are reports of programmatic or scientific information of an ephemeral nature; many present important scientific information of wide popular interest. Circulars are distributed at no cost to the public.

Fact Sheets communicate a wide variety of timely information on USGS programs, projects, and research. They commonly address issues of public interest. Fact Sheets generally are two or four pages long and are distributed at no cost to the public.

Reports in the Digital Data Series (DDS) distribute large amounts of data through digital media, including compact disc-read-only memory (CD-ROM). They are high-quality, interpre-tive publications designed as self-contained packages for view-ing and interpreting data and typically contain data sets, software to view the data, and explanatory text.

Water-Resources Investigations Reports are papers of an interpretive nature made available to the public outside the for-mal USGS publications series. Copies are produced on request (unlike formal USGS publications) and are also available for public inspection at depositories indicated in USGS catalogs.

Open-File Reports can consist of basic data, preliminary reports, and a wide range of scientific documents on USGS investigations. Open-File Reports are designed for fast release and are available for public consultation at depositories.

Maps

Geologic Quadrangle Maps (GQ’s) are multicolor geologic maps on topographic bases in 7.5- or 15-minute quadrangle formats (scales mainly 1:24,000 or 1:62,500) showing bedrock, surficial, or engineering geology. Maps generally include brief texts; some maps include structure and columnar sections only.

Geophysical Investigations Maps (GP’s) are on topographic or planimetric bases at various scales. They show results of geophysical investigations using gravity, magnetic, seismic, or radioactivity surveys, which provide data on subsurface struc-tures that are of economic or geologic significance.

Miscellaneous Investigations Series Maps or Geologic Investigations Series (I’s) are on planimetric or topographic bases at various scales; they present a wide variety of format and subject matter. The series also incudes 7.5-minute quadran-gle photogeologic maps on planimetric bases and planetary maps.

Information Periodicals

Metal Industry Indicators (MII’s) is a free monthly newslet-ter that analyzes and forecasts the economic health of five metal industries with composite leading and coincident indexes: primary metals, steel, copper, primary and secondary aluminum, and aluminum mill products.

Mineral Industry Surveys (MIS’s) are free periodic statistical and economic reports designed to provide timely statistical data on production, distribution, stocks, and consumption of signifi-cant mineral commodities. The surveys are issued monthly, quarterly, annually, or at other regular intervals, depending on the need for current data. The MIS’s are published by commod-ity as well as by State. A series of international MIS’s is also available.

Published on an annual basis, Mineral Commodity Summa-ries is the earliest Government publication to furnish estimates covering nonfuel mineral industry data. Data sheets contain information on the domestic industry structure, Government programs, tariffs, and 5-year salient statistics for more than 90 individual minerals and materials.

The Minerals Yearbook discusses the performance of the worldwide minerals and materials industry during a calendar year, and it provides background information to assist in inter-preting that performance. The Minerals Yearbook consists of three volumes. Volume I, Metals and Minerals, contains chap-ters about virtually all metallic and industrial mineral commod-ities important to the U.S. economy. Volume II, Area Reports: Domestic, contains a chapter on the minerals industry of each of the 50 States and Puerto Rico and the Administered Islands. Volume III, Area Reports: International, is published as four separate reports. These reports collectively contain the latest available mineral data on more than 190 foreign countries and discuss the importance of minerals to the economies of these nations and the United States.

Permanent Catalogs

“Publications of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1879–1961” and “Publications of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1962–1970” are available in paperback book form and as a set of microfiche.

“Publications of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1971–1981” is available in paperback book form (two volumes, publications listing and index) and as a set of microfiche.

Annual supplements for 1982, 1983, 1984, 1985, 1986, and subsequent years are available in paperback book form.

Printed on recycled paper